P FD File

PART 1
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT
PROPOSED EXPANSION PROJECT FOR MANUFACTURING

OF SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICALS
[CAPACITY: FROM 25,886 TPM TO 68,394 TPM]
[SCHEDULE 5(f) - CATEGORY B]
PLOT NO: 4/12, GIDC-NANDESARI

DIST.: VADODARA, STATE: GUJARAT
[ToR Letter No.: SEIAA/ GUJ/TOR/5(f)&1(d)/427/2019 Dated 12/03/2019
& ToR Amendment Letter No. SEIAA/GUJ/TOR/5(f)/779/2019 dated
16/05/2019]
[STUDY PERIOD: NOV. 2018 – JAN. 2019]
PREPARED BY:
(QCI-NABET ACCREDITED EIA CONSULTANT)

CERTIFICATE NO.: NABET/EIA/1619/SA 053 VALID UPTO 22/05/2019
3RD FLOOR, AKASHGANGA COMPLEX, B/S. SUVIDHA SHOPPING CENTRE,

NR. PARIMAL UNDERPASS, PALDI, AHMEDABAD-380 007, GUJARAT
TELEFAX: (079) 2665 0878; E-MAIL: envisafe@gmail.com
JUNE 2019
DOC. NO.: EEC/A-207/17-18/EIA-37/REV. 01

EIA-EMP
REPORT
Deepak Nitrite Ltd., GIDC-Nandesari
Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Proposed Expansion for Manufacturing of Synthetic Organic Chemicals
DOCUMENT CONTROL
Name of Final Environmental Impact Assessment report for proposed
Document expansion project for manufacturing of synthetic organic chemicals by
Deepak Nitrite Ltd., located at Plot No. 4/12, Chemical Complex,
GIDC-Nandesari, District: Vadodara, Gujarat
Document No. EEC/A-207/17-18/EIA-37 Revision 01 Released 20/06/2019
DISCLAIMER:
This report has been prepared by M/s Envisafe Envrionment Consultants for obtainng
Environmental Clearance based as per ToRs issued by SEIAA. Information provided in this
report (unless attributed to references) shall not be copied or used without the written consent of
M/s Envisafe Environment Consultants.
REVISION HISTORY:
Revision Date Details

Rev. 00 10-Jun-2019 Draft EIA report for review by client
Rev. 01 20-Jun-2019 Final EIA report for submission to SEAC, Gujarat
Document Control
Page | i
DECLARATION BY EXPERTS
Declaration by Experts contributing to the EIA of M/s. Deepak Nitrite Ltd.
I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that
developed this EIA Report.
EIA Coordinator:
Name : Pushpin Shah
Signature & Date : 20/06/2019
Period of involvement : From Oct 2018–June 2019

Contact information : 3rd Floor, Akash Ganga Complex,
B/s. Suvidha Shopping Centre,
Nr. Parimal Underpass, Paldi,
Ahmedabad-380 007. Gujarat.
Phone / Fax: +91 79 2665 0878
E-mail: envisafe@gmail.com
Functional Area Experts:

Sr. Functional Name of Involvement
Signature
No. Area Expert/s (Period & Task)
1. Air Pollution Pushpin October 2018–June 2019
Monitoring, Shah
prevention & Detail study of mfg. process and identify &
Control assess gaseous emissions, suggesting suitable
(AP) air pollution control measures and systems
2. Meteorology, Pushpin
Site visit, selection of AAQM stations, Supervise
Air Quality Shah
AAQM programme, checking and evaluation of
Modelling
air quality data, generation of micro-
and
meteorological data, air quality modelling and
Prediction
prediction, identification of impacts, finalization of
(AQ)
mitigation measures, EIA/EMP documentation
3. Water Pushpin October 2018–June 2019

Pollution Shah
monitoring, Detail study of mfg. process and preparation of
prevention water balance, assessment of effluent potential
and control and characterisation of effluent, suggesting basic
(WP) scheme of effluent treatment, Planning &
coordinating Water Quality monitoring, asses the
baseline water quality, identification of impacts,
finalization of mitigation measures, designing
EMP and preparation of EIA/EMP report
Declaration by Experts contributing to the EIA

Page | iii
4. Solid and Pushpin October 2018–June 2019

Hazardous Shah
Waste Identification and assessment of hazardous
Management waste generation, suggesting adequate
(SHW) measures for handling, management &disposal
of HW, Preparation of EMP
5. Socio- Mahesh November 2018– February 2019

Economics Patel
(SE) Field visit and primary survey in study area,
need assessment for the CSR programme,
Secondary data collection, compilation &
Interpretation, Assessment of impact and
preparation of report with CSR programme
6. Ecology Dr. Pratiksha November 2018– February 2019

and Patel
Bio-diversity Ecological survey of study area, preparation
Conservation status report of flora and fauna, Identification of
(EB) endangered species, Identification & prediction
of impact and preparation of mitigation
measures, designing of plan and suggesting
plant species for Greenbelt development
7. Hydrology, Ajay November 2018– February 2019

Ground water Dwivedi
and Water Site visit and detailed Hydro-geology study of the
Conservation area, understanding and representing
(HG) hydrological conditions, finalization of water
sampling locations, analysis of water quality in
study area, identification of impacts, suggestion
of mitigation measures and contribution to the
EIA documentation
8. Noise Ajay November 2018– February 2019

Dwivedi
Supervision of noise Monitoring programme,
analysis of noise level data, identification of
impacts, suggesting various measures to control
noise level at source, preparation of EIA/EMP
document
9. LandUse Ajay November 2018– February 2019

(LU) Dwivedi
Development of landuse maps using GIS /
related tools, site visit for ground verification,
integration of GIS data, identification of impacts,
suggestion of mitigation measures, preparation of
EIA/EMP documents

Page | iv
10. Risk and Ishwarbhai

November 2018– February 2019
Hazards Patel
(RH)
Hazards identification and safety management,
risk assessment study & MCA analysis using
ALOHA, suggesting risk mitigation measures,
finalisation of onsite/ offsite emergency plan
and disaster management plan
Declaration by the head of the Accredited Consultant Organization / Authorized Person
I, Pushpin Shah, hereby confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the EIA
report of “Deepak Nitrite Ltd.”. I also confirm that I shall be fully accountable for any
misleading information mentioned in this statement.
Date : 20/06/2019
Signature :
Name : Pushpin Shah
Designation : CEO/Proprietor
Name of the EIA Consultant : Envisafe Environment Consultants, Ahmedabad

Organization
NABET Certificate No. : NABET/EIA/1619/SA 053, Valid Up to: 22/05/2019
&Validity

Page | v
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Document Control i
Declaration of Experts iii
Undertaking by Project Proponent & EIA Consultant vii
Contents xi
List of Tables xvii
List of Figures xix
List of Annexure xxi
List of Abbreviations xxiii
List of Symbols / Notations xxiv
TOR issued by SEIAA, Gujarat xxv

TOR Compliance xIiii
CONTENTS
SR. PAGE
TITLE
NO. NO.
CHAPTER – 1: INTRODUCTION
1.1 Preface 1.1

1.2 Identification of project 1.1
1.3 Promoters & Their Background 1.2
1.4 Purpose of the EIA Study 1.2
1.5 Objectives of EIA Study 1.3
1.6 Scope of EIA Study 1.3
1.7 Structure of Report 1.4
CHAPTER – 2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION
2.1 Background 2.1

2.2 Justification of the Project 2.1
2.3 Project Location 2.2
Table of Contents
Page | xi
SR. PAGE
TITLE
NO. NO.
2.4 Justification of site selection 2.5
2.5 Product Profile 2.6
2.6 Manufacturing Process 2.10
2.7 Solvent Requirement & Recovery System 2.11
2.8 Material Requirements, Storage & Transportation 2.12
2.8.1. Raw material Requirement 2.12
2.8.2. Handling 2.12
2.8.3. Storage 2.13
2.8.4. Transportation 2.13
2.9 Resource Requirements 2.13
2.9.1. Land 2.13
2.9.2. Machineries & Utilities 2.17
2.9.3. Project Cost 2.18
2.9.4. Power 2.18
2.9.5. Water 2.19
2.9.6. Fuel 2.19
2.9.7. Man Power 2.20
2.10 Project Implementation Schedule 2.20
2.11 Pollution Potential & Management 2.21
2.11.1 Water Pollution 2.21
2.11.2 Air Pollution 2.33
2.11.3 Hazardous Waste 2.37
2.11.4 Noise 2.41
2.12 Regulatory Framework 2.42
2.12.1 General Legal Reuirement 2.42
2.12.2 Permissions under Environmental Statues 2.43
2.12.3 Industry Specific Standards for discharge of liquid effluent 2.43
2.12.4 License from PESO for storage of hazardous chemicals 2.43
2.12.5 Applicability of MAH Unit under MSIHC Rules, 1989 2.43
2.13 Statutory Compliance Of Existing Plant 2.44
2.13.1 Compliance of EC 2.44
2.13.2 Compliance of CTE/CTO 2.44
Table of Contents
Page | xii
SR. PAGE
TITLE
NO. NO.
2.13.3 Environmental Monitoring & Auditing 2.44
2.13.4 Details of GPCB Notices and Court Case 2.44
2.13.5 Compliance under Factory Act 2.45
2.14 Summary 2.45
CHAPTER – 3: BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS
3.1 Prologue 3.1

3.2 Approach & methodology of baseline study 3.1
3.2.1 Study Area & Impact Zone Distribution 3.2
3.2.2 Study Period 3.4
3.2.3 Sampling Location 3.4
3.2.4 Frequency of Monitoring 3.6
3.3 Baseline environment 3.7
3.3.1 Topography & Geology 3.7
3.3.2 Seismology 3.8
3.3.3 Land use Pattern 3.8
3.3.4 Meteorology 3.12
3.3.5 Micrometeorology 3.14
3.3.6 Ambient Air Quality 3.17
3.3.7 Hydrology 3.22
3.3.8 Soil Quality 3.27
3.3.9 Noise Level 3.29
3.3.10 Ecological Status 3.30
3.3.11 Socio-economic Structure 3.38
CHAPTER- 4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION

MEASURES
4.1 Introduction 4.1

4.2 Identification of Environmental Impacts 4.1
4.2.1 Environmental Parameters 4.1
4.2.2 Project Activities and Components 4.3
Table of Contents
Page | xiii
SR. PAGE
TITLE
NO. NO.
4.3 Prediction of Environmental Impacts 4.4
4.4 Impacts During Construction Phase and Its Mitigative Measures 4.6
4.5 Impacts During Operation Phase and Its Mitigative Measures 4.10
4.5.1 Evaluation of Impacts using Mathematical Model 4.18
CHAPTER – 5: ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE) 5.1

5.1 Site Alternatives 5.1
5.2 Alternatives for Technologies 5.2
CHAPTER – 6: ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
6.1 Preamble 6.1

6.2 Monitoring Program 6.1
6.3 Infrastructural Requirement & Procurement Schedules 6.2
6.4 EHS Policy & Environment Management Cell 6.3
6.5 Administrative actions & documentation 6.5
6.5.1 Data Analysis 6.5
6.5.2 Reporting Schedules 6.6
6.5.3 Environmental Monitoring Expenditure 6.6
CHAPTER – 7: ADDITIONAL STUDIES (RISK ASSESSMENT AND SAFETY

MANAGEMENT)
7.1 Risk & Safety Management 7.1

7.2 Objective and methodology of risk assessment 7.1
7.2.1 Objective 7.1
7.2.2 Methodology 7.2
7.3 Hazard Identification 7.2
7.3.1 Hazard identification and safety management for storage of hazardous 7.5
chemicals
7.3.2 Hazard Identification and safety management for manufacturing process 7.14
and allied operations
7.4 Occupational Health & Safety Program 7.17
7.5 Monitoring Program 7.18
Table of Contents
Page | xiv
SR. PAGE
TITLE
NO. NO.
7.6 Risk assessment study 7.19
7.6.1 Modes of Failure 7.22
7.6.2 Maximum Credible Accident/ Catastrophic Failure and Its Mitigation 7.22
Measure
7.6.3 Consequences Analysis 7.24
7.7 Risk Mitigative Measures 7.28
7.8 Onsite Emergency Plan & Disaster Management Plan 7.40
7.8.1 Pre-emergency activity 7.43
7.8.2 Emergency Time Activities 7.46
7.8.3 Post – Emergency Activities 7.47
7.9 Offsite Emergency Plan 7.48
CHAPTER – 8: PROJECT BENEFITS
8.1 Employment Opportunity 8.1

8.2 Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER) & Socio-economic 8.1
Development
8.3 Direct Revenue Earning to the National and State Exchequer 8.4
8.4 Infrastructural benefit 8.4
8.5 Other tangible Benefits 8.5
CHAPTER – 9: ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS 9.1
CHAPTER – 10: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)
10.1 Prelude 10.1

10.2 Objectives of the EMP 10.1
10.3 Environmental Management Plan (EMP) 10.2
10.4 Greenbelt Development Plan 10.7
10.5 Application of Cleaner Production (CP) Technology 10.10
10.6 Budgetary Allocation for Environment protection 10.12
10.7 Do’s & Don’ts 10.13
Table of Contents
Page | xv
SR. PAGE
TITLE
NO. NO.
CHAPTER – 11: PROJECT SUMMARY & CONCLUSION
11.1. Introduction 11.1

11.2. Project Location & Environmental Settings 11.1
11.3. Details of Proposed Expansion Project 11.2
11.4. Pollution Potential And Control Measure 11.8
11.5. Baseline Environment, Impacts Assessment & Mitigation Measures 11.9
11.5.1. Topography & Geology 11.10
11.5.2. Seismology 11.10
11.5.3. Micro-Meteorology 11.10
11.5.4. Surface and ground water 11.10
11.5.5. Ambient Air 11.12
11.5.6. Soil Quality 11.13
11.5.7. Noise 11.14
11.5.8. Land Use Pattern 11.16
11.5.9. Socio Economic study 11.16
11.5.10. Biological Environment 11.17
11.5.11. Greenbelt Development 11.18
11.6. Analysis of Alternatives (Technology & Site) 11.18
11.7. Environmental Monitoring Program 11.18
11.8. Risk & Safety Management 11.19
11.9. Project Benefits 11.19
11.10. Environmental Management Plan 11.20
11.11. Conclusion 11.23
CHAPTER – 12: DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT 12.1
Table of Contents
Page | xvi
LIST OF TABLES
TABLE PAGE
TITLE
NO. NO.
1.1 Details of Promoters 1.2
1.2 Structure of EIA report 1.5
2.1 Salient features of the project site 2.2
2.2(a) List of Products (Existing as per CC&A) 2.6
2.2(b) List of Products (Scenario after proposed expansion) 2.7
2.2(c) Summary of Products 2.9
2.3 Details of Proposed Additional Products 2.9
2.4 Details of Solvent Requirement & Spent Solvent Generation 2.11
2.5(a) Break-up of Area 2.14
2.5(b) Plant wise built-up area breakup 2.15
2.6 Details of Plant Machineries and Utilities 2.17
2.7 Cost of Project 2.18
2.8 Details of Fuel Requirement 2.19
2.9 Details of Manpower Requirement 2.20
2.10 Product-wise Water Consumption & Wastewater Generation 2.22
2.11 Product-wise Pollution Load 2.24
2.12 Category-wise Water Requirement & Wastewater Generation 2.25
2.13 Summary of water balance after proposed expansion 2.26
2.14 (a) Stage-wise Characteristic Effluent to Proposed MEE 2.29
2.14 (b) Stream-wise Characteristic of Effluent to ETP (Existing Scenario) 2.29
2.14 (c) Stream-wise Characteristic of Effluent to ETP (Scenario after 2.30
proposed expansion)
2.15 Stage-wise characteristic of Effluent to ETP 2.30
2.16 Technical Details of Effluent Treatment Plant 2.31
2.17 Technical Details of Advanced Effluent Treatment Plant 2.31
2.18 Economical and Technical Viability of Effluent Treatment System 2.32
2.19 Details of Flue Gas Stacks 2.34
2.20 Details of Process Gas Generation 2.35
2.21 Details of Process Gas Stack & APCM 2.36
2.22 Details of Hazardous Waste Generation & its management 2.38
Table of Contents
Page | xvii
TABLE PAGE
TITLE
NO. NO.
2.23 Applicable Acts / Rules for Proposed Expansion Project 2.42
3.1 Environmentally Sensitive Receptors 3.2
3.2 Sampling & Monitoring Locations 3.6
3.3 Frequency & Methodology of Environmental Monitoring 3.6
3.4 Land Use Pattern of the Study Area 3.9
3.5 Meteorological Parameters 3.18
3.6 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations 3.20
3.7 Water Sampling Locations 3.24
3.8 Physico-Chemical Characteristics of Water 3.25
3.9 Soil Sampling Locations 3.28
3.10 Physico-Chemical Characteristic of Soil 3.28
3.11 Noise Level Sampling Locations 3.30
3.12 Noise Level in Study Area 3.30
3.13 Enumeration of Flora 3.31
3.14 List of Flora in the study area 3.31
3.15 Enumeration of Fauna 3.35
3.16 List of Fauna in the study area 3.35
3.17 Socio economic profile 3.39
4.1 Prediction of Impacts during Construction Phase 4.4
4.2 Prediction of Impacts during Operation Phase 4.5
4.3 Impacts & Aspect Analysis during Construction Phase 4.6
4.4 Impacts & Aspect Analysis during Operation Phase 4.10
4.5 Details of stack emission due to Proposed Project 4.19
4.6 First Three Highest 24-Hourly Average GLC Values 4.20
4.7 First Highest 24-Hourly Average GLC Values for AAQM Stations 4.20
4.8 Incremental ground level concentration of pollutants 4.21
6.1 Environmental Monitoring Program 6.1
6.2 Responsibilities of EMC 6.5
7.1 Details of hazardous chemicals identified for risk assessment 7.6
7.2 Applicability of license from PESO 7.8
7.3 Monitoring Program for Occupational Health & Safety 7.18
7.4 Atmospheric Condition Assumed 7.25
Table of Contents
Page | xviii
TABLE PAGE
TITLE
NO. NO.
7.5 Summary of MCA Scenarios 7.25
7.6 Risk matrix for emergency management 7.28
7.7 Levels of emergency associated with risk rating 7.28
7.8 Possible Emergency – Spillage (Spill Control Plan) 7.33
7.9 Possible Emergency – Fire 7.34
7.10 Possible Emergency – Toxic Gas Release 7.36
7.11 Details of Fire Extinguishers 7.38
7.12 Details of Fire Hydrants 7.38
7.13 Details of Fire-Water Pumps 7.39
7.14 Details of Provision for Fire-fighting System 7.39
7.15 Responsible key personnel in case of emergency 7.42
7.16 Details of In-charge for specific hazards and emergency 7.42
7.17 Details of off-site emergency contacts 7.48
8.1 Budget Allocation for Various CER Activities 8.2
10.1 Environmental management plan 10.2
10.2 Details of plant species 10.7
10.3 Budget Allocation for Greenbelt Development 10.8
10.4 Photographs of Greenbelt Development 10.8
10.5 Environmental Budget Allocation 10.13
LIST OF FIGURES
FIGURE PAGE
TITLE
NO. NO.
2.1 Site Photographs 2.3
2.2 Location Map of Project Site 2.4
2.3 Layout Plan 2.15
2.4 Water Balance Diagram 2.27
2.5 Schematic Flow Diagram of ETP 2.30
3.1 Map of Study Area showing Impact Zone Distribution and Sampling & 3.5
Monitoring Locations
3.2 Seismic Zone Mapping of Gujarat State 3.8
3.3 Satellite Image of the Study Area 3.10
3.4 Land use / Land Cover Map of the Study Area 3.11
Table of Contents
Page | xix
FIGURE PAGE
TITLE
NO. NO.
3.5 Wind Rose Diagram 3.16
3.6 Status of PM10 Concentration in Ambient Air 3.18
3.7 Status of PM2.5 Concentration in Ambient Air 3.19
3.8 Status of SO2 Concentration in Ambient Air 3.19
3.9 Status of NO2 Concentration in Ambient Air 3.20
3.10 Status of NH3 Concentration in Ambient Air 3.20
3.11 Status of Cl2 Concentration in Ambient Air 3.21
3.12 Status of HCl Concentration in Ambient Air 3.21
3.13 Status of VOC Concentration in Ambient Air 3.22
3.14 Map of Study Area Showing Population Distribution 3.42
3.14 Map of Study Area showing population literacy rate 3.43
3.15 Map of Study Area showing workers distribution 3.44
4.1 Contour plot showing highest Incremental GLC for PM10 4.23
4.2 Contour plot showing highest Incremental GLC for SO2 4.24
4.3 Contour plot showing highest Incremental GLC for NOx 4.25
4.4 Contour plot showing highest Incremental GLC for NO3 4.26
4.5 Contour plot showing highest Incremental GLC for HCl 4.27
4.6 Contour plot showing highest Incremental GLC for H2S 4.28
6.1 Environmental Management Cell 6.4
7.1 Identification of hazardous areas 7.9
7.2 Risk Assessment Methodology 7.21
7.3 Accidental release of chemical 7.23
7.4 Toxic Threat zone of all chemicals 7.26
7.5 Flammable Threat Zone of all chemicals 7.27
7.6 Threat zone of catastrophic rupture of all chemicals 7.27
7.7 Hierarchy of the emergency team 7.41
8.1 Possible Beneficial Impacts due to Proposed Project 8.6
10.1 Tentative Greenbelt area development 10.9
11.1 Key Infrastructure Map of the Study Area 11.7
Table of Contents
Page | xx
LIST OF ANNEXURES
ANNEXURE PAGE
TITLE
NO. NO.
1. Copy of EC Letter A-1

2. Copies of CTE & CCA A-6
3. Details of Manufacturing Process A-22
4. Details of Raw Material Requirement A-117
5. Copy of Agreement for Rented Warehouse for storage of raw A-127
materials
6. Details of Raw Material Storage, Handling & Transportation A-153
7. Site Layout Plan & Land Allotment Letter A-165
8. Undertaking for no borewell and provision of water meter and A-169
electricity meter at ETP & MEE
9. Permission from GIDC for Additional Water Requirement A-170
10. EMS Adequacy A-171
11. Membership of CETP - NIA A-188
12. Membership of ACPTCL for discharge of Concentrated Effluent A-199
13. Membership Certificates / LOI for disposal of hazardous waste A-202
14. License from PESO A-225
15. Ack. EC Compliance Report A-237
16. Ack. Certified compliance report from RO-MoEF&CC A-239
17. CC&A Compliance A-268
18. Annual Compliance (Form 4, V) A-282
19. Third party Lab analysis reports of Existing Plant A-289
20. GPCB Lab Analysis Reports A-315
21. Acknowledgement for submission of Audit report A-320
22. Inspection Reports from GPCB XGN A-325
23. PLI Policy A-353
24. Health Records A-356
25. Photographs of baseline monitoring activities A-362
26. Methodology for Baseline Environmental Monitoring & Analysis A363
27. Analysis report of Baseline Environmental Monitoring A-368
Table of Contents
Page | xxi
ANNEXURE PAGE
TITLE
NO. NO.
28. Basic amenities in the study area A-380
29. EHS Policy A-386
30. List of SOPs for EHS A387
31. Characteristic of Hazardous Chemicals A-390
32. MCA Analysis A-397
33. Checklist for Safety Compliance A-486
34. CER Activities A-521
35. CSR Activities of Group A-523
36. Do’s & Don’ts A-527
Table of Contents
Page | xxii
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
AAQM : Ambient Air Quality Monitoring
APHA : American Public Health Association
APCM : Air Pollution Control Measure
APTI : Air Pollution Tolerance Index
BDL : Below Detectable Limit
CP : Cleaner Production
CPCB : Central Pollution Control Board
CHWIF : Common Hazardous Waste & Incineration facility
CSR : Corporate Social Responsibility
EAC : Expert Appraisal Committee
EIA : Environmental Impact Assessment
EC : Environment Clearance
EHS : Environment, Health & Safety
EMP : Environment Management Plan
EMS : Environment Management System
EPA : Environmental Protection Act
ETP : Effluent Treatment Plant
DMP : Disaster Management Plan
GLC : Ground Level Concentration
GOI : Government of India
GPCB : Gujarat Pollution Control Board
HAZOP : Hazard & Operability Study
IMD : Indian Metrological Data
IS : Indian Standard
ISCST : Industrial Source Complex Short term
ISO : International Standard Organization
LOC : Level of concern
MOC : Material Of Construction
MoEF : Ministry of Environment & Forest
MSL : Mean Sea Level
MSDS : Material Safety Data Sheets
NH : National Highway
Table of Contents
Page | xxiii
NOC : No Objection Certificate

OSHA : Occupational Safety And Health Administration
PAC : Poly Aluminum Chloride
PM : Particulate Matter
PPEs : Personal Protective Equipments
RA : Risk Assessment
TOR : Terms of Reference
TSDF : Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facility
TDS : Total Dissolved Solid
LIST OF SYMBOLS / NOTATIONS

°C : Degree Celsius
dB(A) : Decibels(A-Weighted)
gm/cc : Gram per Cubic Centimeter
Kcal/Hr : Kilo Calorie per Hour
KVA : Kilo Volts Ampere
KLD : Kilo Liters per Day
KW : Kilo Watt
m : meters
m/s : Meters per Second
mg/lit : Milligram/ Liters
mg/m3 : Milligram/cube meter of air
MW : Mega Watt
µg/m3 : Microgram/cube meter of air
µs : Microgram second
NOX : Oxides of Nitrogen
PM : Particulate Matter
ppm : Parts per Million
SCM : Standard Cubic Meter
SO2 : Sulphur dioxide
Sq.km. : Square kilometer
Sq.m. : Square Meter
TPM : Ton per Month
Table of Contents
Page | xxiv
COPY OF TOR ISSUED BY
SEIAA, GUJARAT
TOR COMPLIANCE
COMPLIANCE OF TERMS OF REFERENCES (TOR)
ToR vide Letter No.: SEIAA/ GUJ/TOR/5(f)&1(d)/427/2019 dated 12/03/2019 &

ToR Amendment Letter No.: SEIAA/GUJ/TOR/5(f)/779/2019 dated 16/05/2019
TOR
TOR Points Compliance Status
No.
A SPECIFIC TOR
1. Compliance of MoEFCC’s OM dated Unit will contribute reasonably as part of
01/05/2018 regarding “Corporate Corporate Environment Responsibility
Environment Responsibility” (CER). Fund (CER) and carry out various activities in
allocation for Corporate Environment nearby villages. Unit will earmark Rs. 31.3
Responsibility (CER) shall be made as per Lacs (about 1% of the project expansion
MoEFCC’s O.M. No. 22-65/2017-IA.III cost) for such activities, which will be
dated 01/05/2018 for various activities utilized within five years in various areas
therein. The details of fund allocation and after commissioning of project in phase
activities for CER shall be incorporated in manner. For details refer Table 8.1, Section
EIA/EMP report. 8.2, Chapter 8.
2. Qualitative and quantitative analysis of Product wise details of qualitative and

hazardous waste streams generation from quantitative waste streams generated from
the manufacturing process (product wise). manufacturing process are given in Table
Explore the possibility to reuse such 2.10, 2.11, Section 2.11.1, Chapter 2.
waste streams within premise as raw
materials for other products or to convert it Details of management of hazardous waste
into valuable products instead of selling streams are given in Table 2.22, Section
outside. Sound management of such 2.11.3, Chapter 2.
waste streams as per the HW Rules 2016
as amended time to time. Feasibility
report for utilization shall be incorporated
in EIA report.
3. Explore the use of renewable energy to Unit proposes to make use of renewal
the maximum extent possible. Details of energy by adopting energy efficient devices.
provisions to make the project energy- For details refer Section 10.5.3, Chapter 10.
efficient through energy efficient devices
and adoption of modes of modes of
alternative eco-friendly sources of energy
like solar water heater, solar lighting etc.
Measures proposed for energy
conservation.
4. PP shall furnish status of all applicable Details of all applicable rules and acts are
rules, acts, regulations, clearances in a given in Table 2.23, Section 2.12.1 and
tabular form. Section 2.12.2, Chapter 2.
5. Details with respect to justification for The unit is established on land admeasuring
proposed expansion (1) To address total area of 1,10,600 m2 in Nandesari GIDC
proportionate availability of space for estate. The proposed expansion will be
production plant. (2) To address carried out in 29,031 m2 of undeveloped
proportionate availability of storage area land as well as vertical expansion in 33,999
Compliance of Terms of Reference (ToR)

Page | xliii
TOR
No.
for raw materials, finished goods, utilities m2 area within the existing premises. Total
and goods carrier movement within built-up area of the process plant will
premises. (3) To address proportionate increase from 36,897 m2 to 70,896 m2 after
captive/common infrastructure available to expansion.
accommodate additional load due to
proposed expansion. (4) Environment Details of adequacy for proportionate
impact and its mitigation measures for availability of land is elaborated in Section
common/ captive infrastructure due to 2.9.1, Chapter 2.
proposed production.
B GENERIC TOR
1. A tabular chart with index for point-wise Prefix to the EIA report.
compliance of below mentioned TORs.
2. Executive summary of the project – giving Refer Chapter 11 – Summary and
a prima facie idea of the objectives of the conclusion which is brief compilation of EIA
proposal, use of resources, justification, report with its important aspects.
etc. In addition, it should provide a
compilation of EIA report, including EMP
and the post-project monitoring plan in
brief.
3. Justification for selecting the proposed Proposed products being manufactured by
product and unit size. Deepak Nitrite Ltd. are widely used in
pharmaceuticals, specialty chemicals and
food industries. Also, proposed expansion
project will be setup in existing unit located
in notified industrial estate of GIDC-
Nandesari. For details, refer Section 2.2, 2.4
& 2.5 of Chapter 2.
4. Land requirement for the project including The unit is established on land admeasuring
its break up for various purposes, its total area of 1,10,600 m2 in Nandesari GIDC
availability and optimization. estate. The proposed expansion will be
carried out in 29,031 m2 of undeveloped
land as well as vertical expansion in 33,999
m2 area within the existing premises. Total
built-up area of the process plant will
increase from 36,897 m2 to 70,896 m2 after
expansion.
For details refer Table 2.5(a), 2.5(b), Figure

2.3, Section 2.9.1, Chapter 2.
5. Land possession documents. Copy of NA The existing plant is located at Plot No.
order showing permission to use the 4/12, Chemical Complex, GIDC-Nandesari
project land for industrial purpose. If in Vadodara District of Gujarat State. Plot
located in GIDC, copy of plot holding allotment from GIDC is attached as
certificate obtained from GIDC Authority. Annexure 7.

Page | xliv
TOR
No.
6. Location of the project site and nearest The project site is located in the notified
habitats with distances from the project industrial area and surrounded by industrial
site to be demarcated on a toposheet (1: units in all the directions. The nearest
50000 scale). human settlement from the site is Dadheda
village located at distance of 690 m from the
project site. Details of the same are given in
Section 3.2.1, Table 3.1, Chapter 3.
7. Topography details of the project area. Topographical details of the project area are
given in Section 3.3, Chapter 3.
8. Geological features and geo-hydrological Geohydrological status of the study area is

status of the study area elaborated in Section 3.3.1, 3.3.7, Chapter
3.
9. In case of project located outside notified Not applicable. It is an existing unit located
area: Legal Undertaking stating that unit is in notified industrial estate of GIDC-
complying the three conditions [i.e. water Nandesari.
consumption less than 25 M3/day; Fuel
consumption less than 25 TPD; and not
covered in the category of MAH units as
per the Management, Storage, Import of
Hazardous Chemical Rules (MSIHC
Rules), 1989] as per the amendment to
EIA Notification, 2006 vide SO 1599 (E)
dated 25/06/2014.
10. Present land use pattern of the study area Out of study area, 65.67% of total land area
shall be given based on satellite imagery. is occupied by agricultural fields like crop
lands and fallow lands. Total area of 16.68
% is covered as a built-up land, of which
land cover of 7.90% is for the industrial
purposes, 4.37% as human settlement.
Waste land covers 14.58% and about
3.07% of land is occupied as water body of
total study area.
Details of land use pattern of the study area

is given in Chapter 3, Section 3.3.3, Table
3.4, Figure 3.4.
11. Layout plan of the factory premises clearly Layout plan of the factory premise is given
demarcating various units within the plant. in Chapter 2, Section 2.9.1, Figure 2.3. It is
Provision of separate entry & exit and enclosed in Annexure 7 of the EIA report.
adequate margin all-round the periphery
for unobstructed easy movement of the
emergency vehicle / fire tenders without
reversing back. Mark the same in the

Page | xlv
TOR
No.
plant layout.
12. Technical details of the plant/s along with Technical details of the plant are given in
details on best available technologies Section 2.5 to 2.11, Chapter 2.
(BAT), proposed technology and reasons
for selecting the same. Details of the selected technologies and
reason for selecting best available
technologies are given in Chapter 5
13. Product spectrum (Proposed products Refer Section 2.5, Table 2.2 (a) & (b) of
along with production Capacity) and Chapter 2 for details of products along with
processes. production capacities.
Details of manufacturing process for each

product is given in Annexure 3.
14. Chemical name of each proposed product Chemical names of each products along
to be manufactured. Details on end use of with CAS no and end-use of each is given in
each product. (Provide CAS number of all Section 2.5, Table 2.2 of Chapter 2.
the products & raw materials. In case of
Dyes, CI number).
15. Details on raw materials, source and Refer Section 2.8, Chapter 2, Annexure 4,
storage within the premises Annexure 6 of EIA report for details of raw
material requirement, its storage, handling
and source.
16. Details of complete manufacturing Manufacturing of proposed products involve

process / operations of each product various unit operations like distillation,
along with chemical reactions, process extraction, filtration, centrifugation,
flow diagram describing each unit crystallization, precipitation, condensation
processes and unit operations along with and drying etc. and unit process like
material balance, consumption of raw chlorination, nitration, amination,
materials etc. fluorination, diazotization & coupling,
hydrogenation, oxidation, reduction,
acetylation, neutralization etc. Details of
manufacturing process for the all the
proposed products with process description,
reaction chemistry, process flow diagram
and material balance are described
Annexure 3. For details refer Section 2.6,
Chapter 2.
17. Details on strategy for the implementation Refer Chapter 10, Section 10.5 for
of cleaner production activities. implementation of cleaner production
activities.
18. Assessment of source of the water supply Presently, the water requirement of the unit
with adequacy of the same to meet with is met by GIDC supply and the same source

Page | xlvi
TOR
No.
the requirements for the project. will be utilized for proposed expansion. The
Permission obtained from the concern total fresh water requirement for the existing
authority for supply of raw water. plant is 3,256 KLD which will increase up to
3,500 KLD after proposed expansion. For
details refer Section 2.9.5, Chapter 2.
19. Undertaking stating that no bore well shall Undertaking for no borewell is attached as
be dug within the premises (If project is Annexure 5.
located within the Industrial estate).
20. Details on water balance including After proposed expansion, total effluent
quantity of effluent generated, recycled & generation will increase from 1,151 KLD to
reused. 2,156 KLD. Effluent will be segregated into
high COD/TDS and low COD/TDS stream.
Unit proposes install stripper and MEE units

for treatment of high concentrated effluent.
High COD/TDS stream from manufacturing
process @668 KLD will be sent to proposed
stripper followed by MEE. Stripper outlet
@668 KLD along with effluent from DM-
Reject @140 KLD and RO Reject @138
KLD will be sent to MEE. Hence, total
hydraulic load of MEE will be 946 KLD.
Condensate from MEE @896 KLD will be
sent to RO. Permeate from RO @758 KLD
will be re-used in cooling tower makeup.
Low COD/TDS stream from Process,

APCE, Boiler, Cooling and Washing @
1,321 KLD will be sent to ETP having
primary and tertiary treatment along with
hydrodynamic cavitation treatment units.
Treated effluent from ETP @ 1,321 KLD will
be discharged into VECL as per current
practices and hence there will be no
additional discharge to the CETP of VECL.
Details of water balance are given in Table

2.14 (a, b & c), Table 2.15(a) and Figure
2.4, Section 2.11.1.1, Chapter 2.
Details of methods to be adopted for the Details on Water conservation are given in
water conservation. Section 10.5.2, Chapter 10.
21. Efforts to minimize effluent discharge and There will not be any additional discharge
to maintain quality of receiving water into CETP from the propose expansion
body. project. Unit will maintain zero liquid

Page | xlvii
TOR
No.
22. Explore the possibilities for Zero Liquid discharge for proposed expansion project.
Discharge (ZLD) option for the proposed For details refer Section 2.11.1, Chapter 2.
project.
23. Segregation of waste streams, Refer reply of ToR No. 20 to 22.

characterization and quality with specific
treatment and disposal of each stream
including action plan for maximum recycle
of treated waste water and minimum
discharge for effluent.
24. Capacity of ETP in KL/day. Details of ETP Design

Treatment Hydraulic
including dimensions of each unit along Capacity,
Unit Load, KLD
with schematic flow diagram. Inlet, KLD
transitional and treated effluent qualities ETP 1,321 1,500
Stripper 668 800
with specific efficiency of each treatment
MEE 946 1,000
unit in reduction in respect of all
RO 896 1,000
concerned/regulated environmental
parameters. Inlet effluent quality should Technical details of ETP, Stripper & MEE
be based on worst case scenario and treatment scheme are given in Table
considering production of most polluting 2.16, Table 2.17 and Figure 2.5, Section
products that can be manufactured in the 2.11.1.1, Chapter 2.
plant concurrently.
25. In case of discharge into GIDC drainage / Not Applicable

Pipeline:
i. Copy of permission letter with quantity

(KL/day) from the concern authority of
drainage network / pipeline with
confirmation for spare capacity
available to take additional effluent.
ii. Characteristics of the combined
effluent and treated water to be sent to
Common pipeline with reference to the
MoEFCC/CPCB/GPCB discharge
norms.
iii. Provision for continuous monitoring
system for wastewater discharge.
26. In case of waste water sent to Common For details refer Section 2.11.1.1, Annexure
Facilities (CF) like CETP, MEE, Spray 11, Chapter 2
Dryer etc.
i. Total capacity of the CF

ii. Copy of CC&A of the CF
iii. Actual load at present (Qualitative
and Quantitative – KL per day)
iv. Booked quantity & Spare capacity of

Page | xlviii
TOR
No.
CF
v. Copies of XGN generated Inspection
reports with analysis reports of the
water/Air/Hazardous samples
collected by GPCB (Last 2 year).
Copies of instructions issued by
GPCB in last 2 year and point wise
compliance thereof.
vi. Copies of Show-cause notices,
closure notices etc. served by the
GPCB and its compliance
vii. Recommendations and suggestions
of the last two Environment Audit
reports of CETP and its compliance
report.
viii. Common Facility Up gradation
scheme, if any.
27. In case of Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD): Not Applicable.
i. Action plan for ‘Zero’ discharge of

effluent shall be included. Notarized
undertaking for assuring that
underground drainage connection will
not be taken in the unit.
ii. Economical and technical viability of
the effluent treatment system to
achieve Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD).
iii. Certification of adequacy of proposed
ZLD scheme through credible institutes
of National repute.
iv. To estimate & monitor ground water
quality & its contamination status,
piezometer wells, one on up gradient
of the groundwater flow and other
three on the down gradient side of the
ground water flow of the proposed
project at different depth based on
available ground water depth shall be
established and all the parameters
mentioned in IS 10:500 for potable
water standard shall be monitored.
28. In case of in-house MEE for waste water Technical details of MEE are given in Table,
treatment: 2.17, Section 2.11.1.1, Chapter 2. Techno
economic viability of evaporation system is
Capacity of MEE in KL/hr. Technical given in Section 2.11.1.2, Chapter 2.
details of MEE including evaporation
capacity, steam required for evaporation,

Page | xlix
TOR
No.
adequacy of the proposed boiler to supply
steam for evaporation in addition to the
steam required for the process etc.
Techno economic viability of the
evaporation system. Control measures
proposed for the evaporation system in
order to avoid/reduce gaseous
emission/VOC from evaporation of
industrial effluent containing solvents &
other chemicals.
29. Technical details of ATFD/ Crystallizer/

Dryer, RO/NF system etc. (If any).
30. Details of the treatability and feasibility of Not Applicable. Unit will not use spray dryer
wastewater to be disposed off by means for effluent treatment.
of spray dryer and its impact on
environment and Human Health
31. Undertaking stating that a separate Unit will provide separate electric meter for
electric meter will be provided for the ETP & Evaporator. Undertaking for the
waste water treatment system viz. ETP, same is enclosed in Annexure 5.
RO, MEE, Spray dryer etc. (Whichever is
applicable)
32. Economical and technical viability of the Refer Section 2.11.1.2 of Chapter 2, for
effluent treatment system economic and technical viability of effluent
treatment system.
33. Plans for management, collection and Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.11.1 and 2.11.3
disposal of waste streams to be generated for management of disposal of waste
from spillage, leakages, vessel washing, streams generated.
used container washing etc.
Measures proposed for preventing effluent Refer Chapter 10, Section 10.3
discharge during unforeseen
circumstances.
34. Action plan for reuse of waste streams like Refer Table 2.22, Section 2.11.3, Chapter 2
Spent acids, Poly Aluminium Chloride etc.
within premises to convert into valuable
products instead of sending outside to
actual end-users.
35. Adequacy of the proposed EMS with Adequacy report of the proposed EMS is
respect to pollution load envisaged in enclosed as Annexure 10.
terms of Air, Water and hazardous waste.

Page | l
TOR
No.
36. One season Site-specific micro- The site-specific micrometeorological data
meteorological data using temperature, has been collected continuously during the
relative humidity, hourly wind speed and study period by installing automatic
direction and rainfall should be weather station near project site. For
incorporated. details refer Section 3.3.5 of Chapter 3.
37. Anticipated environmental impacts due to Anticipated environmental impact and

the proposed project/production may be mitigation measures for Water, Air, Soil,
evaluated for significance and based on Noise, Ecology, Land and Socio-Economic
corresponding likely impacts VECs environment are elaborated in Chapter 4,
(Valued Environmental Components) may Section 4.1 to 4.5.
be identified.
Baseline studies may be conducted within Baseline environmental study was

the study area for all the conducted in Winter season (Nov-2018 to
concerned/identified VECs and likely Jan-2018) in a study area of 10 km radial
impacts will have to be assessed for their distance from the project site Refer Chapter
magnitude in order to identify mitigation 3, Section 3.2 & 3.3 for details.
measures
38. One complete season base line ambient Ambient air quality has been conducted at 5
air quality data (except monsoon season) locations including project site (1 in upwind,
to be given along with the dates of 2 in downwind and 1 in cross wind
monitoring. The parameters to be covered directions) on consideration of pre-dominant
shall be in accordance with the revised wind direction. For details refer Table 3.6,
National Ambient Air Quality Standards Figure 3.6 to 3.13 in Section 3.3.6 of
(NAAQS) as well as project specific Chapter 3.
parameters like NH3, HCl, CL2, HBr, VOC
etc. Locations of the monitoring stations
should be so decided so as to take into
consideration the pre-dominant downwind
direction, population zone and sensitive
receptors. There should be at least one
monitoring station in the upwind direction.
There should be at least one monitoring
station in the pre dominant downwind
direction at a location where maximum
ground level concentration is likely to
occur.
39. Modeling indicating the likely impact on The maximum 24-hourly average ground
ambient air quality due to proposed level concentration for pollutant due to
activities. The details of model used and proposed project calculated using
input parameters used for modeling mathematical model (ISCST3) PM10, SO2,
should be provided. The air quality NO2, NH3, HCl and H2S are 2.452 Pg/m3,
contours may be shown on location map 4.481 Pg/m3, 0.810 Pg/m3, 1.045 Pg/m3 ,
clearly indicating the location of sensitive 0.299 Pg/m3 and 0.274 Pg/m3 respectively

Page | li
TOR
No.
receptors, if any, and the habitation. The which is negligible even for the worst-case
wind rose showing pre-dominant wind scenario. Moreover, this will occur at a
direction should also be indicated on the distance of maximum 100 meters from the
map. Impact due to vehicular movement source, which falls within the GIDC
shall also be included into the prediction industrial estate only where there is no
using suitable model. Results of Air existence of permanent habitat. For details,
dispersion modeling should be refer Chapter 4, Section 4.5.1.
superimposed on satellite Image /
geographical area map.
40. Base line status of the noise environment, Noise level monitoring was carried out at 5
impact of noise on present environment locations on 24 hourly bases during study
due to the project and proposed measures period. For details refer Table 3.11 & 3.12 in
for noise reduction including engineering Section 3.3.9 of Chapter 3.
controls.
For details on proposed measures for noise
reduction refer Section 4.5 Chapter 4.
41. Specific details of Specific details of (i) For details refer

Process gas emission from each unit
process with its quantification, (ii) Air (i) Chapter 2, Table 2.20
pollution Control Measures proposed for
(ii) Chapter 2, Table 2.21
process gas emission, (iii) Adequacy of
the air pollution control measures for (iii) Chapter 2, Section 2.11.2.2
process gas emission, measures to
achieve the GPCB norms (iv) Details of (iv) , (v), (vii) Chapter 2, Table 2.19
the utilities required (v) Type and quantity
(vi) Chapter 4, Table 4.5
of fuel to be used for each utility (vi) Flue
gas emission rate from each utility (vii) Air (viii) Chapter 4, Section 4.5
Pollution Control Measures proposed to
each of the utility along with its adequacy (ix) There are no tail gas generation from
(viii) List the sources of fugitive emission proposed expansion project.
along with its quantification and proposed
measures to control it. (ix) Details on tail
gas treatment.
42. Provision of CEMS (Continuous Emission Unit has provided online continuous
Monitoring System) emission monitoring system for steam
boiler. Refer Section 6.3, Chapter 6.
43. Action plan for odour control to be Refer Section 4.5 of Chapter 4
submitted.
44. Management plan for solid/hazardous Hazardous waste generated at present as

waste including storage, handling, well as after proposed expansion is to be
utilization and safe disposal as per the managed as per the Hazardous & Other
Hazardous and Other Wastes Wastes (Management & Transboundary
(Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016. For details refer

Page | lii
TOR
No.
Movement) Rules 2016. CPCB guidelines Section 2.11.3 of Chapter 2.
in respect of specific treatment, such as
solar evaporation, incineration, etc., need
to be followed.
45. How the manual handling of the Refer Section 2.11.3 of Chapter 2, to avoid
hazardous wastes will be minimized. manual handling of hazardous waste.
For details of Methodology of de-

Methodology of de-contamination and contamination and disposal of discarded
disposal of discarded containers and its containers refer Section 2.11.3 of Chapter 2
record keeping.
46. Management of by-products which fall There will not be any generation of by-
under the purview of Hazardous and product from the existing as well as
Other Wastes (Management and proposed expansion project which falls
Transboundary Movement) Rules 2016 as under Hazardous and Other Wastes
per the said rules and necessary (Management & Transboundary Movement)
permissions from the concern authority. Rules, 2016.
47. Membership of Common Environmental Unit has obtained membership from BEIL
Infrastructure like TSDF, Common for disposal of hazardous waste. Copy of
Incineration Facility (CHWIF) etc. membership and LOI from Common
Environment Infrastructure for disposal of
additional hazardous waste is enclosed as
Annexure 13.
48. Name and quantity of each type of Unit will require various solvents for
solvents to be used for proposed manufacturing of various products. There
production. Details of in-house solvent will be generation of spent / mix solvent
recovery system including mass balance, during the manufacturing process. It will be
solvent loss, recovery efficiency (% separated and sent for offsite distillation to
recovery), feasibility of reusing the authorized recyclers or sold to authorized
recovered solvents etc. for each type of end-users having permission under rule 9 of
solvent. “Hazardous and Other Wastes
(Management & Transboundary Movement)
Rules, 2016. Details of solvent requirement
and spent/mix solvent generation are given
in Table 2.4, Section 2.7, Chapter 2.
49. Appropriate monitoring network has to be For environmental monitoring program

designed and proposed, to assess the proposed is given in Table 6.1.in Section
possible residual impacts on VECs. 6.2 of Chapter 6.
50. A detailed EMP including the protection For details refer

and mitigation measures for impact on
human health and environment as well as Chapter 10, Section 10.3, Table 10.1
detailed monitoring plan and
Chapter 6, Section 6.2, Table 6.1
environmental management cell proposed

Page | liii
TOR
No.
for implementation and monitoring of Chapter 6, Section 6.5, Figure 6.1, Table
EMP. 6.2
The EMP should also include the concept Chapter 10, Section 10.5
of waste minimization,
recycle/reuse/recover techniques, energy
conservation, and natural resource
conservation.
Total capital cost and recurring Chapter 10, Section 10.6, Table 10.5
cost/annum earmarked for environment
pollution control measures.
51. Details of in-house monitoring capabilities For details, refer Table 6.1. in refer Section
and the recognized agencies if proposed 6.2 of Chapter 6
for conducting monitoring
52. Permission from PESO, Nagpur for Unit has obtained license from PESO for
storage of solvents, other toxic chemicals, onsite storage of Hydrogen Gas, Chlorine
if any. Gas, NH3 gas, SO2 gas and various
chemicals under Petroleum Class A, B & C
under the Petroleum Act, 1934 and Static &
Mobile Pressure Vessel (U) Rules, 1981.
Copies of licenses obtained from PESO are
enclosed as Annexure 14. Unit will obtain
license for other hazardous chemicals as
listed in Table 7.2, Section 7.3.1, Chapter 7
before commissioning of the expansion.
53. Occupational health impacts on the Details on occupational health hazard from
workers and mitigation measures proposed expansion is given in Section 7.4
proposed to avoid the human health of Chapter 7.
hazards along with the personal protective
equipment to be provided. Provision of
industrial hygienist and monitoring of the
occupational injury to workers as well as For details refer Section 7.4 & 7.5, Chapter
impact on the workers. Plan for periodic 7
medical checkup of the workers exposed.
Details of work place ambient air quality
monitoring plan as per Gujarat Factories
Rules.
54. Details on volatile organic compounds Details on occupational health hazard from
(VOCs) from the plant operations and proposed expansion is given in Section 7.4
occupational safety and health protection of Chapter 7.
measures. Proposal for Leak Detection
and Repair (LDAR) program as per the Refer Table 6.1. in refer Section 6.2,

Page | liv
TOR
No.
CPCB guidelines. Section 6.3 of Chapter 6 for LDAR program
55. Risk assessment including prediction of Detailed risk assessment study is carried
the worst-case scenario and maximum out based on worst case maximum credible
credible accident scenarios should be accident scenarios. For details, refer
carried out. The worst-case scenario Section 7.6.3 of Chapter 7. Refer Annexure
should take into account the maximum 32 for details of MCA.
inventory of storage at site at any point of
time. The risk contours should be plotted
on the plant layout map clearly showing
which of the facilities would be affected in
case of an accident taking place.
Based on the same, proposed safeguard Refer Section 7.8 & 7.9 of Chapter 7 for
measures including On-Site / Off-Site details on on-site / off-site emergency plan.
Emergency Plan should be provided.
56. MSDS of all the products and raw Refer Part 3 of EIA report for MSDS of all
materials. products and raw materials.
57. Details of hazardous characteristics and Hazardous characteristic of raw material

toxicity of raw materials and products to and products is given in Annexure 31.
be handled and the control measures Control measures to ensure safety and
proposed to ensure safety and avoid the avoid human health impact refer Section
human health impacts. This shall include 7.3.1 – 7.3.2 & 7.4 of Chapter 7.
the details of Antidotes also.
58. Details of quantity of each hazardous For details on storage and handling of
chemical (including solvents) to be stored, hazardous chemicals refer Table 7.1 in
Material of Construction (MoC) of major Section 7.3.1 of Chapter 7.
hazardous chemical storage tanks, dyke
details, threshold storage quantity as per
schedules of the Manufacture, Storage &
Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules of Refer Section 7.3 of Chapter 7 for details to
major hazardous chemicals, size of the avoid manual handling of hazardous
biggest storage tank to be provided for chemicals.
each raw material & product etc. How the
manual handling of the hazardous
chemicals will be minimized?
59. Details of the separate isolated storage Refer Figure 7.1, Section 7.3.1, Chapter 7
area for flammable chemicals. Details of for details on separate isolated storage of
flame proof electrical fittings, DCP hazardous chemicals.
extinguishers and other safety measures
proposed. Detailed fire control plan for Refer section 7.7(I), Chapter 7 for details on
flammable substances and processes fire-fighting system.
showing hydrant pipeline network,
provision of DG Sets, fire pumps, jockey

Page | lv
TOR
No.
pump, toxic gas detectors etc.
60. Submit checklist in the form of Do’s & Refer Chapter 10, Section 10.7, Annexure
Don’ts of preventive maintenance, 36 for checklist in the form of Do’s and
strengthening of HSE, manufacturing Dont’s.
utility staff for safety related measures.
61. Specify safety precautions to be taken Refer Chapter 7, Section 7.3.1 for specific
for Chemical storage, process, handling safety precautions for storage and handling
& transportation hazard. of hazardous chemicals as well as safety
precautions for manufacturing process and
allied operations.
62. Details on workers training before Refer Section 7.8.1 (A), Chapter 7 for
engaging work, periodical in-house, details on workers training.
outside etc.
63. Details of various SOPs to be prepared. The list of various SOPs to be prepared is
given in Section 6.4, Annexure 30, Chapter
6.
64. Details on safety audit to be carried out Safety audit is carried out annually by the
and their compliance status. unit. Refer Table 7.2 in section 7.5 of
Chapter 7.
65. Specific safety measures to be taken for Specific safety measures to be taken for
general Public living in the vicinity. general public are given in Section 7.8.1
(N), Chapter 7.
66. Details on hazard identification i.e. Refer Section 7.3, Chapter 7.

HAZOP, HAZAN, Fault tree analysis,
Event tree analysis, Checklist, Audit etc.
to be adopted for the safety operation of
the plant.
67. Detection and monitoring of VOC’s / Refer Section 7.5, Table 7.3 of Chapter 7.
gases.
68. Detailed five-year greenbelt development To maintain the ecological balance, unit has
program including annual budget, developed green belt in area of 28,724 m2
planning schedule, species, width of which will be expanded up to 36,500 m2
plantations, number of trees to be planted, (33% of total plot area) within the project
area under green belt development [with premises.
map], budgetary outlay etc. along with
commitment of the management to carry The unit will plant about additional 400 trees
out the tree plantation activities outside will be within one year from commissioning
the premises at appropriate places in the of the plant.
nearby areas and elsewhere.

Page | lvi
TOR
No.
69. Action plan for the greenbelt development For details refer Chapter 10, Section 10.4.
– species, width of plantations, planning
schedule, etc., in accordance to CPCB
published guidelines.
70. Detailed socio-economic development For details on socio-economic development

measures including community welfare refer Chapter 8, Section 8.1 - 8.2
program most useful in the project area
for the overall improvement of the
environment. Submit a detailed plan for
social corporate responsibilities, with
appropriate budgetary provisions for the
next five years and activities proposed to
be carried out; specific to the current
demographic status of the area.
71. (a) Does the company have a well laid Chapter 6, Section 6.4, 6.5
down Environment Policy approved by its
Board of Directors? If so, it may be
detailed in the EIA report. (b). Does the
Environment Policy prescribe for standard
operating process / procedures to bring
into focus any infringement / deviation /
violation of the environmental or forest
norms / conditions? If so, it may be
detailed in the EIA.
72. What is the hierarchical system or Refer Section 6.4 – 6.5 of Chapter 6, for
administrative order of the company to details of Environmental management cell.
deal with the environmental issues and for
ensuring compliance with the EC
conditions. Details of this system may be
given.
73. Does the company have a system of Refer Section 6.5 – 6.6 of Chapter 6
reporting of non-compliances / violations
of environmental norms to the Board of
Directors of the company and / or
shareholders or stakeholders at large?
This reporting mechanism should be
detailed in the EIA Report.
74. Phase wise project implementation Tentative project implementation schedule

schedule with bar chart and time frame, in with respect to various activities is given in
terms of site development, infrastructure Chapter 2, Section 2.10.
provision, EMS implementation etc.

Page | lvii
TOR
No.
75. Certificate of accreditation issued by the Refer Chapter 12
NABET, QCI to the environmental
consultant should be incorporated in the
EIA Report.
76. An undertaking by the Project Proponent Prefixed to the EIA report.

on the ownership of the EIA report as per
the MoEF&CC OM dated 05/10/2011 and
an undertaking by the Consultant
regarding the prescribed TORs have been
complied with and the data submitted is
factually correct as per the MoEF&CC OM
dated 04/08/2009.
77. All documents to be properly referenced Complied.

with index and continuous page
numbering
78. Where data are presented in the Report Complied.

especially in Tables, the period in which
the data were collected and the sources
should be indicated.
79. Project proponent shall enclose all the Complied.

analysis / testing reports of water, air, soil,
noise etc. using the MoEF&CC / NABL
accredited laboratories. All the original
analysis / testing reports should be
available during the appraisal of the
project.
80. In case of Expansion of the project: Refer section 2.12 & 2.13, Chapter 2 for
regulatory framework and compliance of the
existing unit.
a) Need for the proposed expansion Refer Section 2.2 of Chapter 2

should be justified in detail
b) Adequacy of existing EMS Adequacy report of EMS is enclosed as
(Environment Management System) Annexure 10.
c) Explore the possibility to achieve Zero Refer reply of ToR No. 22

Liquid Discharge (ZLD) for existing as
well as Proposed activity.
d) Records of any legal breach of Unit has not received any notices in last
Environmental laws i.e. details of three years by GPCB for their existing plant.
show- cause notices, closure notices
etc. served by the GPCB to the existing Unit had received various written
unit in last five years and actions taken instructions during inspection of GPCB
officials in the past. Unit had submitted

Page | lviii
TOR
No.
then after for prevention of pollution. point-wise compliance of these instructions
to GPCB in timely manner. Copies of the
inspection report generated from GPCB-
XGN are enclosed in Annexure 22.
e) Copies of Environmental Clearances Unit has obtained EC for expansion vide

obtained for the existing plant, its point Unit complies with all the conditions as
wise compliance report. stipulated in the EC vide letter no.
SEIAA/GUJ/ EC/8(a)/268/2012 dated
12/09/2012 from SEIAA, Gujarat and
regularly submits six monthly compliances
to the concerned authorities. Copies of the
acknowledgement slip for submission of EC
Compliance is attached as Annexure 15.
Copy of certified compliance report issued
by regional office of MoEF&CC, Bhopal is
enclosed as Annexure 16.
f) Environmental audit reports for last 3 Environmental audit of the unit is carried out
years and compliance of its annually by GPCB appointed Schedule-II
recommendations/Suggestions. auditors. Acknowledgement copy of
(Include latest audit report and its submission of last environmental audit
compliance.) report for the period of April 2018 to March
2019 is enclosed as Annexure 21.
g) Copy of Consent to Operate (CC&A) Copy of CC&A is enclosed as Annexure 2 &

obtained along with point wise compliance of CC&A is enclosed as
compliance status of all the conditions Annexure 17.
stipulated therein.
h) Compliance of MoEFCC circulars vide Refer reply of ToR # 80(e).
No: J-11011/618/2010-IAII(I) dated
30/05/2012 and J-11013/41/2006-IA- There are no litigations pending against any
II(I) dated 20/10/2009. court of law for the proposed project.
Refer reply of ToR # 80(d)
i) Copies of XGN generated Inspection Copies of the inspection report generated

reports with analysis reports of the from GPCB-XGN are enclosed in Annexure
water/Air/Hazardous samples collected 22.
by GPCB (Last 2 year). Copies of
instructions issued by GPCB in last 2
year and point wise compliance
thereof.
81. In case of project is located in Not applicable
Ankleshwar-Panoli, Vatva-Narol & Vapi
GIDC.
(A) Compliance of MOEFCC’s OM no. J-

Page | lix
TOR
No.
11013/5/2010-IA.II (I) dated
25/11/2016 regarding lifting of
moratorium on the consideration of
projects for environmental clearance.
(B) Compliance of direction under section
18 (1) (b) of the Water (Prevention and
Control of Pollution) act, 1974 issued
by CPCB dated 31/03/2016 regarding
compliance of CETP.
a) Action initiated by GPCB, if any,
against proposed unit regarding non-
compliance of prescribed standards
under the various environmental laws.
b) Performance of CETP with respect to
current hydraulic load & prescribed
standards with No Objection
Certificate of CETP regarding
incorporation of the proposed unit for
acceptance of waste water.
c) Performance of TSDF site with
respect to current load & prescribed
standards with No Objection
Certificate of TSDF site regarding
incorporation of the proposed unit for
acceptance of hazardous waste to the
common infrastructure.
d) Copies of quarterly action report
taken for the above points submitted
to the CPCB.
e) Report of GPCB which have
conducted monitoring as per the said
direction by CPCB dated 31/03/2016.

Page | lx
CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTION
CHAPTER – 1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 PREFACE
The report is an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report for the proposed
expansion in manufacturing of existing inorganic chemicals & synthetic organic
chemicals and addition of various other synthetic organic chemicals by M/s. Deepak
Nitrite Ltd. The aim of EIA study is to assess the impacts of proposed industrial activity
on environment for planning suitable mitigation measures and to capitalize on beneficial
impacts of proposed project.
1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT

M/s. Deepak Nitrite Ltd., a responsible care logo holding company, has an existing unit
located at Plot No. 4/12, Chemical Complex at Nandesari notified industrial estate of
GIDC in Vadodara District of Gujarat State and involved in manufacturing of various
inorganic chemicals @ 17,480 TPM, synthetic organic chemicals @ 8,406 TPM and
Captive Power Plant (Gas based Generator Set) of 4.8 MW capacity.
The unit has obtained Environmental Clearance (EC) from State Level Environment
Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA), Gujarat for their existing plant on 12/09/2012.
Presently, unit holds Consolidated Consent & Authorization (CC&A) issued by GPCB
vide order no. AWH-87712 dated 29/05/2017 which is valid up to 31/03/2024.
Now, the unit proposes to expand manufacturing of some of the existing inorganic
chemicals up to 45,880 TPM and synthetic organic chemicals up to 22,004 TPM. In
addition to this, unit proposes to manufacture various other synthetic organic chemicals
with production capacity of 510 TPM. Thus, total production capacity of the unit will be
68,394 TPM after proposed expansion. Also, unit proposes to expand Captive Power
Plant (Gas based Generator Set) capacity up to 10 MW. The proposed project is
covered under Category 5(f)-B as per new EIA Notification of Ministry of Environment,
Forest & Climate Change (MoEF&CC), dated 14/09/2006 and subsequent
amendments. Therefore, unit requires obtaining Environmental Clearance from State
Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA).
Hence, the unit had applied for prior Environmental Clearance (ToR) to State Level
Expert Appraisal Committee (SEAC), Gujarat on 07/09/2018. ToR has been issued by
State Level Environment Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA) vide letter no. SEIAA/
[[
Chapter-1: Introduction
Page | 1.1
GUJ/TOR/5(f)&1(d)/427/2019 on 12/03/2019 and amendment in ToR vide letter no.

SEIAA/GUJ/TOR/5(f)/779/2019 dated 16/05/2019 for preparation of Environmental
Impact Assessment Report.
1.3 PROMOTERS & THEIR BACKGROUND

M/s. Deepak Nitrite Ltd. is a public limited firm and details of the promoters are as given
below in Table 1.1.
Table 1.1: Details of Promoters

Sr.
Name of Directors & Designation Qualification Experience
No.
Mr. Deepak C. Mehta
1. B.Sc. 41
(Chairman & Managing Director)
B.E., Mechanical Engineering
Mr. Umesh Asaikar (Executive Director &
2. Masters in Management 40
Chief Executive Officer)
Science, AICWA
Mr. Ajay C. Mehta B.Sc.,
3. 35
(Non-Executive Director) M.S., Chemical Engineering
Bachelor in Business
Mr. Maulik D. Mehta Administration & Masters in
4. 8
(Whole Time Director) Industrial and Organizational
Psychology
Ms. Nimesh Kampani
5. Chartered Accountant 41
(Independent Director)
Mr. Sudhin Choksey
6. Chartered Accountant 42
Mr. Sudhir Mankad
7. Masters’ in History 40
8. Dr. R. H. Rupp (Independent Director) Ph.D. in Chemistry 38
Dr. Swaminathan Sivaram
9. Ph.D. in Chemistry 42
Dr. Indira J. Parikh
10. M.A., Ph.D. 31
Mr. S. K. Anand
11. B.E. Chemical Engineering 47
Mr. Sanjay Upadhyay M.Com., AICWA, FCS, AMP
12. 36
(Director Finance & Chief Financial Officer) (Wharton, USA)
Mr. Sanjay Asher
13. C.A., LLB. 27
(Additional Director)
Bachelor Degree in Arts,
Ms. Purvi Sheth
14. Economics and Political 19
(Additional Director)
science
1.4 PURPOSE OF THE EIA STUDY

The purpose of the Environmental Impact Assessment study and report is to comply
with the ToRs issued by State Environment Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA) as a
part of the process to obtain Environmental Clearance. Most importantly the purpose of
EIA study is to identify and mitigate environmental impacts in a timely manner.
[[
Page | 1.2
The unit has appointed Envisafe Environment Consultants, Ahmedabad as EIA

Consultant for the proposed expansion project. Envisafe is an EIA Consultant
accredited by the National Accreditation Board for Education and Training (NABET), an
organization working under the Quality Council of India (QCI), which is mandatory for
carrying out EIA Projects as per amendment in MOEF&CC’s Notification vide S.O.
648(E) dated 3rd March 2016. Details of Envisafe are given in Chapter-12: Disclosure
of Consultant.
1.5 OBJECTIVES OF EIA STUDY

The prime purpose of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is to disclose the
environmental consequences of a proposed activity before action is taken. Thus, the
main objective of EIA is to determine as precisely as possible, within the present limits
of knowledge and expertise, the likely environmental impacts of a planned development
activity and incorporate efficient environmental protection measures right at the
planning stage of project in such a way that the residual adverse effects becomes
acceptable or almost none. The objectives of the present environmental impact
assessment study briefly described below:
9 To sustain the goals of environmental protection and development.
9 To integrate environmental protection and economic decisions at the earliest stages

of planning an activity.
9 To identify and assess environmental, social, economic, and cultural consequences

of a proposed activity and to delineate plans for the mitigation of adverse impacts
resulting from the proposed activity.
9 To provide for the involvement of the public, Government department and

Government agencies in the review of the proposed activities.
Thus, by using EIA tool both environmental and economic benefits can be achieved,
such as reduced cost & time of project design & implementation, avoided
treatment/clean-up costs, impacts of laws and regulations, etc.
1.6 SCOPE OF EIA STUDY

The Environmental Impact Assessment fits into the long-term planning process as it
provides the vehicle for identifying the potential effects of activities on the environment.
Again, the long-term aspects of impact are probably more important as only on a longer
time horizon can adequate, effective, and low-cost alternatives to reduce the impact be
[[
Page | 1.3
identified. Thus, main scopes of environmental impact assessment are described as

follows.
9 To assess the prevailing environmental status within the study area around the
project site.
9 To evaluate performance of the existing plant with respect to compliance of existing
environmental statutes & consents.
9 To critically analyze the various activity of the proposed project and identify potential
source of environmental pollution.
9 To identify and assess significant impacts of proposed project on environmental
components through matrix method.
9 To suggest preventive and mitigation measures to minimize or avoid the adverse
impacts on the environment and to maximize the beneficial impacts.
9 To prepare Environmental Management Plan (EMP) and delineate post-project
environmental monitoring program to be pursued by the industries.
9 To prepare an EIA Study report and utilize it for applicable statutory clearances for
proposed project and/or any other management purpose.
Thus, the present EIA study will help the proponent in their planning of effective control
measures to avoid or minimize the likely adverse impacts on environment due to their
proposed project activities.
1.7 STRUCTURE OF REPORT

A properly prepared assessment should enable the decision maker to conclude whether
the proposal should or should not regarded as a major action, whether the
environmental impact is or is not significant. To support the same, EIA report has been
structured covering various aspects like project description, baseline environmental
conditions, environmental impacts, mitigation measures, environmental management
plan as directed by SEIAA through awarded ToR. Copy of ToR and its compliance is
provided at the beginning of this report. Further, the present EIA report has been
prepared chapter-wise in accordance with generic structure suggested by MoEF&CC in
EIA notification.
The present report of the EIA study for the proposed unit for the manufacturing of
synthetic organic chemicals has been prepared as per the structure given in Table 1.2.
[[
Page | 1.4
Table 1.2: Structure of EIA Report

Sr.
EIA Structure Contents
No.
1. Introduction Identification of project & project proponent
Purpose, Objectives & Scope of EIA study
Structure of EIA report
2. Project description Description & Justification of the project
Project Location and Salient features of the project
site
Maps showing Project Location, plant layout &
administrative map of study area
Proposed Product and process description
Description of facilities, infrastructure need,
resource requirement, pollution potentials &
management
Regulatory Frame work
3. Baseline Approach & methodology of baseline study
Environmental status Establishment of baseline status for valued
environmental parameters as identified in scope
Maps of Study Area showing Sampling &
Monitoring Locations and land use pattern.
4. Anticipated Identification & prediction of environmental impacts
Environmental during construction as well as operation phases of
Impacts & Mitigation the proposed project
Measures Evaluation of Impacts on air environment using
mathematical model.
Mitigation measures for minimizing and / or
avoiding adverse impacts during construction as
well as operation phases
5. Analysis of site Justification of sites selection & technology for the
alternatives manufacturing of proposed products.
(Technology & Site)
6. Environmental Technical aspects of monitoring the effectiveness
Monitoring Program of mitigation measures including measurement
methodologies, frequency, location, data analysis,
reporting schedules.
Details of corporate environmental responsibility.
Description of the administrative & managerial
aspects of ensuring that mitigation measures are
implemented and their effectiveness monitored.
[[
Page | 1.5
Sr.
EIA Structure Contents
No.
7. Additional Studies Risk and Safety Management
o Hazard Identification
o Details of hazardous chemicals and Safety
measures for transportation, loading/unloading,
Storage/handling etc.
o Safety measures for the manufacturing process
and allied operations
o Occupational Health & Safety Management
o Monitoring program for EHS
o Risk assessment study and mitigation measures
o Fire fighting system and emergency
management
o Onsite / Offsite Emergency Plan
8. Project Benefits Employment opportunity and Corporate
environmental responsibility (CER)
Socio-economic development and Improvements
in the physical & social infrastructure
Employment & Other tangible benefits
9. Environmental Cost If suggested, at the scoping stage (Not applicable
Benefit Analysis in this case)
10. Environmental Environmental Management Plan for various
Management Plan project Activities
Illustration of greenbelt development plan and
application of cleaner production technology
Budgetary allocation for environment protection
11. Summary & Salient features of the project covering project
Conclusion description, location, mitigation measures, costing
etc.
Overall conclusion for the proposed project
12. Disclosure of Details of the EIA consultants, experts &
Consultants Engaged Laboratory engaged.
[[
Page | 1.6
CHAPTER 2
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION
CHAPTER- 2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
2.1 BACKGROUND
Captive Power Plant (Gas based Generator Set) of 4.8 MW capacity.
The unit has obtained Environmental Clearance (EC) from State Level Environment
Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA), Gujarat for their existing plant on 12/09/2012.
Copy of EC letter is enclosed as Annexure 1. Presently, unit holds Consolidated
Consent & Authorization (CC&A) issued by GPCB vide order no. AWH-87712 dated
29/05/2017 which is valid up to 31/03/2024. Copy of CC&A is enclosed as Annexure 2.
amendments. Therefore, unit requires obtaining Environmental Clearance from State
Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA).
2.2 JUSTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT

Deepak Nitrite Ltd., the Flagship Company of Deepak Group, is one of India's leading
manufacturers of basic chemicals, fine & specialty chemicals and performance
products. The company is diversified into manufacturing of Organic intermediates
through its in-house expertise, strategic acquisitions and technological collaborations
with world leaders. Deepak Nitrite is in operation since more than 4 decades and
presently it is a multi-product and multi-location company.
The Nitrite division at Nandesari in Gujarat is India's largest producer of Sodium Nitrite
and Sodium Nitrate, manufactured by the ammonia oxidation process. Sodium Nitrite is
Chapter-2: Project Description

Page | 2.1
marketed as a merchant product and also constitutes the basic building block for value-
added products. The Sodium Nitrate is mainly used by the Glass industry.
Based on informal survey of the market with potential customers and various trades, the
company has found there is a huge demand in the pharmaceuticals, specialty chemicals
and food industries for range of proposed products to be manufactured. Also, some of
the products will be used captively in manufacturing of various chemicals at other group
units located across India.
2.3 PROJECT LOCATION

The existing plant is located at Plot No. 4/12, Nandesari notified industrial estate of
GIDC in Vadodara District of Gujarat State. The unit intends to carry out proposed
expansion within existing premise in available open land.
Site photograph of the existing plant are given in Figure 2.1. Location map of the
project site is given in Figure 2.2. The salient features of the projects are described in
Table 2.1.
Table 2.1: Salient features of the Project site

1. Location : Plot No. 4/12, Nandesari notified Industrial
Estate of GIDC, Dist.: Vadodara, Gujarat
2. Geographical Locations Elevation: 41 m
Toposheet No: F43/H3
: Node Latitude Longitude

NNE 22°25' 0.68"N 73° 5'43.57"E
ENE 22°24'56.94"N 73° 5'48.26"E
SSW 22°24'41.03"N 73° 5'32.60"E
SW 22°24'44.80"N 73° 5'28.07"E
3. Land use of Project site : Notified Industrial Estate of GIDC
4. Infrastructure Setup (Aerial distance from project site):
(a) Village / Habitation : Nandesari: 690 m, NW
(b) Town : Vadodara: 10 Km, SE
(c) City : Vadodara: 10 Km, SE
(d) Highways : NH-48: 2.6 Km, NE
(e) Railway Station : Nandesari: 500 m, NNE
(f) Sea Coast : Gulf of Khambhat: 88 Km, SW
(g) Domestic Airport : Vadodara: 16 Km, SE

Page | 2.2
(h) International Airport : Ahmedabad: 88 Km, NNW

(i) Defense installations : None
5. Place of Interest / Tourist places : None
6. Displacement of population : None
7. Seismic Zone : As per the earthquake sensitivity index, the
unit is situated in Zone- III having moderate
Damage Risk (MSK- VII).
Figure 2.1: Site Photograph
Node Latitude Longitude

NNE 22°25' 0.68"N 73° 5'43.57"E
ENE 22°24'56.94"N 73° 5'48.26"E
SSW 22°24'41.03"N 73° 5'32.60"E
SW 22°24'44.80"N 73° 5'28.07"E
Main Gate
Greenbelt Process Plant Area

Page | 2.3
Figure 2.2: Location Map of Project Site

Page | 2.4
2.4 JUSTIFICATION OF SITE SELECTION

The existing unit is located at Nandesari notified industrial estate of GIDC, Dist.
Vadodara and proposed expansion will be carried out within existing premise. Hence,
there was no need to examine an alternative site. Specific site selection criteria for the
proposed expansion project are given below;
ª The existing unit being located in notified industrial estate is having all basic
facilities like availability of water, fuel, electricity, transport and telecommunication
systems etc.
ª Plant site is 10 kms away from Vadodara and 18 kms away from Anand which is
having transportation facilities like linkage with Bombay and Delhi by Broad Gauge
railway and National Highway No. 48.
ª All required common environmental infrastructure are in existence in the area like
hazardous waste disposal facility of Bharuch Enviro Infrastructure Ltd. (BEIL),
Effluent conveyance channel of Vadodara Enviro Channel Ltd. (VECL), CETP of
Nandesari Industries Association (NIA), co-processing facility of Recycling Solutions
Pvt. Ltd. (RSPL), Green Gene Enviro Protection & Infrastructure Pvt. Ltd. (GGEPIL),
Saurashtra Enviro Projects Pvt. Ltd. (SEPPL) etc.
ª Raw materials required for the production of all the existing and proposed products
is easily available in the vicinity of the project site, because of the proximity to the
industrial chemical markets at Ankleshwar, Jhagadia and Dahej. This will reduce
both the cost of raw material transportation and the associated risk.
ª Availability of trained and skilled manpower nearby because of the proximity to
various industrial areas and city/town.
ª Interconnectivity for chemical transportation e.g. Caustic lye, Chlorine, Hydrogen,
Natural gas etc. by pipeline is feasible. This will reduce the truck/tanker movement
on road.
ª The proposed products will be manufactured within the existing industrial
establishment, which would facilitate existing infrastructure mainly covering utility
services.
ª There is no protected area notified under the Wild Life (Protection) Act (1972) &
Eco-sensitive area notified under Section 3 of the Environment (Protection) Act-
1986 exists within 10 Km radius areas from the plant site.

Page | 2.5
2.5 PRODUCT PROFILE

The unit is engaged in manufacturing of various inorganic chemicals @ 17,480 TPM and
synthetic organic chemicals @ 8,406 TPM. Thus, total production capacity of existing
plant is 25,886 TPM and Captive Power Plant (Gas based Generator Set) of 4.8 MW
capacity. Now, the unit proposes to expand manufacturing of some of the existing
inorganic chemicals up to 45,880 TPM and synthetic organic chemicals up to 22,004
TPM. In addition to this, unit proposes to manufacture various other synthetic organic
chemicals with production capacity of 510 TPM. Thus, total production capacity of the
unit will be 68,394 TPM after proposed expansion. Also, unit proposes to expand
Captive Power Plant (Gas based Generator Set) capacity up to 10 MW. List of existing
and proposed products scenarios are given in Table 2.2(a) & Table 2.2(b). Summary of
product capacities is given in Table 2.3. Details of proposed products are given in Table
2.3.
Table 2.2 (a): List of Products (Existing as per CC&A)
Prod. Capacity,
Name of Products
Code. TPM
ª Existing Products
[Inorganic Chemicals (Sr. No. E1 to E8) – EC is not applicable]
E1 Sodium Nitrite 5,400
E2 Nitrate Salts of Alkali and Alkaline Earth Metals OR
10,000
E3 Sulphates Salts of Alkali and Alkaline Earth Metals
Calcium Nitrite, Calcium Nitrate, Potassium Nitrite, Potassium Nitrate OR
E4 600
Nitrosyl Sulphuric Acid
E5 Nitrosyl Sulphuric Acid (NSA) 100
E6 Spent Acid Concentration 600
E7 Sodium Sulphate 600
E8 Sodium Sulphite 180
Total (E1 to E8) 17,480
[Synthetic Organic Chemicals (Sr. No. E9 to E38) – EC is applicable]
E9 Di Nitroso Penta Methylene Tetra Amine (DNPT) 200
E10 Hydoxylamine Sulphates (HAS) 150
Hydroxylamine Hydrochloride (HAHCl) OR
E11 30
Methoxylamine Hydrochloride (MAHCl)
E12 Methoxylamine Hydrochloride (MAHCl) 58
E13 Acetoxime OR Methoxylamine Hydrochloride (MAHCl) 18
E14 Acetal Oxime OR Methoxylamine Hydrochloride (MAHCl) 20
E15 Hydoxyl Amine Base (HA Base) 6
E16 Methyl Ethyl Ketoxime (MEKO) OR Methoxylamine Hydrochloride (MAHCl) 20
E17 Ethoxyl Amine Base (EA Base) OR Methoxylamine Hydrochloride (MAHCl) 30
E18 SMIA (2 Methoxyimino-2 Furyle Acetic Acid Ammonium Salt) 12

Page | 2.6
Prod. Capacity,
Name of Products
Code. TPM
E19 Derivatives of Resorcinol-1,3 CHD, 4 HC OR Alkyl Phenol 30
E20 Alkyl Phenols 50
E21 Resorcinol OR Alkyl Phenols 20
E22 Para Nitro Toluene Sulphonic Acid (Pntosa) OR Lubricity Improvers 400
E23 Lubricity Improvers -
E24 Mono Chloro Benzene (MCB) OR Dichloro Benzene 1,200
E25 Di Chloro Benzene (DCB) 180
E26 Nitro Chloro Benzene (NCB) Or 2 Ethyl Hexyl Nitrate 1,200
E27 2 Ethyl Hexyl Nitrate (EHN) 600
E28 Nitro Toluene (NT) 1,700
E29 Nitro Ortho Xylene/ Nitro Meta Xylene OR 2 Ethyl Hexyl Nitrate 720
E30 Nitro Cumene Or 2 Ethyl Hexyl Nitrate 600
E31 Nitro Cresol Formulation 12
E32 Toluidene OR
E33 Xylidene OR
1,000
E34 Cumidine OR
E35 Dichloro Aniline
E36 Di-Butyl Para Phenyl Diamine (DBPPDA) OR
100
E37 N-(1-Ethyl propyl)-3,4-Xylidine (4NAX)
E38 Methyl Chloro Propionate (MCP) 50
Total (E9 to E38) 8,406
Total (Exiting) 25,886
E39 Captive Power Plant (Gas Based Generator Set) 4.8 MW
Table 2.2(b): List of Products (Scenario after proposed expansion)

Prod. Capacity,
Name of Products
Code. TPM
E2 Nitrate Salts of Alkali and Alkaline Earth Metals 10,000
E3 Sulphates salts of alkali and alkaline earth metals 10,000
E4 Calcium nitrite, Calcium nitrate, Potassium nitrite, Potassium nitrate 600
E5 Nitrosyl Sulphuric Acid (NSA) 2,100
E6 Spent Acid Concentration 3,000
E7 Sodium Sulphate 10,000
Total (E1 to E8) 45,880
E10 Hydoxyl Amine Sulphates (HAS) 300
E11 Hydroxylamine Hydrochloride (HAHCl) 30

Page | 2.7
Prod. Capacity,
Name of Products
Code. TPM
E13 Acetoxime 18
E14 Acetal Oxime 20
E16 Methyl ethyl ketoxime (MEKO) 20
E17 Ethoxyl Amine Base (EA base) 30
E18 SMIA (2 Methoxyimino-2 Furyle Acetic acid Ammonium salt) 30
E19 Derivatives of Resorcinol-1,3 CHD, 4 HC 30
E21 Resorcinol 20
E22 Para Nitro Toluene Sulphonic acid (PNToSA) 400
E23 Lubricity Improvers 1,000
E24 Mono Chloro benzene (MCB) 1,200
E25 Di chloro benzene (DCB) 1,230
E26 Nitro Chloro Benzene (NCB) 1,200
E27 2 Ethyl Hexyl Nitrate (EHN) 3,120
E29 Nitro Xylene (ortho, meta, para) 1,000
E30 Nitro Cumene 600
E31 *Nitro Cresol Intermediate 2,000
E32 Toluidene 1,000
E33 Xylidene 1,000
E34 Cumidine 1,000
E35 Dichloro Aniline 1,000
E36 Di-butyl Para Phenyl Diamine (DBPPDA) 100
E37 N-(1-Ethyl propyl)-3,4-Xylidine (4NAX) 100
E38 Methyl chloro propionate (MCP) 50
Total (E9 to E38) 22,004
Total (after proposed expansion) 67,884
E39 Captive Power Plant (Gas based generator Set) 10 MW
*Generated along with Nitro Toluene
ª Proposed Products
[Synthetic Organic Chemicals (Sr. No. P1 to P26) – EC applicable]
P1 6-Aminopurine (Adenine) &/OR 100
P2 3-Nitro Acetophenone (3NAP) &/OR
P3 3-Amino Acetophenone (3AAP) &/OR
P4 3-Hydroxy Acetophenone (3HAP) &/OR
P5 2,3-Xylenol &/OR
P6 2,4-Xylenol &/OR
P7 2,5-Xylenol &/OR
P8 Phenyl Hydrazine Base
P9 1,2,4 Triazinone (Metribuzin Intermediate) &/OR 100
P10 Dichloropinacolone &/OR
P11 Thiocarbohydrazide (TCH)
5-amino-3-cyano-1(2,6-dichloro-4-trifluromethylphenyl) pyrazole 100
P12
[Fipronil Intermediate]

Page | 2.8
Prod. Capacity,
Name of Products
Code. TPM
P13 Benzotrifluoride (BTF) &/OR 100
P14 3-Amino Benzotrifluoride (3-ABTF) &/OR
P15 3-(Trifluoromethyl)Acetophenone (TFMAP) &/OR
P16 m-Hydroxy Benzotrifluoride (MHBTF)
Dibenzo[b,f][1,4]thiazepine-11(10H)-one (DBTZ) [Quetiapine &/OR 100
P17
Intermediate]
P18 Guanine &/OR
P19 Aciclovir &/OR
P20 (R)-9-[2-Phosphonomethoxy) propyl]adenine (Tenofovir) [PMPA] &/OR
2-Chloromethyl-3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxy pyridine hydrochloride &/OR
P21
(Omeprazole Chloro Int.)
P22 2,3,5-trimethyl-4-nitropyridine N-oxide (Omeprazole Nitro Int.) &/OR
P23 3-Ethyl Tryptophol (Etodolac Intermediate) &/OR
P24 S-Alcohol (Duloxetine Intermediate) &/OR
P25 2-Methyl-3-Amino Benzotrifluoride (MTA)
P26 R&D Products (Synthetic Organic Chemicals) 10
Total (Proposed: P1 to P26) 510
Grand total after proposed Expansion 68,394
Table 2.2 (c): Summary of Products

No. of Products Capacity, TPM
Scenario Syn. Syn.
Inorganic Inorganic
Organic Total Organic Total
Chemicals Chemicals
Chemicals Chemicals
Existing 8 30 38 17,480 8,406 25,886
Total after Proposed
8 56 64 45,880 22,514 68,394
Expansion
Table 2.3: Details of Proposed Additional Products

Sr. No. Name of Products CAS No. End Use of Products
P1 Diagnostic aid; Food

6-Aminopurine (Adenine) 73-24-5
additive
P2 Pharma and Chemical
3-Nitro Acetophenone (3NAP) 121-89-1
Intermediate
3-Amino Acetophenone (3AAP) 99-03-6
Intermediate
3-Hydroxy Acetophenone (3HAP) 121-71-1
Intermediate
2,3-Xylenol 526-75-0
Intermediate
P6 2,4-Xylenol 105-67-9 Pharma Intermediate

2,5-Xylenol 95-87-4
Intermediate
Phenyl Hydrazine Base 100-63-0
Intermediate

Page | 2.9
Sr. No. Name of Products CAS No. End Use of Products

P9 1,2,4 Triazinone (Metribuzin Intermediate) 33509-43-2 Chemical Intermediate
P10 Dichloropicolin 22591-21-5 Chemical Intermediate
P11 Thiocarbohydrazide (TCH) 2231-57-4 Chemical Intermediate
5-amino-3-cyano-1(2,6-dichloro-4-
P12 trifluromethylphenyl) pyrazole 120068-79-3 Chemical Intermediate
[Fipronil Intermediate]
Benzotrifluoride (BTF) 98-08-8
Intermediate
3-Amino Benzotrifluoride (3-ABTF) 98-16-8
Intermediate
P15 3-(Trifluoromethyl)Acetophenone (TFMAP) 349-76-8 Chemical Intermediate
P16 m-Hydroxy Benzotrifluoride (MHBTF) 98-17-9 Pharma Intermediate
P17 Dibenzo[b,f][1,4]thiazepine-11(10H)-one
3159-07-7 Pharma Intermediate
(DBTZ) [Quetiapine Intermediate]
P18 Guanine 73-40-5 Pharma Intermediate
P19 Useful as anti-retro

Aciclovir 59277-89-3
virus drug
PMPA Intermediate for
P20 (R)-9-[2-Phosphonomethoxy) propyl]adenine Tenofovir, an
107021-12-5
(Tenofovir) antiretroviral drug used
for treating HIV/AIDS.
2-Chloromethyl-3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxy
P21 pyridine hydrochloride (Omeprazole Chloro 86604-75-3 Pharma Intermediate
Int.)
P22 2,3,5-trimethyl-4-nitropyridine N-oxide
86604-79-7 Pharma Intermediate
(Omeprazole Nitro Int.)
P23 3-Ethyl Tryptophol (Etodolac Intermediate) 41340-36-7 Pharma Intermediate
P24 S-Alcohol (Duloxetine Intermediate) 132335-44-5 Pharma Intermediate
P25 2-Methyl-3-Amino Benzotrifluoride (MTA) 54396-44-0 Pharma Intermediate
R&D Products (Synthetic Organic Pharma and Chemical
P26 --
Chemicals) Intermediate
2.6 MANUFACTURING PROCESS

Manufacturing of proposed products involve various unit operations like distillation,
extraction, filtration, centrifugation, crystallization, precipitation, condensation and drying
etc. and unit process like chlorination, nitration, amination, fluorination, diazotization &
coupling, hydrogenation, oxidation, reduction, acetylation, neutralization etc. Details of
manufacturing process for the all the proposed products with process description,
reaction chemistry, process flow diagram and material balance are described Annexure
3.

Page | 2.10
2.7 SOLVENT REQUIREMENT & RECOVERY SYSTEM

Unit will require various solvents for manufacturing of various products. There will be
generation of spent / mix solvent during the manufacturing process. It will be separated
and sent for offsite distillation to authorized recyclers or sold to authorized end-users
having permission under rule 9 of “Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management &
Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016. Details of solvent requirement and spent/mix
solvent generation are given in Table 2.4.
Table 2.4: Details of solvent requirement and spent solvent generation

Requirement Generation
Sr. Prod. Product Group as Spent
Name of Solvent Total,
No. Code. Wise, Max, Solvent,
TPM TPM
TPM TPM
1 Acetic Acid P22 40.00 40.00 40.00 10.00
2 Benzene P8 210.53 210.53 210.53 200.00
3 Cyclohexane P23 91.00 91.00 91.00 87.00
4 Ethylene Dichloride P2 147.06 147.06 147.06 141.18
5 Formamide P1 1,941.18 1,941.18 1,941.18 1,852.94
6 Isopropyl Alcohol P24 2,891.43 2,891.43 2,891.43 1,570.00
P2 99.22 99.22
E18 141.18 141.18
7 Methanol P17 400.00 5,240.39 5,031.69
P21 5,000.00 5,000.00
P25 317.92
8 Methyl Ethyl Ketone E36 77.50 77.50 77.50 11.50
9 Diethyl ketone E37 173.10 173.10 173.10 139.40
10 Methyl Isobutyl Ketone P7 334.51 334.51 334.51 318.63
E18 35.29 35.29
11 Methylene Dichloride 3,862.29 3,752.88
P21 3,827.00 3,827.00
12 Mono Chloro Benzene P12 213.24 213.24 213.24 213.24
13 n-Butyl Acetate E18 77.65 77.65 77.65 74.12
14 n-Hexane P7 127.45 127.45 127.45 121.18
P3 555.56
15 Toluene P5 490.74 555.56 1,243.06 1,191.76
P6 473.04

Page | 2.11
Requirement Generation
Sr. Prod. Product Group as Spent
Name of Solvent Total,
No. Code. Wise, Max, Solvent,
TPM TPM
TPM TPM
P12 73.53 73.53
P15 129.69 129.69
P17 447.00
P21 314.00
484.29
P22 216.00
P24 484.29
IPA, DMF, Methanol, Toluene,
16 P20 2,419.00 2,419.00 2,419.00 3,031.00
MDC, Acetone
Acetic anhydride, Acetic Acid,
17 Methanol, Toluene, Ethyl P19 4,290.00 4,290.00 4,290.00 6,759.00
Acetate
Total (Max.) -- -- 23,379.39 24,505.50
2.8 MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS, STORAGE AND TRANSPORTATION

2.8.1. Raw Material Requirement
Various raw materials will be required for the manufacturing of proposed products.
Details of raw materials like name of raw material, CAS number and monthly
requirement etc. are given in Annexure 4.
2.8.2. Handling
All the raw materials, finished products and fuel are handled as per the standard
practice in the closed systems. Also, all the pipes and equipment are kept cleaned to
avoid any blockage and deposits. Pressure tests (leak tests) are carried out before
every startup. Hydro test of tank/ systems is carried out periodically. All the process and
storage equipment used for the handling of these chemicals are also maintained
properly to avoid any leakage or spillage of the chemical. Also, all storage tanks,
transfer lines, valves, fittings and every joint are inspected by third party periodically.
Drum trolley are used for safe handling and transfer of hazardous chemicals drums from
one place to another place in the plant area. The same practice will be kept continued
for the proposed expansion.
Coal is crushed in a crusher with dust extraction system and conveyed to boiler feeder
through covered belt conveyers in closed loop system. Water sprinkling is ensured to
avoid fugitive emission of coal dust.
Page | 2.12
2.8.3. Storage
The unit has provided adequate and proper storage facilities for all the raw materials,
finished products and fuel. All the raw materials are stored in designated storage area in
tightly closed containers/tanks. The same practice will be adopted for the expansion
project also. Also, additional space of about 5,575 m2. for storage of chemicals will be
created by rented ware house facilities. Copy of agreement with rented warehouse is
enclosed as Annexure 5. Details of storage and handling of existing and proposed
products and raw materials like physical form, type of storage, size of storage
containment, maximum storage capacity, hazardous characteristic and threshold
storage quantity are given in Annexure 6. Coal is stored in isolated shed area having
RCC flooring and covered roof. The same practice will be adopted for the expansion
project also.
2.8.4. Transportation
Most of the raw materials required for the existing product are sourced locally, because
of the existence / development of the chemical industries and chemical markets at
Ankleshwar, Jhagadia and Dahej. Some of the raw materials will be transported through
pipeline supply from nearby industries. This reduces both the cost of raw material
transportation and the associated risk. Finished products are sold to domestic /
international market by convenient mode of transportation. The proposed expansion
products and raw materials transportation are in line with the existing one. Details of
transportation for each of the raw materials and products are given in Annexure 6.
2.9 RESOURCE REQUIREMENTS

The proposed expansion project will require water, power, fuel, human resources,
machineries & utilities etc. The details of all major resources of existing plant and
required for proposed expansion are described in subsequent sections under respective
headings.
2.9.1. Land
The unit is established on land admeasuring total area of 1,10,600 m2 in Nandesari
GIDC estate. Out of total land available, unit has developed greenbelt in 28,724 m2
area which will be expanded up to 36,500 m2 (33%) area within the existing premise.
The proposed expansion will be carried out in 29,031 m2 of undeveloped land as well
as vertical expansion in 33,999 m2 area within the existing premises. Total built-up area

Page | 2.13
of the process plant will increase from 36,897 m2 to 70,896 m2 after expansion. The
detailed break-up of the land is given in Table 2.5(a) and plant wise built up area break-up
in Table 2.5(b). Layout plan of the unit is given in Figure 2.3. Plot allotment along with
layout plan is attached as Annexure 7. Also, unit proposes to rent warehouse with
about 5,575 m2 area for additional storage of raw materials. Copy of rent agreement of
warehouse is enclosed as Annexure 5. Also, unit has developed greenbelt in 500 m2
area outside plant premises at Deepak Medical Foundation and in 500 m2 in nearby
villages.
Table 2.5(a): Break-up of Area

Area (sq. mt.) % of
Sr.
Particular Total
No. Existing Proposed Total Land
1 Process Plant 11,140 13,200 24,340 22.01
2 Storage (Raw Material & Product) 6,100 3,000 9,100 8.23
3 Storage (Hazardous Chemicals) 3,600 2,200 5,800 5.24
4 Storage (Hazardous Waste) 225 355 580 0.52
5 Utilities 3,830 1,000 4,830 4.37
6 Effluent Treatment Plant 1,200 1,500 2,700 2.44
7 Green Belt 28,724 7,776 36,500 33.00
8 Roads 22,000 - 22,000 19.89
9 Parking Area 1,400 - 1,400 1.27
10 Administrative Building 3,350 - 3,350 3.03
11 Undeveloped Land 29,031 -29,031 - -
Total 1,10,600 - 1,10,600 100.00

Page | 2.14
Figure 2.3: Layout Plan
Table 2.5(b): Plant wise built-up area breakup
*Capacity (Ton/Month) Built-up Area (Sq. m.)

Plant Floor
Products List Ground Cover Multi-Level -All Floors
No. Existing Proposed Total Levels
Existing Proposed Total Existing Proposed Total
1 Products E1 to E5 16,100 16,600 32,700 G+2 3,765.0 3,800.0 7,565.0 11,295.0 11,400.0 22,695.0
2 Products E7 to E18 1,324 9,710 11,034 G+3 2,686.0 3,297.0 5,983.0 8,058.0 9,891.0 17,949.0
Products E19, E21 to
3 450 1,000 1,450 G+3 275.5 -- 275.5 826.5 1,080.0 1,906.5
E23
4 Products E24, E25 1,380 1,050 2,430 G+3 734.0 285.0 1,019.0 2,936.0 1,140.0 4,076.0
Products E6, E26,
5 4,832 7,968 12,800 G+3 2,743.0 594.0 3,337.0 10,972.0 2,376.0 13,348.0
E28 to E31

Page | 2.15
Plant *Capacity (Ton/Month) Floor Built-up Area (Sq. m.)

Products List
No. Existing Proposed Total Levels Ground Cover Multi-Level -All Floors
6 Product E27 600 2,520 3,120 G+2 229.5 1,100.0 1,329.5 688.5 3,300.0 3,988.5
Product E20, E32 to
7 1,200 3,150 4,350 G+2 707.0 924.0 1,631.0 2,121.0 2,772.0 4,893.0
E38
Total Capacity (Existing) 25,886 41,998 67,884 -- 11,140.0 10,000.0 21,140.0 36,897.0 31,959.0 68,856.0
8 Products P1 to P26 - 510 510 G+3 -- 3,200.0 3,200.0 -- 2,040.0 2,040.0
Total Capacity (Proposed) 25,886 510 510 -- -- 3,200.0 3,200.0 36,897.0 2,040.0 38,937.0
Grand Total 25,886 42,508 68,394 -- 11,140.0 13,200.0 24,340.0 36,897.0 33,999.0 70,896.0

Page | 2.16
2.9.2. Machineries & Utilities

As the proposed expansion project will have different production plants for the
manufacturing of various products, large number of plant machineries, equipment and
utilities will be required. Also, existing plant will facilitate requirement of some of the
machineries and utilities. The lists of plant machineries for the existing plant and
proposed project are given in Table 2.6. However, the actual requirements of
machineries and equipment are not limited to the basic list below as some minor
requirements can also be cited depending up on necessity noticed during installation &
operations.
Table 2.6: Details of Plant Machineries and Utilities

Sr.
Item MOC/Type Qty. Size/Capacity
No
ª Existing
SA285 GRC 1 9 KL
PPFRP 1 3 KL
1 Reactors
SS 28 0.5 KL to 10 KL,
MSGL 14 1 KL to 6.3 KL
2 Absorber Graphite 1 13.4 m2
SS316 16 0.4 m to 35 m
MS 4 1.2 m, 9.8 m
3 Column
SS 12 2.6 m to 12.3 m
Glass 13 7m
SS316 29 1 m to 60 m2
2
MS 12 0.72 m2 to 210 m2
4 Condenser Graphite 16 3.8 m2 to 24.9 m2
SS304 3 3.9 m2,1 m2
Glass 4 4 m2
5 Nitrator SS316 L 4 460 L to 660 L
SS 50 2 m3/hr to 10 m3/hr
HL 2 2 m3/hr
6 Filter
MS 19 12 m3/hr, 15 m3/hr
PP recessed Plate 4 3 m3/hr
7 Dryer IS-226 2 440 Kg
IS-226 GRST 40 7 10 KL to 48 KL
MSGL 3 8 KL, 6.3 KL
8 Crystallizers
SS304 8 75 KL, 12 KL
MS 1 12 KL
9 Centrifuge SS316 6 7,000 kg/hr

Page | 2.17
Sr.
Item MOC/Type Qty. Size/Capacity
No
10 Cooling Tower -- 5 13,500 TR
ª Proposed
Glass lined 18 5 KL to 8 KL
MS 12 3 KL to 10 KL
1 Reactors
HDPE 2 3 KL, 5 KL
SS 28 1 KL to 18 KL
2 Distillation set SS/MS 8 8 KL, 12 KL
3 Absorption Column SS/MS 6 800 mm, 1,000 mm Dia.
4 Crystallizer -- 8 12 KL to 20 KL
5 Dryers -- 18 200 Kg, 400 kg
6 Centrifuge -- 12 24", 36"
7 Sparkler filter -- 12 2 KL, 3 KL
8 Nutsche Filter -- 9 6 KL, 8 KL
9 Condensers -- 46 5 m2 to 60 m2
10 Chillers -- 5 50 TR to 250 TR
11 Cooling Towers -- 4 3,000 TR
12 Blowers -- 6 500 CFM to 1,500 CFM
2.9.3. Project Cost

The unit is a large-scale unit with the capital investment of Rs. 238.59 Crore in existing
plant and estimated cost of proposed expansion project will be about Rs. 31.29 Crore.
The detailed breakup of the capital cost for existing and proposed expansion is given in
Table 2.7.
Table 2.7: Cost of Project
Sr. Capital Investment (Rs. In Crore)

Description
No. Existing Proposed Total
1. Land & Site Development 0.91 - 0.91
2. Building 23.57 3.33 26.90
3. Environmental Protection Measure 5.30 13.00 18.30
4. Plant & Machineries 208.81 14.96 223.77
Total 238.59 31.29 269.88
2.9.4. Power
At present, the total connected load of power is 7,000 KW which is procured from
Madhya Gujarat Vij Company Ltd. (MGVCL). It will increase up to 10,000 KW after

Page | 2.18
proposed expansion. In addition to this, unit has installed 2 Nos. of DG Sets of 625 kVA
each and CPP (Gas based Generator Set) of 4.8 MW as captive source of power and is
used in case of main power failure or inconsistent power supply from MGVCL. Capacity
of CPP (Gas based Generator Set) after proposed expansion will increase up to 10
MW.
2.9.5. Water
Presently, the water requirement of the unit is met by GIDC supply and the same
source will be utilized for proposed expansion. The total fresh water requirement for
the existing plant is 3,256 KLD which will increase up to 3,500 KLD after proposed
expansion. Since the entire water requirement will be fulfilled from GIDC water supply,
unit will not dig any bore-well for groundwater withdrawal and undertaking for the same
is attached in Annexure 8. Copy of letter from GIDC for water supply is enclosed as
Annexure 9.
2.9.6. Fuel
Presently, R-LNG is used as fuel for existing CPP (Gas based Generator Set) (4.8 MW)
and steam boilers @ 2,095 SCM/hr. R-LNG requirement will increase up to 4,200
SCM/Day since unit proposes expand capacity of CPP (GG Set) upto 10 MW for the
proposed expansion project. Coal requirement as a fuel for existing steam boiler (28
TPH) is @ 2,700 TPM which will increase upto 6,000 TPM after installation of additional
steam boiler (40 TPH) for proposed expansion. Furnace Oil and LDO requirement for
the existing plant is 2,350 Lit/hr and 45 Lit/hr respectively. Diesel requirement for
existing DG sets (2 Nos. x 625 kVA) is 260 Lit/hr which will increase upto 390 Lit/hr
after installation of additional DG Set (625 kVA). Details of fuel requirement are given in
Table 2.8.
Table 2.8: Details of Fuel Requirement
% Sulfur
Calorific
Daily Requirement
Kcal/Kg
Carbon
% Ash
Value,
Sr. Type of
%
Utility
No Fuel
Existing Additional Total
Steam
Boilers & 2,095 2,105 4,200
1 R-LNG 10,084 - - 66.00
CPP SCM/hr SCM/hr SCM/Hr
(GG Sets)

Page | 2.19
% Sulfur
Calorific
Daily Requirement
Kcal/Kg
Carbon
% Ash
Value,
Sr. Type of
%
Utility
No Fuel
Existing Additional Total
Steam 2,700 3,300 6,000

2 Coal 4,500 34.38 0.51 48.92
Boilers TPM TPM TPM
Furnace Heaters & 2,350 2,350

3 - 10,200 0.5 4.50 84.00
Oil Furnaces Lit/hr Lit/hr
4 LDO Heaters 45 Lit/hr - 45 Lit/hr 10,500 0.02 1.80 85.50
5 Diesel DG Sets 260 Lit/hr 130 Lit/hr 390 Lit/hr 9,500 1.00 0.25 77-87
2.9.7. Man Power

Total 538 personnel are working in the existing plant and additional 39 personnel will
be required for the proposed expansion project in the operation phase. Details of
personnel requirement at various cadres are given in Table 2.9.
Table 2.9: Details of Manpower Requirement
Description Existing Proposed Total
Administration 39 2 41
Production & allied services 470 35 505
Stores & Dispatch 24 2 26
Others 5 - 5
Total 538 39 577
2.10 PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE

Expansion project will involve major activities like preparation of specifications /
drawings, receipt of quotations & its technical scrutiny, finalization of the vendors and
placing orders, minor civil and structural construction, delivery and erection of
equipment and machineries and its trial runs, plant commissioning and commercial
production.
The project activities will commence after receipt of Environmental Clearance from
SEIAA and CTE from GPCB. The expected start date of the expansion activity is from
mid-October 2019 and the completion of all these activities will take about 4 months,
which is expected to be in operative phase in end of January 2020. Tentative project
implementation schedule with respect to various activities is given as follows.

Page | 2.20
2.11 POLLUTION POTENTIAL AND MANAGEMENT

The existing activity as well as proposed expansion has potential of pollution mainly due
to the wastewater generation, gaseous emission from process, flue gas emission from
utilities and hazardous waste generation & disposal. Adequacy of the environment
management system (EMS) is enclosed as Annexure 10. These potentials of pollution
are described below under respective heading with necessary details.
2.11.1. Water Pollution

The fresh water requirement for the existing project is met by GIDC water supply and
same source will be utilized for the expansion project. Based on the material balance
and technical experience from the existing plant, the water consumption and
wastewater generation for all the products as well as for various categories have been
calculated.
Presently, the fresh water requirement for various domestic, gardening & industrial
activities is 3,256 KLD which will increase up to 3,500 KLD after proposed expansion.
At present, effluent generation from existing industrial activities is 1,151 KLD, which will
increase up to 2,156 KLD after proposed expansion.
Sewage generation from domestic activities is 170 KLD.

Page | 2.21
Product wise water consumption and wastewater generation is given in Table 2.10,
whereas the product wise pollution load is given in Table 2.11. Category wise water
consumption and wastewater generation is given in Table 2.12 and summary of water
balance after proposed expansion is given at Table 2.13. The water balance diagram is
given in Figure 2.4.
Table 2.10: Product-wise Water Consumption & Wastewater Generation

Wastewater Condensate
Water Consumption
Product Generation Water
Stream
Code Lit. / Kg Lit. / Kg Lit. / Kg
KLD KLD KLD
of Prod. of Prod. of Prod.
ª Existing Products (Inorganic Chemicals) – Proposed Expansion Qty.
Process 0.65 114.12 - - 0.53 93.06
E1
APCE 0.02 3.36 - - - -
E6 Process - - - - 0.43 39.60
E7 Process - - - - 0.12 43.38
Total (Process) - 114.12 - - - 176.04
Total (APCM) - 3.36 - - - -
ª Existing Products (Synesthetic Organic Chemicals) - Proposed Expansion Qty.
E10 Process - - - - 8.40 48.46
E12 Process 5.01 27.35 5.73 31.29 6.64 36.27
Process 7.84 5.43 25.93 17.95 - -
E18
APCE 3.74 2.59 - - - -
E25 APCE 1.16 46.74 - - - -
E27 Process 0.07 6.49 0.21 20.26 - -
E28 Process 0.06 7.49 0.05 6.22 - -
E29 Process 0.10 1.08 0.14 1.55 - -
E32 Process - - 0.40 15.38 - -
E33 Process - - 0.40 15.38 - -
E34 Process - - 0.40 15.38 - -
All Reactors - 0.50 - 0.50
Total (Process) - 47.34 - 123.43 - 84.74
Total (APCM) - 50.33 - 0.50 - -
ª Proposed Products (Synthetic Organic Chemicals)
Process 62.07 238.74 69.63 267.79 - -
P1
APCE 1.79 6.90 - - - -
P2 Process 2.87 11.03 3.20 12.32 - -
P3 Process 6.94 26.71 10.11 38.89 - -
P4 Process 3.92 15.08 8.48 32.63 - -
P5 Process 8.19 31.52 13.57 52.21 - -
P6 Process 6.86 26.40 9.84 37.83 - -
P7 Process 9.75 37.51 3.15 12.11 - -
P8 Process 17.19 66.11 29.43 113.20 - -

Page | 2.22
Wastewater Condensate
Water Consumption
Product Generation Water
Stream
Code Lit. / Kg Lit. / Kg Lit. / Kg
KLD KLD KLD
of Prod. of Prod. of Prod.
Total (Process) - Max - 238.74 - 267.79
Total (APCM) - Max - 6.90 - -
P9 Process 14.63 56.29 24.56 94.47 - -
P10 APCE 1.68 6.46 - - - -
P11 Process 1.11 4.27 1.59 6.11 - -
P11 APCE 4.76 18.32 - - - -
P12 Process 0.74 2.83 6.11 23.49 - -
P12 APCE 23.13 88.98 - - - -
Total (APCM) - Max - 107.29 - -
Process - - 0.08 0.33 - -
P13
APCE 5.83 22.44 - - - -
P14 Process 0.32 1.23 0.84 3.22 - -
P15 Process 3.29 12.66 6.04 23.22 - -
P16 Process 8.84 34.00 7.64 29.37 - -
Total (APCM) - Max - 22.44 - -
P17 Process 26.89 103.42 36.88 141.85 - -
P18 Process 21.00 80.77 39.06 150.23 - -
P19 Process 70.72 272.00 47.05 180.96 - -
P20 Process 12.00 46.15 17.49 67.27 - -
P21 Process 33.74 129.77 73.27 281.81 - -
P22 Process 6.40 24.62 10.37 39.88 - -
P23 Process 2.43 9.35 20.69 79.58 - -
P24 Process 1.43 5.49 23.76 91.37 - -
P25 Process 3.63 13.96 6.43 24.74 - -
Total (Process) - Max - 272.00 - 281.81 - -
P26 Process -- 17.50 -- 18.55 - -
All Reactors -- 0.50 -- 0.50
Total Process 782.81 -- 838.91 -- 260.78
Total APCE 189.82 -- 1.00 -- --
Total (Process + APCE) 972.63 -- 839.91 -- 260.78
Direct Re-use of
260.78 -- -- -- –
Condensate Water
Total Water Requirement /
711.85 -- 839.91 -- --
Wastewater Generation

Page | 2.23
Table 2.11: Product wise pollution load

Hy.
COD, COD TDS, TDS Specific
Prod. Code Load,
mg/L Load, kg mg/L Load, kg Parameters, mg/L
KLD
ª Low Concentrated Stream
Ammonical
E12 31.29 1,500 46.94 6,550 204.98
Nitrogen: 15
E18 17.95 4,000 71.82 5,000 89.77 --
E27 20.26 350 7.09 6,500 131.67 --
E28 6.22 700 4.35 9,000 55.97 --
E29 1.55 700 1.09 8,000 12.41 --
E32 15.38 40 0.62 6,000 92.31 --
E33 15.38 45 0.69 5,000 76.92 --
E34 15.38 42 0.65 5,500 84.62 --
Total / Average
123.43 1,080 133.24 6,065 748.65
(Existing)
P13 0.33 - - 1,000 0.33 --
P14 3.22 4,000 12.89 14,000 45.11 --
P15 23.22 15,000 348.23 20,000 464.31 --
P16 29.37 1,500 44.06 6,500 190.93 --
Total / Average
(Proposed - 29.37 11,855 348.23 15,807 464.31
Group Max)
P26 19.05 5,000 95.25 10,000 190.50 --
Total / Avg. (Low
Concentrated 171.85 3,356 576.72 8,167 1,403.46 --
Stream)
ª High Concentrated Stream
Ammonical
Nitrogen: 50,
P1 267.79 50,000 13,389.71 50,000 13,389.71
Phenolic
Compound: 30
P2 12.32 300 3.69 1,000 12.32 --
P3 38.89 286 11.12 1,500 58.33 --
Phenolic
P4 32.63 6,230 203.25 3,000 97.88
Compound: 10
Ammonical
P5 52.21 19,460 1,015.97 - -
Nitrogen: 20
Ammonical
P6 37.83 - - - -
Nitrogen: 20
Ammonical
P7 12.11 8,000 96.89 - -
Nitrogen: 10
P8 113.20 21,000 2,377.17 2,20,000 24,903.64 --
Total / Average
(Proposed - 267.79 50,000 13,389.71 92,995 24,903.64
Group Max)
P9 94.47 25,000 2,361.63 1,00,000 9,446.53 --
P11 6.11 60,000 366.67 150 0.92 --
P12 23.49 4,500 105.70 3,000 70.47 --
Total / Average
(Proposed - 117.96 20,918 2,467.34 80,683 9,517.00
Group Max)

Page | 2.24
Hy.
COD, COD TDS, TDS Specific
Prod. Code Load,
mg/L Load, kg mg/L Load, kg Parameters, mg/L
KLD
P17 141.85 5,500 780.15 1,50,000 21,276.92 --
P18 150.23 3,500 525.81 2,000 300.46 --
P19 180.96 11,500 2,081.06 400 72.38 --
P20 67.27 59,000 3,968.88 1,644 110.59 --
P21 281.81 1,200 338.17 53 14.94 --
P22 39.88 1,202 47.94 7 0.28 --
P23 79.58 1,203 95.73 16 1.27 --
P24 91.37 30,000 2,741.21 300 27.41 --
P25 24.74 1,209 29.92 1 0.02 --
Total / Average
(Proposed - 281.81 14,084 3,968.88 75,502 21,276.92 --
Group Max)
Total / Avg.(High
Concentrated 667.56 29,700 19,825.93 83,435 1,403.46 --
Stream)
Table 2.12: Category wise Water Requirement & Wastewater Generation

# #
Sr. Water Requirement, KLD W/W Generation, KLD
Particulars Stream
No E P T E P T
Drinking &
Fresh 170.0 - 170.0
I Domestic Others 170.0 - 170.0
Flushing Reuse - STP - 40.0 40.0
Other use Fresh 20.0 (-20.0) Nil
II - - -
(Gardening) Reuse - STP - 130.0 130.0
III Industrial
a Process Fresh 318.0 532.0 850.0 396.5 839.5 1,236.0
APCE (Process
b Fresh 10.0 180.0 190.0 0.5 0.5 1.0
Gas)
c APCE (Flue Gas) Fresh - 10.0 10.0 - - -
d Boiler Fresh 447.0 23.0 470.0 310.0 (-260.0) 50.0
Fresh 2,151.0 -506.0 1,645.0
Cooling 304.0 400.0 704.0
e Reuse - 758.0 758.0
f Washing Fresh - 25.0 25.0 - 25.0 25.0
g DM Plant Fresh 140.0 - 140.0 140.0 - 140.0
Dust Suppression Reuse
h - 27.0 27.0 - - -
(Coal Handling) (Cooling BD)
Total Industrial Req’t / Fresh +
3,066.0 1,049.0 4,115.0 1,151.0 *1,005.0 *2,156.0
Generation Reuse
(a+b+c+d+e+f+g+h) Reuse - 785.0 785.0 - *785.0 *785.0
Total Industrial Req’t /
Discharge Fresh 3,066.0 264.0 3,330.0 1,151.0 *170.0 *1,321.0
(a+b+c+d+e+f+g+h)
Net Fresh Water Req’t /
Fresh 3,256.0 244.0 3,500.0 1,321.0 Nil 1,321.0
Discharge (I + II + III)
#
E-Existing, P-Proposed, T-Total after proposed expansion
* Note: Difference of 50 KLD is salt generation from MEE

Page | 2.25
Table 2.13: Summary of water balance after proposed expansion

Water Requirement, Wastewater Generation,
KLD KLD
Category Remarks
Fresh Reuse Total Generation Reuse Discharge
Reuse: 130 KLD

for Greenbelt, 40
Domestic 170 40 210 170 170 --
KLD for domestic
flushing
Gardening -- 130 130 -- -- -- --
Reuse: 785 KLD
for Cooling
Industrial 3,330 785 3,942 *2,156 *785 *1,321 Makeup
Discharge: 1,321
KLD into VECL
Total 3,500 955 4,455 2,326 995 1,321
*Notes: Difference of 50 KLD is salt generation from MEE

Page | 2.26
Figure 2.4: Water Balance Diagram

40
Gross Water Requirement: 4,455 170 130 Gardening
170 Domestic
Fresh: 3,500 + Reuse: 955 STP
(210) (130)
(Source: GIDC)
3,330
Chemical
Loss from Evap. & Drift
Process 850 190 610 758 1,645 Loss 25 10
(386) (1,699)
Dust
Process APCE – DM Plant Cooling Washing APCE –
Suppression Flue Gas
Process Gas 470 Evap.&
1,236 Gases &
handling 704
Loss
Scrub
High Low Media: 95 284 Boiler
(420) 27
Conc. Conc.
Stream Stream
668 568 1 140 50 677 25
Industrial
Stripper Wastewater
668 140 1,321 Generation: 2,156
896
RO ETP
MEE: 946 Condensate 284
896 1,321
RO Reject
138
758
Salt to TSDF
(50) Discharge through As per H&OW(M&TM) Rules
RO Permeate: 758 Effluent Conveyance CAPTIVE CONSUMPTION:
Sodium Nitrite Soln (17%): 12 Legend:
Channel managed by x Reused Water
Vadodara Enviro x Effluent to Stripper/MEE
SALE TO AUTH. END-USERS
Channel Ltd. (VECL) x Direct Re-use
Ammonia Soln (17%): 8
NaHS Soln (28%): 29 x Hazardous Waste
HCl Soln (30%): 235
Note: All quantities are expressed in KLD

Page | 2.27
2.11.1.1. Effluent Treatment Scheme & Mode of Disposal

Presently, effluent generation from existing industrial activities is 1,151 KLD, which
along with domestic sewage @ 170 KLD is sent to ETP comprising of primary,
secondary and tertiary treatment units. Treated effluent from ETP @ 1,321 KLD is
further discharged into CETP of Nandesari Industries Association (NIA) through effluent
conveyance channel managed by Vadodara Enviro Channel Ltd. (VECL) and is
ultimately conveyed to estuary of river Mahi for final disposal. VECL has plan to extend
the pipeline upto deep sea to minimize impact on the aquatic environment. Deepak
Nitrite has paid their capital investment contribution for this project. Copy of membership
certificate from NIA is enclosed as Annexure 11. Also, unit has been granted
permission to discharge high concentrated effluent @40 KLD into CETP of ACPTCL
from GPCB. Copy of the permission is enclosed as Annexure 12. The schematic flow
diagram of existing ETP is given in Figure 2.5.
After proposed expansion, total effluent generation will increase from 1,151 KLD to
2,156 KLD. Effluent will be segregated into high COD/TDS and low COD/TDS stream.
Unit proposes install stripper and MEE units for treatment of high concentrated effluent.
High COD/TDS stream from manufacturing process @668 KLD will be sent to proposed
stripper followed by MEE. Stripper outlet @668 KLD along with effluent from DM-Reject
@140 KLD and RO Reject @138 KLD will be sent to MEE. Hence, total hydraulic load
of MEE will be 946 KLD. Condensate from MEE @896 KLD will be sent to RO.
Permeate from RO @758 KLD will be re-used in cooling tower makeup.
Low COD/TDS stream from Process, APCE, Boiler, Cooling and Washing @ 1,321 KLD
will be sent to ETP having primary and tertiary treatment along with hydrodynamic
cavitation treatment units. Treated effluent from ETP @ 1,321 KLD will be discharged
into VECL as per current practices and hence there will be no additional discharge to
the CETP of VECL. Hence, there will not be any negative impact on effluent
conveyance channel of VECL. The stream wise characteristics of Effluent streams are
given in Table 2.14 (a, b & c) and stage wise characteristic of effluent stream in ETP
are given in Table 2.15 (a).
Since, there will be reduction in overall organic load and no increase in

hydraulic load into ETP after proposed expansion as mentioned in Table 2.14

Page | 2.28
(b & c), upgradation in existing ETP will not be required. Hence, treatability &
feasibility study for the proposed scenario is also not required.
Technical details of ETP, Stripper, MEE & RO are given in Table 2.16 & Table 2.17
respectively.
Domestic sewage @170 KLD will be treated in STP and treated sewage will be re-used
in greenbelt development @130 KLD and domestic flushing @40 KLD.
Table 2.14 (a): Stream wise Characteristic of Effluent to proposed MEE
Stripper Outlet
High COD/TDS
Consideration
Consideration
(Feed to MEE)
(Feed to MEE)
(Feed to MEE)
Composite to
RO Permeate
Condensate
Process to
DM Reject
RO Reject
for Reuse
(Stripper)
Stripper
(to RO)
Design
Design
(MEE)
MEE
MEE
Sr. Waste-water
Unit
No. Stream
Hydraulic
1 KLD 668 800 668 140 138 946 1,100 896 758
Flow Rate
2 pH - 6.0-8.0 6.0-8.0 6.0-7.0 7.5-8.5 6.5-7.5 6.5-8.5 6.0-8.0 6.0-8.0 6.5-7.0
3 TDS (max.) mg/L 83,500 1,00,000 83,500 1,500 3,500 59,700 60,000 625 100
4 COD (max.) mg/L 30,000 40,000 5,000 20 800 3,650 4,000 170 50
5 BOD (max.) mg/L 10,000 12,000 1,500 6 350 1,110 1,200 70 17
Table 2.14(b): Stream wise Characteristics of Effluent to ETP (Existing Scenario)

Composite
Sr. Wastewater DM Domestic
Unit Process APCE Boiler Cooling Effluent to
No. Stream Reject Sewage
ETP
Hydraulic
1 KLD 396.5 0.5 310 304 140 170 1,321
Flow Rate
2 pH - 5.0-7.0 7.0-8.0 7.0-8.0 6.5-7.5 7.5-8.5 6.5-7.5 6.0-8.0
3 TDS (Max.) mg/L 9,000 1,000 1,500 1,400 1,500 800 3,638
4 COD (Max.) mg/L 6,500 100 30 40 20 150 1,989
5 BOD (Max.) mg/L 1,800 30 9 10 6 50 552

Page | 2.29
Table 2.14(c): Stream wise Characteristics of Effluent to ETP (Scenario after

proposed expansion)
Composite
Sr. Wastewater
Unit Process APCE Boiler Cooling Washing Effluent to
No. Stream
ETP
Hydraulic
1 KLD 568 1 50 677 25 1,321
Flow Rate
2 pH - 5.0-7.0 7.0-8.0 7.0-8.0 6.5-7.5 8.0-9.0 6.0-8.0
3 TDS (Max.) mg/L 6,000 1,000 1,500 1,400 2,000 3,393
4 COD (Max.) mg/L 4,300 100 30 40 1,200 1,893
5 BOD (Max.) mg/L 1,200 30 9 10 350 528
Table 2.15: Stage-wise Characteristics of Effluent to ETP

(For Design)
Composite
Secondary
Discharge
Discharge
Outlet for
Primary
Tertiary
Influent
Norms
Outlet
Outlet
VECL
Sr.
Parameters Unit
No.
1 pH - 6.0-8.0 6.5-7.5 6.5-7.5 6.5-7.5 6.5-8.5

2 TDS (Max.) mg/L 4,000 4,000 4,000 3,800 5,000
3 COD (Max.) mg/L 2,000 1,100 250 200 250
4 BOD (Max.) mg/L 600 350 100 95 100
Figure 2.5: Schematic flow diagram of ETP

Page | 2.30
Table 2.16: Technical Details of Effluent Treatment Plant

Size of Units (m)
Sr. No. of Hydraulic
Units Liquid
No. Units Length Width Vol. (m3)
Depth
1. Oil & Grease Separator 1 3.5 3.5 3.8 20
2. Equalization Tank 2 4.0 5.30 4.0 70
3. Sludge drying beds 2 10.2 3.8 1.3 50
4. Chlorinator Tank 3 3.6 2.5 3.4 15
5. Lime Preparation Tank 2 2.5 2.6 2.0 10
6. Neutralization Tank 1 3.0 3.0 2.4 13
7. Clarifier 1 5.0 5.0 6.0 40
8. Sludge Storage yard 1 12.8 12.1 1.74 270
10. Sand filter 1 3.0 1.5 3.0 5
11. Carbon filter 3 3.0 1.5 3.0 5
12. Lamella Clarifier 1 4.0 3.5 6.0 55
Automatic Vertical Filter
13. 1 4.11 1.25 - 14
Press
Hydrodynamic Treatment
14. 2 10.2 3.8 3.6 100
tank
15. Lagoon 2 15.0 7.0 6.0 450
16. Treated effluent Storage tank 3 14.0 12.0 14.0 2,000
Table 2.17: Technical Details of Advanced Effluent Treatment Plant

Sr. Proposed Design
Parameters Unit
No. Value Value
a Stripper
1 Installed Capacity KLD 668 800
2 Feed rate KL/hr 27.8 33.3
3 Steam Requirement kg/hr 3,062 3,667
4 Top temperature °C 70 70
5 Bottom temperature °C 100 100
b MEE (Triple Effect)
1 Installed Capacity KLD 946 1,100
2 Feed Flow Rate kg/hr 39,417 45,833
3 Water evaporation / Condensate recovery kg/hr 33,504 38,958
4 Feed temperature °C 32.0 32.0
5 Total solids in Feed % 6% 6%
6 Solids in concentrate/Salt % 40% 40%
7 Salt Recovered/MEE Sludge kg/hr 5,912.5 6,875.0
ª Services/Utilities Required
8 Steam Requirement kg/hr 14,978 17,417
9 Cooling water Circulation Rate m3/hr 335.0 390.0

Page | 2.31
Sr. Proposed Design

Parameters Unit
No. Value Value
Power Load (excluding cooling tower and
10 HP 1,005.0 1,170.0
cooling water pump)
11 Power Consumption KW 753.8 877.5
12 Cooling water inlet temperature °C 32.0 32.0
13 Cooling water outlet temperature °C 38.0 38.0
c ATFD
1 Feed rate Kg/hr 5,913 6,875
4 Feed Concentration % 40% 40%
2 Steam in ATFD Kg/hr 4730 5,500
3 Steam pressure (MEE) Kg/hr 8 8
kg/hr 2,627.8 3,055.6
5 Salt Recovered (with 10% moisture)
TPD 52.56 61.11
d Summary of Steam Requirement
1 For Stripper 3,062 3,667
2 For MEE 14,978 17,417
Kg/Hr
3 For ATFD 4,730 5,500
Total Steam Requirement 22,770 26,583
All above capacities and utility consumption data are guaranteed for ±10%
Unit has provide flow meter at inlet & outlet of ETP for proper effluent treatment and
disposal and the same practice will be followed after proposed expansion. In addition to
this, relevant guidelines and directions given by GPCB are followed from time to time.
2.11.1.2. Economical and Technical Viability of the Effluent Treatment System

The proposed effluent treatment scheme for the expansion comprises of Stripper MEE
& RO. The capital cost and recurring cost of the effluent treatment system is given in the
following Table 2.18 below.
Table 2.18: Capital and Recurring Cost of the effluent treatment system
Operating Cost
Cost (Rs. Lakhs/
cost (Rs. Lakhs/
Total Recurring
Hydraulic Load
Capacity (KLD)
(Rs. Lakhs/Month)
Maintenance
(Rs. in Lacs)
Capital cost
Installed
Month)
Month)
Consumabl
Chemical &
Sr.
(KLD)
Manpower
Electricity
Steam,
No Unit
.
e
1 ETP 1500 1,321 100 10 1 1 2 14

2 Stripper & MEE 1,100 946 1,000 40 10 1 5 56
3 RO 1,000 896 200 10 2 1 5 18
Total -- -- 1,300 60 13 3 12 88

Page | 2.32
The capital cost of the entire project (Existing + Expansion) is Rs 269.88 Crore,
whereas total capital investment required for effluent handling, treatment and disposal
system is Rs. 13 Crore. It comes to 4.82% of the total project cost and hence it seems
to be economically viable and will not affect the overall project cost.
The recurring cost for the effluent handling, treatment and disposal system as narrated
in the Table 2.18 will be Rs. 88 Lakh per month. Now, considering the total installed
capacity of the proposed project 42,508 TPM, it would cost Rs. 0.21 per kg of product.
Average market value of the products being manufactured is Rs. 5000 per kg, effluent
treatment and handling cost will be very negligible (0.004%). Also, considering quantity
of effluent to be treated @2,156 KLD, it would cost 0.16 Rs/Liter of effluent. Thus, the
cost for operating proposed ETP is justifiable compared to market value of product.
2.11.2. Air Pollution

Main source of air pollution is flue gas and process gas generation from existing plant. There
are chances of fugitive emission due to manufacturing activities and raw material handling and
transportation. There will not be any flue gas generation from proposed expansion project.
There will be any process gas generation from proposed expansion project. There will be
chances of fugitive emission due to manufacturing activities and raw material handling and
transportation. Various sources of air pollution are described hereunder.
2.11.2.1. Flue Gas Generation

There is flue gas generation from existing boilers, thermic fluid heaters, furnaces and
GG Set. Since R-LNG/FO is used as fuel in some of the existing boilers, APCM is not
required. The unit has provided stack of adequate height to existing steam boilers and
DG sets for proper dispersion of flue gas as per CPCB guidelines. For, Coal Fired
Boiler-GT 5992 (28 TPH), unit has provided Electro Static Precipitator (ESP) followed
by Water scrubber as an APCM. Unit will install Electro Static Precipitator (ESP)
followed by Water scrubber for proposed steam boiler (40 TPH). Unit will install
additional GG Set & waste heat boiler. Since, R-LNG will be used as fuel in GG, APCM
will not be required. However, stack of adequate height will be provided. Unit proposes
to install additional DG Set (625 kVA) which will be kept stand-by and stack of adequate
height will be installed for proposed DG Set. Details of flue gas stack are given
hereunder in Table 2.19.

Page | 2.33
Table 2.19: Details of Flue Gas Stacks

Type of
Stack Source of Emission with Ht. & Emission & Air Pollution
Fuel
No. capacity Dia., m Permissible Control Measures
limit
ª Existing
Steam Boiler (8 TPH) 32 & Stack of adequate
1
(IAEC GT 3538) 0.8 height
Steam Boiler
Stack of adequate
2 (4 TPH- Standby) 32 & 1
FO / height
(NESTLER MR 13026)
R-LNG
Steam Boiler (8 TPH) Stack of adequate
3 40 & 1
(IAEC GT-2928) height
Steam Boiler (12 TPH) Stack of adequate
4 40 & 1
(IAEC GT-4198) height
Electro Static
Steam Boiler (28 TPH) 54 &
5 Coal Precipitator followed
(GT 5992) 2.35
PM < 150 by Water Scrubber
Thermic Fluid Heater mg/NM3 Stack of adequate
6 (6 Lac Kcal/hr) 40 & 1
height
(TP-06 at Nitro Utility)
SO2 < 100
Thermic Fluid Heater
FO / ppm Stack of adequate
7 (3 Lac Kcal/hr) 08 & 1
LDO height
(at HAS Plant)
Thermic Fluid Heater NOx < 50
30 & ppm Stack of adequate
8 (3 Lac Kcal/hr)
0.45 height
(at Resorcinol Plant)
Furnaces 30 & Stack of adequate
9 FO
(5 Nos. at Resorcinol Plant) 0.6 height
Incinerator (at Nitro ET) 32 & FO / Stack of adequate
10
(Yet not installed) 1.36 LDO height
DG Sets 10 & Stack of adequate
11 Diesel
(2 Nos. x 625 kVA) 0.35 height
CPP (Gas Generator Set-1) Stack of adequate
12 30 & 1 R-LNG
through WHB-1 height
CPP (Gas Generator Set-2) Stack of adequate
13 30 & 1 R-LNG
through WHB-2 height
ª Proposed
CPP (Gas Generator Set-3) PM < 150 Stack of adequate
14 30 & 1 R-LNG
through WHB-3 mg/NM3 height
SO2 < 100 Electro Static
54 &
15 Steam Boiler (40 TPH) Coal ppm Precipitator followed
2.35
by Water Scrubber
NOx < 50
10 & Stack of adequate
16 DG Set (625 kVA) Diesel ppm
0.35 height
2.11.2.2. Process Gas Generation

There are process gas generation from the existing plant in the form of NOx, NH3, SO2 and Cl2.
Unit has provided adequate scrubbing system (water/ acid/ alkali scrubbers) to control
emission of process gas into atmosphere. There will be generation of NOx, NH3, HCl, and H2S

Page | 2.34
from the proposed expansion. Unit will provide adequate scrubbing system (water/ alkali
scrubbers) to control emission of process gas into atmosphere. Details of process gas
generation is given in Table 2.20. Details of process gas stack are given in Table 2.21.
Table 2.20: Details of process gas generation

Gaseous
Sr.
Product / Activity Product Code Pollutant Generation,
No.
TPD
ª Existing
1. Sodium Nitrite / Nitrate (8017)
E1 & E2 NOx 350.75
2. Sodium Nitrite / Nitrate (C-4 Tower)
Di Nitroso Penta Methylene Tetra
3. E9 NH3 0.03
Amine (DNPT)
Fumes &
4. Resorcinol E21 --
Vapors (SO2)
Toluidine / Xyledene / Cumidine / E32, E33, E34,
5. H2 2.66
DBPPDA / 4 NAX E36, E37
6. Mono Chloro Benzene E24 Cl2 1.47
7. Cl2 Tonner Storage Area Fumes &
8. Cl2 Tonner at ETP area Vapors (Cl2)
-- --
Fumes &
9. SO2 Storage Area
Vapors (SO2)
ª Proposed
1. 6-Aminopurine (Adenine) P1 NH3 1.41
2. Dichloropinacolone P10 HCl 2.77
3. Fipronil Intermediate, P12 HCl 38.13
4. Benzotrifluoride P13 HCl 9.62
5. Dichloro benzene E25 HCl 20.03
6. Thio carbohydrazide P11 H2S 5.09
Nitrate Salts of Alkali and Alkaline Earth
7. E2 NOx 350.75
Metals
2 Methoxyimino-2 Furyle Acetic acid
8. E18 HNO3 0.97
Ammonium salt (SMIA)
9. Nitrosyl Sulfuric Acid E5 Fumes &
Vapors --
10. Ethyl Hexyl Nitrate E27 (SO2, NOx)
11. Mono Chloro Benzene E24 HCl 15.69
Fumes &
12. Methoxylamine Hydrochloride (MAHCl) E12 --
Vapors (HCl)
Summary: (All quantities are in TPD)
Existing: NOx: 351.75, NH3: 0.03, Cl2: 1.47
After proposed expansion: NOx: 701.5, NH3: 0.03, Cl2: 1.47, HCl: 86.24, H2S: 5.09, HNO3: 0.97

Page | 2.35
Table 2.21: Details of process gas stack & APCM

Type of
Height
Sr. Emission &
Stack Attached to & Dia. APCM Management of Output
No. Permissible
(m)
limit
ª Existing
NOx < 3 NOx absorption
Reactor of Sodium
1 30 & kg/ton in tower with NaOH
Nitrite / Nitrate Sodium Nitrite Solution –
0.45 HNO3 as Scrubbing
(8017) Captive Consumption for
produced media
NOx < 3 NOx absorption manufacturing of
Reactor of Sodium
2 31 & kg/ton in tower with NaOH Sodium Nitrite
Nitrite / Nitrate Plant
0.45 HNO3 as Scrubbing
(C-4 Tower)
produced media
Reactor of DNPT 13.5& NH3 < 175 NH3 Solution – Sell to
3 Water Scrubber
Plant (2 Nos.) 0.15 mg/Nm3 authorized end-users
4 Sulfonation Reactor 10 & SO2 < 40
Caustic Scrubber
of Resorcinol Plant 0.15 mg/Nm3
Sulphonation Mass
5 Neutralizer of 10 & SO2 < 40
Caustic Scrubber
0.15 mg/Nm3 Bleed liquor to ETP for
Resorcinol Plant
treatment
6 DSS Drum Dryer of 10 & SO2 < 40
Caustic Scrubber
Resorcinol Plant 0.15 mg/Nm3
Alkali Fusion Kettle
7 (5 Nos.) of 20 & SO2 < 40
Caustic Scrubber
0.2 mg/Nm3
Resorcinol Plant
Hydrogenation Plant
8 (Toluidine/ 15 &
Hydrogen
Water Seal &
--
Xyledene/ Cumidine 0.15 Steam Tank
/ DBPPDA / 4 NAX)
9 Reactor of Mono 15 & Cl2 < 9
Caustic Scrubber
Chloro Benzene 0.15 mg/Nm3
10 Cl2 Tonner Storage 20 & Cl2 < 9
Caustic Scrubber
Area 0.2 mg/Nm3 Bleed liquor to ETP for
Cl 2 Tonner at ETP 10 & Cl2 < 9 treatment
11 Caustic Scrubber
area 0.15 mg/Nm3
12 SO2 Storage Area 10 & SO2 < 40
Caustic Scrubber
0.15 mg/Nm3
Fuming Chamber –
13 Laboratory (3 for 10 & --
- -
0.15
QC & 1 for R&D)
ª Proposed
10 & NH3 < 175 NH3 Solution - Sell to
1 Reactor of Adenine Water Scrubber
0.15 mg/Nm3 authorized end-users
Reactor of
Dichloropicolin,
Fipronil 15 & HCl < 20 Dil. HCl Solution - Sell to
2 Water Scrubber
Intermediate, 0.15 mg/Nm3 authorized end-users
Benzotrifluoride &
Dichloro benzene

Page | 2.36
Type of
Height
Sr. Emission &
Stack Attached to & Dia. APCM Management of Output
No. Permissible
(m)
limit
Reactor of Thio 10 & H2S < 45 NaHS Solution – Sell to
3 Caustic Scrubber
carbohydrazide 0.15 mg/Nm3 authorized end-users
NOx < 3 NOx absorption
4 Reactor of Sodium 31 & kg/ton in tower with NaOH
Nitrite / Nitrate 0.45 HNO3 as Scrubbing Sodium Nitrite Solution –
produced media. Captive Consumption for
NOx absorption manufacturing of
5 31 & HNO3 < 15 tower with NaOH Sodium Nitrite
Reactor of SMIA
0.45 mg/Nm3 as Scrubbing
media.
Fumes &
Reactor of Nitrosyl 10 & Vapors Bleed liquor to ETP for
6 Acid Scrubber
Sulfuric Acid 0.15 (SO2 < 40 treatment
mg/Nm3)
Fumes &
Vapors
Reactor of 2 Ethyl 10 & (SO2 < 40 Bleed liquor to ETP for
7 Caustic Scrubber
Hexyl Nitrate 0.15 mg/Nm3, treatment
NOx < 25
mg/Nm3)
Reactor of Mono 15 & HCl < 20 Dil. HCl Solution - Sell to
8 Water Scrubber
Chloro Benzene 0.15 mg/Nm3 authorized end-users
Fuming Chamber-
9 10 & -
Laboratory (5 for - -
0.15
R&D)
Fumes &
10 & Vapors Bleed liquor to ETP for
10 MAHCl Plant Water Scrubber
0.15 (HCl < 20 treatment
mg/Nm3)
2.11.2.3. Fugitive Emission

There is a chance of fugitive emission from the existing as well as proposed
manufacturing process and due to storage & handling of raw materials, product & fuel.
The unit takes all the required precautions and control measures to care of the fugitive
emissions, which are described under Section 4.5 of anticipated environmental impact
and mitigation measures. The same practice will be kept continued for the proposed
expansion project.
2.11.3. Hazardous Waste

The main sources of hazardous waste generation from existing plant is dried sludge
from ETP and various process wastes. The ancillary source of hazardous waste is used
oil from plant & machinery and discarded containers/bags/liners from storage and
handling of raw materials.

Page | 2.37
There will be increase in hazardous waste generation from proposed expansion. Unit
will obtain membership from various CHWIF/TSDF/Co-Processing facilities for
additional quantity of hazardous waste generated. Details of hazardous waste
generation, handling & Management are given in Table 2.22.
Table 2.22: Details of Hazardous Waste Generation and its Management

Cate- Quantity per Annum
Type of waste Source Method of Disposal
gory Existing Proposed Total
ETP Sludge
Containing 5,400 5,400
ETP -
Hazardous Sch - 1 MT MT
Constituents 35.3
15,600 15,600
MEE Salt MEE -
MT MT
Mfg. of Prod.
Process waste Sch - 1 4,800
E12 and other 1,200 MT 6,000 MT Collection, Storage,
(Inorganic) 35.3 MT
existing prods. Transportation and
Mfg. of Prod. Sch - 1 Disposal by *Co-
Hyflow - 120 MT 120 MT processing
P17 35.3
OR Landfilling at
Spent ion **TSDF
Purification
exchange resin Sch - 1
Processes for 36 KL/hr - 36 KL/hr
containing toxic 35.2
water
metals
Process waste
Mfg. of Prod. Sch-1
(Inorganic - Iron - 1,440 MT 1,440 MT
P17 35.3
Sludge)
Mfg. of Existing
Process waste Prods. & Prod. Sch - 1 3,840
3,545 MT 7,385 MT
(Organic) P3, P12, P24 35.3 MT
and P26
Mfg. of Prod. Sch - 1 Collection, Storage,
Tar waste 900 MT - 900 MT Transportation and
E21 1.2
Disposal by *Co-
Mfg. of Prod. Sch - 1
Spent Carbon 360 MT 485 MT 845 MT Processing OR
P1,P18,P26,E12 36.2
incineration at #CHWIF
Distillation Mfg. of various Sch - 1
- 1,370 MT 1,370 MT
Residue Products 36.2
Mfg. of Prod. Sch - 2 240 5,760
Cresol 6,000MT
E28 A27 MT MT
Collection, Storage and
sent for off-site
Spent / Mix Mfg. of various Sch - 1 2,94,100 2,94,100 distillation OR Sell to
-
Solvent Products 28.6 MT MT authorized end-users
having permission under
Rule 9
Mfg. of Prod.
Hydrochloric Sch - 2 18,000 555 18,555
P15 and existing
Acid B15 MT MT MT
products Disposal by selling to
Sulfuric acid (70 Mfg. of Products Sch - 2 19,800 45,120 64,920 authorized end-users
to 80%) E27,E28,E29 B15 MT MT MT having permission under
Mfg. of Prod Rule 9
Spent Acid Sch - 2 24,770 24,770
P2,P7,P14,P25, -
(Mix) B15 MT MT
P26

Page | 2.38
Cate- Quantity per Annum

Type of waste Source Method of Disposal
gory Existing Proposed Total
Mfg. of Prod. Sch-1 2,160
Phenol - 2,160 MT
E21 19.1 MT
Ammonia Mfg. of Prod. Sch - 1
- 1,130 MT 1,130 MT
Solution (25%) P12 28.1
3, 4-Dichloro- Mfg. of Prod. Sch - 1
- 230 MT 230 MT
BTF P12 28.1
Nitro Cresol Mfg. of Existing Sch - 2 Disposal by selling to
12 MT - 12 MT
Formulation Prod. D5 actual users
Mfg. of various
Collection. Storage,
existing and Sch - 1
Spent Catalyst 18 MT 247 MT 265 MT Send to recyclers for
proposed 19.2
Regeneration & Re-use
products
Ammonia APCM of Prod. Sch - 1 Disposal by selling to
- 2,600 MT 2,600 MT
Solution (17%) P1 28.1 authorized end-users
NaHS Solution APCM. of Prod. Sch - 1 having permission under
- 9,205 MT 9,205 MT Rule 9
(28%) P11 28.1
Disposal by selling to
APCM. of Prod.
Sch - 2 73,370 73,370 authorized end-users
Dil. HCl (30%) P10,P12, P13, -
B15 MT MT having permission under
E24, E25
Rule 9
Sodium Nitrite APCM. of Prod. Sch - 1 Captive Consumption in
- 3,478 MT 3,478 MT
Solution (17%) E1,E18 28.1 mfg. of Sodium Nitrite
APCM of Prod.
E5, E12, E21, Collection, storage and
Bleed liquor Sch - 1
E27, - 312 MT 312 MT send to ETP for further
from Scrubber 28.1
RM Storage & treatment
ETP Area
Collection, Storage,
Waste/Residue Sch - 1 Transportation and
3.96 KL 1.04 KL 5.0 KL
Containing Oil 33.2 Disposal by
landfilling at #CHWIF
Flue gas
Sch - 1 Transportation and
Cleaning 4 MT Nil 4 MT
35.1 Disposal by
residue Plant &
landfilling at **TSDF
Machineries
Transportation, and
disposal by selling to
Sch - 1
Used /Spent Oil 52.2 MT 2.8 MT 55 MT registered recyclers
5.1
OR
Reused as Lubricant
within premises
Empty bags /
barrels/
containers/
Raw Material Collection, Storage, and
liners / Sch – I
Storage & 25 MT 175 MT 200 MT Disposal by selling to
contaminated 33.1
Handling scrap vendors
with hazardous
chemicals
/wastes
* Co-processing at Cement Kiln of J.K.Lakshmi Cement Ltd., Sirohi / Sanghi Industries Ltd., Motibar, Kutch / Shri Digvijay
Cement Co. Ltd., Sikka
** TSDF of NECL / SEPPL/BEIL
#
CHWIF of NECL / RSPL / GSPL / BEIL / GGEPIL (Green Gene Enviro Protection & Infrastructure Pvt. Ltd.)

Page | 2.39
The unit has provided designated area of 225 m2 having impervious floor, roof cover
system and leachate collection system in the existing plant for storage of hazardous
waste. It will be expanded upto 580 m 2 after proposed expansion. Unit has obtained
membership of NECL/RSPL/BEIL/GSPL/SEPPL/GGEPIL for the final disposal of
hazardous waste from their existing unit waste and will obtain permission for additional
quantity of hazardous waste from CHWIF/TSDF/Co-processing facilities like
J.K.Lakshmi Cement Ltd., Sanghi Industries Ltd. etc. Copies of memberships and MoU
of the same are enclosed as Annexure 13. Unit will procure LOI and agreement for sale
of hazardous waste to authorized end-users having permission under Rule 9 before
commissioning of the project.
The unit has adopted appropriate procedure for handling of hazardous waste as
described below;
9 Provision of hazardous waste storage within premises having impervious flooring,
roof cover and leachate collection facility.
9 ETP sludge and inorganic process waste generated are collected in HDPE
9 bags/drums after complete sun drying and the bags are sealed or tightly closed.
9 Off specification drugs / expired date products are stored in HDPE bags/drums and
are sealed or tightly closed.
9 Tightly closed HDPE bags/drums are labeled as “ETP Sludge /Hazardous waste”
and transferred through trolley to the respective storage area.
9 Process waste i.e. organic residue and spent carbon generated will be collected in
drums. The tightly closed drums are labeled as “Organic Hazardous Waste” and
then transferred to the respective storage area with the help of trolleys.
9 Suitable PPE are provided to all the workers handling the hazardous waste.
9 Collected different types of hazardous wastes are disposed of at CHWIF / TSDF /
Co-processing regularly according to their hazardous characteristics.
The existing practice of handling and management of hazardous waste will be adopted
for expansion phase also. Discarded containers are sold to scrap vendors after
decontamination. The unit will develop procedure for decontamination of discarded
container. Dedicated area will be allocated near ETP for the decontamination having
impervious flooring, suitable drainage line and three side covered wall. Adequate facility
with pressure pump and treated effluent line will be established for proper washing and
decontamination.

Page | 2.40
Methodology for decontamination of discarded containers is described as below;

9 The empty containers are sent to decontamination area after ensuring that they are
completely empty and the lids are tightly closed.
9 Treated wastewater of the ETP is used to clean the containers.
9 20 to 30 liters of treated wastewater is charged in the containers and lid is closed
properly.
9 Containers are rolled on the ground for 2 to 3 minutes and then emptied. The
procedure is repeated for 3 times.
9 The wastewater generated from cleaning is sent to collection cum equalization tank
of the Effluent Treatment Plant.
9 The second wash is carried out by 10% solution of either acid or alkali and then final
wash is carried out with treated water.
9 The washed containers are labeled as “DECONTAMINATED” and are transferred to
its storage area.
9 The unit also keep record of empty container generation and disposal.
2.11.3.1. Other Solid Waste Generation and Management

There will be generation of fly ash @ average 80 Ton/day from burning of coal as a fuel
in the steam boilers. Fly ash generated will be disposed of by back filling in low lying
area of own land or sold to manufacturers of building material/products like bricks,
blocks, tiles and pre-cast etc. or cement manufacturers. The unit will submit its return
regularly to GPCB in compliance with Fly Ash Notification, 2009.
There will be generation of garbage @150 Ton/Month in the form of dead leaves,
grass, waste papers, plastic and other municipal waste etc. It will be disposed off in
accordance with Solid Waste Management Rules, 2016
2.11.4. Noise
The only source of noise generation may be from the DG Set & GG Set, which will be
kept as stand-by and no other source of noise and vibration in the proposed unit
except plant machineries. Adequate precautions taken for abatement of noise
pollution are elaborated in Section 4.4 of Chapter 4 of this report.

Page | 2.41
2.12 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK

2.12.1. General Legal Requirement
General legal requirements are applicable to the unit as tabulated in Table 2.23. Unit
complies with all the applicable rules / acts and guidelines and details of the same are
elaborated in following sections.
Table 2.23: Applicable Acts / Rules for Proposed Expansion Project

Sr.
Legal Instrument Reference
No.
1. Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 Section 2.11.2, Chapter 2
amended 1987
2. Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) (Union
Territories) Rules, 1983
3. Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, Section 2.11.1, Chapter 2
1974 amended 1988
4. Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Rules,
1975
5. The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986, amended Section 2.11, Chapter 2
1991
6. Environmental (Protection) Rules, 1986
(Amendments in 1999, 2001, 2002, 2002, 2002,
2003, 2004)
7. Hazardous & Other Wastes (Management and Section 2.11.3, Chapter 2
Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016
8. Manufacture Storage and Import of Hazardous Section 2.12.5, Chapter 2
Chemicals Rules, 1989 amended 2000
9. Chemical Accidents (Emergency Planning, Section 7.3, Section 7.7 (H)
Preparedness and Response) Rules, 1996 Section 7.8, Chapter 7
10. EIA Notification, 2006 as amended timely Section 2.12.2, Chapter 2
(2009, 2011)
11. Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991 amended 1992 Section 2.13.5, Chapter 2
12. Public Liability Insurance Rules, 1991 amended
1993
13. Factories Act, 1948
14. The Explosives Act, 1884 Section 2.12.4, Chapter 2
15. The Explosive Rules, 1983 Section 7.3.1, Chapter 7
16. The Gas Cylinder Rules, 2004
17. The Static and Mobile Pressure Vessels (Unfired)
Rules, 1981
18. The Motor Vehicle Act, 1988 Section 10.3, Chapter 10
19. The Central Motor Vehicle Rules, 1989

Page | 2.42
2.12.2. Permissions under Environmental Statues

Existing plant was established in the year 1972 and had obtained its first consent for
manufacturing of various inorganic and synthetic organic chemicals. The unit has
obtained Environmental Clearance (EC) from State Level Environment Impact
Assessment Authority (SEIAA), Gujarat for their existing plant vide letter no.
SEIAA/GUJ/ EC/8(a)/268/2012 on 12/09/2012 under purview of EIA Notification 2006.
Copy of EC letter is enclosed as Annexure 1. Presently, unit holds Consolidated
Consent & Authorization (CC&A) issued by GPCB vide order no. AWH-87712 dated
29/05/2017 which is valid up to 31/03/2024. Copies of all the CTE/CC&A are enclosed
in Annexure 2.
The proposed project is for expansion in the existing products as well as addition of
new products falling under synthetic organic chemicals and covered under category
5(f)-B of EIA Notification of MoEF&CC. Therefore, it requires obtaining EC from SEIAA,
Gujarat, CTE/NOC & CTO/CCA for expansion from GPCB. The unit already complies
with all necessary legal / legislative requirements.
2.12.3. Industry Specific Standards for discharge of liquid effluent

The MoEF&CC has notified general standard for effluent discharge from organic
chemical manufacturing industries vide GSR 608(E) dated 21/07/2010. Unit proposes
to discharge part of treated effluent into CETP of Nandesari Industries Association
(NIA) through effluent conveyance channel managed by Vadodara Enviro Channel Ltd.
(VECL) and is ultimately conveyed to estuary of river Mahi for final disposal. Hence,
unit will comply with the norms specified by GPCB for such effluent discharge as
mentioned in Table 2.15 given in Section 2.11.1.1.
2.12.4. License from PESO for storage of hazardous chemicals

Unit has obtained license from PESO for onsite storage of Hydrogen Gas, Chlorine
Gas, NH3 gas, SO2 gas and various chemicals under Petroleum Class A, B & C under
the Petroleum Act, 1934 and Static & Mobile Pressure Vessel (U) Rules, 1981. Copies
of licenses obtained from PESO are enclosed as Annexure 14. Unit will obtain license
for other hazardous chemicals as listed in Table 7.2, Section 7.3.1, Chapter 7 before
commissioning of the expansion.

Page | 2.43
2.12.5. Applicability of MAH Unit under MSIHC Rules, 1989

Various raw materials having hazardous characteristics are required for manufacturing
of existing as well as proposed products. Unit falls under MAH unit and storage of all
the hazardous chemicals is in compliance with Manufacture, Storage & Import of
Hazardous Chemicals (MSIHC) Rules, 1989.
2.13 STATUTORY COMPLIANCE OF EXISTING PLANT

2.13.1. Compliance of EC
Unit complies with all the conditions as stipulated in the EC vide letter no. SEIAA/GUJ/
EC/8(a)/268/2012 dated 12/09/2012 from SEIAA, Gujarat and regularly submits six
monthly compliances to the concerned authorities. Copies of the acknowledgement slip
for submission of EC Compliance is attached as Annexure 15. Copy of certified
compliance report issued by regional office of MoEF&CC, Bhopal is enclosed as
Annexure 16.
2.13.2. Compliance of CTE/CTO

Unit complies with all the conditions stipulated in current CC&A and compliance of the
same is attached as Annexure 17. Unit maintains all the record properly for the
operations of their existing plant and EMS as per the statutory requirement and also
submits regularly their compliance reports to GPCB & XGN that also includes Form 3,
Form 4, Form V and Water Cess. Copy of the same is attached as Annexure 18.
2.13.3. Environmental Monitoring and Auditing

Unit has appointed third party laboratory for carrying out regular compliance monitoring
of the existing plant. GPCB officials also conduct periodic visit for collection of samples
of environmental attributes. Test reports of environmental monitoring of existing unit
carried out by third party laboratory and GPCB are enclosed in Annexure 19 & 20
respectively and are in compliance with various norms prescribed by GPCB.
Environmental audit of the unit is carried out annually by GPCB appointed Schedule-II
auditors. Acknowledgement copy of submission of last environmental audit report for
the period of April 2018 to March 2019 along with the summary of suggestions received
from environmental audit and its compliance are enclosed as Annexure 21.

Page | 2.44
2.13.4. Details of GPCB Notices and Court Case

Various offices of Gujarat Pollution Control Board carry out regular inspection of the
existing unit for the verification of the compliance and evaluation of the performance.
Unit has not received any notices in last three years by GPCB for their existing plant.
Unit had received various written instructions during inspection of GPCB officials in the
past. Unit had submitted point-wise compliance of these instructions to GPCB in timely
manner. Copies of the inspection report generated from GPCB-XGN are enclosed in
Annexure 22.
There is no case pending against unit in any court of law for the violation under any of
the environmental legislation.
2.13.5. Compliance under Factory Act

There was no occurrence of fatal / non-fatal accident, loss of life or man hours in the
existing plant. Unit conducts safety audit every year in the existing plant and
implement the suggestion and observations made during the audit. The same
practice will be kept continued after proposed expansion. On-site emergency plan
and disaster management plan will be prepared for the proposed expansion. Unit has
obtained PLI policy for the existing unit, which is attached as Annexure 23. Unit
maintains health records of all the employees in Form 33, enclosed as Annexure 24.
Details of occupational health & safety program are given in Section 7.4 of Chapter
7.
2.14 SUMMARY
The proposed expansion is being carried out within existing plant located in notified
industrial estate of Nandesari, where all basic infrastructural facilities are available
including water supply and power supply. Unit proposes to expand manufacturing of
some of the existing inorganic chemicals upto 45,880 TPM and synthetic organic
chemicals upto 22,004 TPM. In addition to this, unit proposes to manufacture various
other synthetic organic chemicals with production capacity of 510 TPM. Thus, total
production capacity of the unit will be 68,394 TPM after proposed expansion. Also, unit
proposes to expand Captive Power Plant (Gas based Generator Set) capacity up to 10
MW. Raw materials will be available from the nearby developed industrial area / estates
of Jhagadia, Ankleshwar & Dahej.

Page | 2.45
Total industrial effluent generation will increase upto 2,156 KLD after proposed
expansion. It will be segregated into high COD/TDS and low COD/TDS stream. High
COD/TDS stream from manufacturing process @668 KLD will be sent to proposed
stripper followed by MEE. Stripper outlet @668 KLD along with effluent from DM-Reject
@140 KLD and RO Reject @138 KLD will be sent to MEE. Hence, total hydraulic load
of MEE will be 946 KLD. Condensate from MEE @896 KLD will be sent to RO.
Permeate from RO @758 KLD will be re-used in cooling tower makeup.
Low COD/TDS stream from Process, APCE, Boiler, Cooling and Washing @ 1,321
KLD will be sent to ETP having primary and tertiary treatment along with hydrodynamic
cavitation treatment units. Treated effluent from ETP @ 1,321 KLD will be discharged
into VECL as per current practices. There will be no additional discharge of treated
effluent outside plant premise. Hence, there will not be any negative impact on effluent
conveyance channel of VECL.
There is flue gas generation from existing boilers, thermic fluid heaters, furnaces and
GG Set. Since R-LNG/FO is used as fuel in the existing boilers & CPP (GG Set), APCM
is not required. The unit has provided stack of adequate height to existing steam boilers
and DG sets for proper dispersion of flue gas as per CPCB guidelines. For, Coal Fired
Boiler-GT 5992 (28 TPH), unit has provided Electro Static Precipitator (ESP) followed
by Water scrubber as an APCM. Unit will install Electro Static Precipitator (ESP)
followed by Water scrubber for proposed steam boiler (40 TPH). Unit will install
additional GG Set & waste heat boiler. Since, R-LNG will be used as fuel in GG, APCM
will not be required. However, stack of adequate height will be provided. Unit proposes
to install additional DG Set (625 kVA) which will be kept stand-by and stack of adequate
height will be installed for proposed DG Set There are process gas generation from the
existing plant in the form of NOx, NH3, SO2, PM, and Cl2. Unit has provided adequate
scrubbing system (water / acid / alkali scrubbers) to control emission of process gas
into atmosphere. There will be generation of NOx, NH3, HCl, and H2S from the proposed
expansion. Unit will provide adequate scrubbing system (water / alkali scrubbers) to
control emission of process gas into atmosphere.
Hazardous and solid wastes anticipated to be generated from the production activities
will be handled as per H&OW (M&TM) Rules, 2016. Unit has obtained membership of
NECL/RSPL/BEIL/GSPL/SEPPL/GGEPIL for the final disposal of hazardous waste for

Page | 2.46
safe disposal of existing hazardous waste and will obtain permission for additional
quantity of hazardous waste from CHWIF/TSDF/Co-processing facilities.

Page | 2.47
CHAPTER 3
BASELINE
ENVIRONMENTAL
STATUS
CHAPTER – 3 BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS
Existing Environmental condition of the study area (area of influence around the project
site) in general, and within the project site has been described in this chapter.
3.1 PROLOGUE
The baseline status of environmental quality in the vicinity of project site serves as the
basis for identification, prediction and evaluation of impacts. Knowledge of baseline
environmental status of the study area is useful tool for impact assessment; process of
assessing and predicting the environmental consequences of the significant actions.
This depicts direct adverse changes caused by the action and its effect on the physical
condition of the biota including flora, fauna and human being, socio-economic
conditions, current use of land and resources, physical and cultural heritage properties
and biophysical surroundings.
The following environmental attributes were considered to assess the baseline

environmental quality;
9 Topography & Geology
9 Seismology
9 Land use pattern
9 Meteorology & Micrometeorology
9 Air Quality
9 Surface and Ground water
9 Soil Quality
9 Noise Level
9 Ecology
9 Socio-economic
3.2 APPROACH & METHODOLOGY OF BASELINE STUDY

The baseline environmental study for the EIA of proposed project of M/s. Deepak Nitrite
Ltd. has been conducted as per the guidelines of MoEF&CC. To accomplish the
purpose of the environmental assessment, preferred study area of the project site has
been examined for generation and collection of baseline data for valued environmental
components as per the approved ToR by the SEIAA, Gujarat (Refer copy of ToR and its
compliance provided at the beginning of the EIA report). Hence, a general methodology
Chapter-3: Baseline Environmental Status

Page | 3.1
described in below flowchart, was adopted to obtain baseline data of representative of

existing environment.
3.2.1 Study Area and Impact Zone Distribution

The area falling within 10 km radial distance from project site was selected for
monitoring the baseline environment quality. The project site is located within the
industrial area. The nearest human settlement from the site is at Sankarda village
located at distance of 3.8 Km from the project site in ENE direction. There are no
national parks, sanctuaries and ecologically sensitive areas within the selected impact
area. Details of environmentally sensitive receptors are given in Table 3.1
Table 3.1: Environmentally sensitive receptors

1. National Park / : There is no protected area notified under the
Wildlife Sanctuary Wild Life (Protection) Act (1972) & Eco -
sensitive area notified under Section 3 of the
2. Reserved / Protected :
Environment (Protection) Act – 1986 within 10
Forest
Km radius areas from the Plant Site.
3. Lakes / Reservoir / Dams / : Pond of Sankarda Village: 3.8 km, ENE
Canals / Ponds Pond of Anagad Village: 3.9 km, SSW

Page | 3.2
4. Stream / River / Drains : Mahi River Stream (Near Vasad Village):

3.7 km, NW
Mahi River Stream (Near Anagad Village):
3.7 km, SW
5. Historical Monuments : None within 10 km radius from project site
6. Nearby habitation or : Nandesari village: 690 m, NW
built up area Sankarda village: 3.8 km, ENE
Anagad village: 3.9 km, SSW
Kanvadi village: 4.0 km, SW
Vasad village: 5.2 km, NW
Deciding whether a proposed action is likely to cause significant adverse environmental

effects is central to the concept and practice of EIA. Before proceeding for baseline
data generation, it is important to know the boundary limits and framework, so that the
data generated can be effectively utilized for impact assessment. In this context,
delineation of an impact zone plays an important role. Generally, the impact zone for
industrial actions is classified into three parts; Core Zone, Buffer Zone and Unaffected
Zone, as illustrated below and also shown in Figure 3.1. The area of impact zone
invariably changes from project to project and depends on the nature and magnitude of
the project activities.
Core Zone (Host and Proximate Area where the proposed activities are to be
commenced) - This area is the closest to the activity where the background quality
of environmental and human health is always at high risk. This involves risks due to
steady state, transient and accidental release of hazardous chemicals, release and
dispersion of gaseous pollutants from stack, propagation of noise, increased traffic
congestion and social stress.
Based on the modeling and analysis the maximum ground level concentration of air
pollutants due to stack emission and maximum threat due to accidental release of
hazardous chemicals will occur within 1 km. Considering these aspects, immediate
vicinity of the plant that is around 1 km radius is taken as factual core zone.
Buffer zone (Moderately affected area)- Being a little away from the activity, the
discharge pollutants need time lag to be transported to this area and gets
attenuated/diluted to a considerable extent. However, the associated risk shall be
real during brake-down, failure or upset conditions, and simultaneously with adverse
meteorological and hydrological factors. Also, covering varied land cover around the

Page | 3.3
project site, which could be affected from proposed project, is considered as factual
buffer zone at a distance from 1 km to 5 km around the project site.
Unaffected Zone- This area shall be at a minimum risk of serious damage to life,
health and property. Here the impact becomes small enough to become
imperceptible and/or inconsequent and/or insignificant and normal life activities shall
prevail without any disturbances due to the activity. Distance away from the 5 km to
10 km to the buffer zone is the factually unaffected zone in this case.
While generating the baseline status of physical and biological environmental of the
study area, the concept of impact zone has been considered. The Impact zone
selection is based on preliminary screening. For environmental attribute, several
primary and secondary data has been collected and used for the assessment of
impacts.
3.2.2 Study Period

The baseline environmental quality assessed in the Winter Season during November
2018 – January 2019 in a study area of 10 km radial distance from the project site was
considered for the preparation of the EIA report.
3.2.3 Sampling Locations

Locations for sampling and monitoring were selected within the study area of 10 km
radial distance from project site. The sampling locations were selected on the basis of
surface influence, demographic influence and meteorological influence. Ambient air
quality monitoring, water sampling, noise monitoring and soil sampling were carried out
at seven locations. Meteorological data of the study area were collected by setting-up
the weather station at project site. Details of monitoring locations are given below in
Table 3.2. Map of study area showing sampling & monitoring locations are illustrated
below in Figure 3.1. Photographs showing baseline monitoring are given Annexure 25.

Page | 3.4
Figure 3.1: Map of Study Area showing Impact Zone Distribution and Sampling &
Monitoring Locations

Page | 3.5
Table 3.2: Sampling & Monitoring Locations

Bearing Approx. Aerial Env.
Location Name of Village / Type of
w. r. t Distance from Attributes
Code Location Area
Project Site project site (m) Monitored *
S1 Project Site -- -- A, PW, N, S Industrial
60°/ ENE / A, GW, SW,

S2 Sankarda Village 3,779 Residential
Upwind N, S
205° / SSW / A, GW, SW,
S3 Anagad Village 3,939 Residential
Downwind N, S
235° / SW /
S4 Kanvadi Village 4,046 A, GW, N, S Residential
Downwind
326° / NW /
S5 Vasad Village 5,237 A, GW, N, S Residential
Crosswind
Mahi River Stream 322° / NW /
S6 3,656 SW Residential
(Near Vasad Village) Upstream
Mahi River Stream 220° / SW /
S7 3,706 SW Residential
(Near Anagad Village) Dowstream
*A-Ambient Air, N-Noise, GW-Ground water, SW-Surface Water, PW-Pipe Water, S-Soil
3.2.4 Frequency & Methodology of Monitoring

The frequency of environmental monitoring considered for EIA study was in line with
the ToR approved by SEIAA. Technical EIA guidance manual published by MoEF&CC
and other guidelines provided by CPCB from time to time were also taken into
consideration while deciding the same. Frequency & Methodology of environmental
monitoring for various attributes considered for the study are illustrated in Table 3.3.
Table 3.3: Frequency & Methodology of Environmental Monitoring

Sampling
Monitoring Source Frequency of Analysis
Attributes Method /
/ Location Monitoring Method
Instrument
A. Air Environment
Meteorological “Climatological Once -- Computer
Data Normals 1981- Aided Data
2010” issued by Analysis
The Additional
Director General
of Meteorology,
IMD, Pune
Site Specific At Project site Continuous Micro controller Computer
Micro- monitoring with based Aided Data
Meteorological hourly data Automatic Analysis
Data recording Weather station
throughout the with data logger
study period

Page | 3.6
Sampling
Monitoring Source Frequency of Analysis
Attributes Method /
/ Location Monitoring Method
Instrument
Ambient Air 5 Locations 24 hourly twice a As per Annexure 26
Quality week throughout
the study period
B. Noise 5 Locations Once, 24 hourly As per Annexure 26
C. Water
Ground Water Grab samples Once As per Annexure 26
from 4 locations
Surface Water Grab sample from
4 location
Pipe Water Grab sample from
(GIDC Water 1 location
supply)
D. Soil Quality 5 locations Once As per Annexure 26
E. Land Use - Satellite Image: Once Arc GIS software and Computer
Land Cover (Landsat ETM + Aided Data Analysis with field
Thermal MSS) survey for ground checks and
ground truth verification
F. Ecological Data through Once Field survey Computer
Data primary survey & Aided Data
verification with Compilation
secondary data
G. Socio- Primary survey & Once Compilation of data from Census
economic data from Census of India-2011and Computer Aided
Data of India-2011 Data Analysis with field survey
3.3 BASELINE ENVIRONMENT

The baseline study was conducted during study period of November 2018 to January
2019 as mentioned above. Detailed scope given in the approved TORs was referred
and baseline study was conducted to comply with all the requirements of approved
TORs. The study was carried out to determine the prevailing status of topography, land
use, meteorology, ambient air, water quality, soil quality, noise level, ecology and socio-
economic environment. The sampling, monitoring and analysis related to ambient air,
water, soil and noise during the baseline study were carried out by in-house NABL
accredited laboratory of Envisafe Environment Consultants, Ahmedabad. The details
regarding the outcomes of the baseline study are described in subsequent sections
under respective heading.
3.3.1 Topography & Geology

The topography of the region mainly comprises of undulating terrain with most of the
part being low lying area. The lithological logs of the borehole data indicates that the
formation comprises of Alluvium both Aeolian and fluvial composed of sand, silt, gravel

Page | 3.7
clay and kankar. The thickness of alluvium is estimated to be about 20 to 60 m. From

the study of geological cross-sections, it is inferred that although it is comprising
predominantly of sand, the intervening clay layers which are not perfectly impervious
and does not act as a perfect confining condition. These are leaky aquifer.
3.3.2 Seismology
The study area falls in Zone III as per IS 1893 (Part-I):2002, which is referred as
Moderate Damage Risk Zone. The area is liable to earthquakes of Modified Mercalli
Intensity Scale VII. The chart showing the seismic zoning map of state Gujarat is given
in Figure 3.2.
Figure 3.2: Seismic zone mapping of Gujarat state
Source: https://isr.gujarat.gov.in/sz-map-gujarat (Institute of Seismological Research, Govt. of Gujarat)
3.3.3 Land Use Pattern

The study of land use in its spatial context is essential to understand the area of
optimum land use and degraded areas; the comprehensive study of land use is of
immense value to ensure better returns from the land to meet future requirements.
The satellite image/data has been processed using ERDAS Imagine software
supported with ground checks and ground truth verification by experts. Area and

Page | 3.8
distance calculations have been carried out using GIS software after geo-referencing
the interpreted data with the help of topographical maps. Satellite image of the study
area is given in Figure 3.3 and Land use / Land cover map of study area is given in
Figure 3.4.
Classification of land use / land cover is given in Table 3.4. Data illustrate that 65.67%
of total land area is occupied by agricultural fields like crop lands and fallow lands
(cropland that is not seeded or a season; it may or may not be ploughed. The land may
be cultivated or chemically treated for control of weeds and other pests or may be left
unaltered.). As the soil type is mainly clay type in nature, it facilitates cultivation of
various crops like Groundnut, Tuvar, Chana, Danger, Jowar, Ghanv, Bajri, Cotton and
Sugarcane etc.
Total area of 16.68 % is covered as a built-up land, of which land cover of 7.90% is for
the industrial purposes, 4.37% as human settlement. Waste land covers 14.58% and
about 3.07% of land is occupied as water body of total study area.
Table 3.4: Land Use Pattern of the Study Area

% of
Sr. No. Land use Area (Ha.)
Area
Built-up Land
Industry 2,481.91 7.90
Res. Built Up 452.31 1.44
1 Settlement 1,372.98 4.37
Mixed Built UP 567.10 1.81
Urban Built Up 364.75 1.16
Sub Total 5,239.06 16.68
Agriculture Land
Crop Land 18,713.23 59.57
2
Fallow land 1,916.95 6.10
Sub Total 20,630.18 65.67
Waste Land
Land with scrub 4,421.62 14.07
3
River Sand 159.39 0.51
Sub Total 4,581.01 14.58
Water body
Ponds/Lakes 124.21 0.40
4
River 841.04 2.68
Sub Total 965.26 3.07
Total 31,415.51 100.00

Page | 3.9
Figure 3.3: Satellite Image of the Study Area

Page | 3.10
Figure 3.4: Land use / Land Cover Map of the Study Area

Page | 3.11
3.3.4 Meteorology
Meteorology is the interdisciplinary scientific study of the atmosphere and is important
tool in studying environmental phenomena like pollutant dispersion. When the EIA
study is planned for any project meteorological data are very important and shall be
collected through the entire period of the baseline study. Typically for EIA,
micrometeorological data is required to collect as these data are essential to formulate
the pollutant dispersion models. Besides, it also helps in understanding the current
trend in climatologically variable as well as prevailing ambient air quality issues and
forecasting. Details of the various meteorological parameters analyzed during the study
with their importance in EIA are presented in subsequent Table 3.5. Information about
these parameters is taken from “Climatological Normals 1981-2010” issued by The
Additional Director General of Meteorology, IMD, Pune.
The climate of the district is characterized by a hot summer and general dryness except
during the monsoon season. The year may be divided into four seasons. The cold
season is from December to February followed by summer season from March to June,
southwest monsoon season from June to September and post monsoon season during
October and November.
Table 3.5: Meteorological Parameters

Sr.
Parameters Measurement Method Importance
No.
Digital Sensor capable x Temperature affect the plum rise & it
of giving electrical increase the effective height of release and
signals e.g. thereby increase dispersion and thus
Surface
1. thermocouples, decreases the maximum ground level
Temperature
resistance concentration of the pollutants.
thermometers or x It also influences stability conditions and
thermistors. extent of dispersion of pollutants.
x Moisture provides surface area for
suspended particulate matter to coalesce
and grow in the size and settle under the
Digital Sensor capable influence of gravity. It also enhances the
Relative
2. of giving electrical chemical reactions of the gaseous
Humidity
signals e.g. hydrometer. pollutant. High humidity is associated
with;
x Lowered visibility for water vapour plumes
x Possible acid mist formation
3 cup anemometer with
3. Wind Speed Determines initial dispersion of air pollution
reed switch/magnet

Page | 3.12
Sr.
Parameters Measurement Method Importance
No.
Wind vane with
Wind
4. magnetic hall effect Determines downward geometry
Direction
sensor
Tipping Bucket sensor Rainwater scrubs the atmospheric pollutants
5. Rainfall with magnet & reed and pollutes surface and groundwater.
switch
Passive Cloud Cover
6. Cloud Cover It influences stability conditions and
Detector – PCCD
determines the dispersion&/or dilution rate of
7. Solar Pyranometer type
pollutant.
Radiation sensor
Determined from Determines plume spread associated with
Atmospheric surface observations on turbulent motions in the atmosphere
8. Stability wind speed, cloud
Condition cover and solar
radiations
3.3.4.1. Temperature
Summer season comprises March, April, May and till mid of June months. Mean daily
maximum temperature during season remains between 36.6 to 40.7 °C while mean
daily minimum temperatures remains between 16.6 to 26.1 °C. May is the hottest
month of the season with highest maximum temperature ever recorded at 46.7°C.
Temperature remains normal during monsoon and post monsoon. It ranges mean
maximum between 32.6 to 37.2 °C and mean minimum temperature between 24.1 to
27.1 °C. Winter season comprises December, January and February months. During
the season mean maximum temperatures remains between 30.1 to 32.4 °C and mean
minimum temperatures remain between 10.8 to 12.7 °C.
3.3.4.2. Humidity
Most humid conditions are found in the monsoons, followed by post-monsoons, winter
and summer in that order. Mornings are more humid than evenings and humidity
ranges from a high of 68-89% in monsoon mornings to a low of 21-29% in summer
evenings. During post-monsoon season, in morning humidity remains between 68-76%
and in the evening it remains between 48-52%.
3.3.4.3. Cloudiness
During the southwest monsoon months, the skies are usually heavily clouded or
overcast. Cloudiness decreases during the post monsoon months. In the rest of the
year the skies are mostly clear or lightly clouded.

Page | 3.13
3.3.4.4. Wind Speed and Wind Direction

Winds are in general light with some increase in force during the late summer and early
monsoon months. Wind blow mostly from the southwesterly and westerly directions
during the period May to September. Winds blow from the north or northeast during the
post monsoon and early winter months. In the latter half of the cold season and the first
two months of summer, winds are mostly from directions between southwest and
northwest. Monthly mean wind speed observed during months February, March and
April is 3.5, 4.0 and 5.1 Km/hr respectively.
3.3.4.5. Rainfall
The average annual rainfall observed during the period was to be 841.8 mm.
Distribution of rainfall by season is 6.1 mm in winter (December, January, February),
8.8 mm in summer (March, April, May), 783.1 mm in monsoons (June, July, August,
September) and 43.8 mm in post-monsoons (October - November).
3.3.4.6. Mixing Height

Data of atmospheric inversion level for project area is not available, however the
mixing height data available for the nearest observatory of Ahmedabad (Gujarat) has
been taken from IMD publication, which are summarised below;
Mixing Mixing Mixing Mixing

Hours Hours Hours Hours
height (m) height (m) height (m) height (m)
1 0 7 10 13 1125 19 600
2 0 8 30 14 1325 20 0
3 0 9 125 15 1440 21 0
4 0 10 310 16 1460 22 0
5 0 11 540 17 1360 23 0
6 0 12 825 18 1020 24 0
Source: Atlas of Hourly Mixing height & assimilative capacity of atmosphere in India published by IMD,
New Delhi
3.3.5 Micrometeorology
The site-specific micrometeorological data has been collected continuously during
the study period by installing automatic weather station at project site.
The parameters for which data has been collected are temperature, relative
humidity, wind speed, wind direction, rainfall, solar radiation and barometric pressure.
Site specific micrometeorological data collected during study period is given in the
following table. Wind rose diagram is shown as Figure 3.5.

Page | 3.14
Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Speed Wind

Months (°C) (%) (m/sec) Blowing
Min. Max. Avg. Min. Max. Avg. Min. Max. Avg. From
Nov ‘18 16.1 35.9 27.3 19.0 81.0 48.6 0.4 3.6 0.8 ENE
Dec ‘18 10.2 31.8 21.5 10.0 83.0 50.3 0.0 18.0 2.3 NE
Jan ‘19 11.0 40.4 24.3 10.0 42.0 19.3 0.0 5.7 1.3 WNW

Page | 3.15
Figure 3.5: Wind Rose Diagram

Page | 3.16
3.3.6 Ambient Air Quality

Government of India and concern authorities have consistently ranked air pollution as a
major environmental concern. The state of our air is an important factor in the quality of
life. It affects the health of the community and directly influences the sustainability of
our lifestyles and production methods. The Government seeks to protect and improve
urban air quality through national action to reduce emissions of major air pollutants. The
Government department's focus is on those sectors that make the greatest
contributions to adverse air quality as well as those pollutants that continue to pose
threats to the environment and human health. National action can relate to the
implementation of relevant national standards and strategies and a common approach
to monitor air quality, research to inform air quality policy and community education on
air quality issues. National policies and programs relate principally to the reduction of
emissions mainly from two sectors: Transport & Industry
Recently, Government has also put forwards some findings regarding the critical issues
of air quality & critical level of pollution in many part of India. Further, Government
through its concern department is continuously trying to improve the environmental
quality of the Indian regions. The findings have also noted that the issues of
contamination of air have been arising in the region experiencing more industrial
development. Hence, while studying the probable impacts of any industrial project,
establishment of state of air quality in project area has become very important aspect of
EIA study.
With such purpose, ambient air quality monitoring was conducted for the EIA study at 5
locations as given in Table 3.6. Ambient air quality monitoring stations were selected
based on historical wind data of the region i.e. one in upwind direction, two in downwind
direction and two in cross wind direction from project site. AAQ monitoring was carried
out for PM2.5, PM10, SO2, NO2, NH3, Cl2, HCl & VOC. Methodology adopted for
conducting AAQ monitoring and analysis is given in Annexure 26. AAQ monitoring
results obtained during the entire study are given in Annexure 27.

Page | 3.17
Table 3.6: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations
Name of Co-ordinates Bearing Approx. Aerial

Location
Villages / w.r.t project Distance from
Code
Location Latitude Longitude site project site, m
S1 Project Site 22°24'43.9"N 73° 05'31.7"E -- --

60°/ ENE /
S2 Sankarda Village 22°25'51.7"N 73°07'32.5"E 3,779
Upwind
205° / SSW /
S3 Anagad Village 22°22'54.9"N 73°04'38.6"E 3,939
Downwind
235° / SW /
S4 Kanvadi Village 22°23'35.6"N 73°03'41.6"E 4,046
Downwind
326° / NW /
S5 Vasad Village 22°27'10.9"N 73°03'54.3"E 5,237
Crosswind
All monitoring stations are of the category “Industrial, Residential, Rural & Other Area” as per
NAAQs (National Ambient Air Quality Standards as published by MoEF&CC, New Delhi vide
G.S.R. 826 (E), dated 16/11/2009.)
Summary of ambient air quality monitoring results is given in Figure 3.6 to Figure 3.13
as follows.
Figure 3.6: Status of PM10 concentration in ambient air

Page | 3.18
Figure 3.7: Status of PM2.5 concentration in ambient air
Figure 3.8: Status of SO2 concentration in ambient air

Page | 3.19
Figure 3.9: Status of NO2 concentration in ambient air
Figure 3.10: Status of NH3 concentration in ambient air

Page | 3.20
Figure 3.11: Status of Cl2 concentration in ambient air
Figure 3.12: Status of HCl concentration in ambient air

Page | 3.21
Figure 3.13: Status of VOC concentration in ambient air
Interpretation: It is observed from the above graphs that baseline concentration of

PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NO2, NH3, and Cl2 in the ambient air were within the within the norms
specified for NAAQs at all the monitoring locations.
Concentration of HCl was within the norms specified by GPCB at project site and was
below detectable limit at other locations. H2S in ambient air was below detectable limit
at all the monitoring locations and VOC was observed at project site only.
3.3.7 Hydrology
The importance of water can’t be overstated when it comes to life on Earth. Over 70%
of the Earth is covered in water and without water there simply is no life. With
increasing industrialization & modernization in lifestyle, issue of water crisis either
quality &/or quantity of water is being critical day by day. The main source of such crisis
is found to be the activities requiring huge quantity of freshwater and generating huge
quantity of wastewater. Hence, while studying the probable impacts of industrial project,
it is very important to determine the existing status of water quality & quantity. The
water resource for such investigations can be groundwater or surface water or both
depending upon the water specific planning of the proposed project.

Page | 3.22
River Mahi which is a perennial river and a major source of surface water for Vadodara
District. Topographically the study area is flat terrain having gentle slope towards river
Mahi. The climate of the study area is Arid. Average long term annual rainfall for 45
years from is around 930 mm. There is sufficient groundwater available in the area. The
CGWA/CGWB has not considered this area to be under threatened area. The ground
water depth observed in study area is about 40-60 meter below GL The general ground
slope is towards Mahi River on either Banks. Considering the proximity to the river, the
soil is expected to get sloughed below the ground level frequently considering the flow
pattern through shallow canyons formed in alluvial formation. Though there is a high
dam upstream reasonable sloughing is expected with one more river flowing though not
perennial within the study area.
In general, water environment is widely divided into two categories in terms of water
sources:
1. Surface water: Rivers, Ponds, Drains, Canals etc.
2. Groundwater: Accumulation in deeper strata of ground
Total 9 water samples have been collected from the Seven locations once during the
study period. Out of these, 4 ground water, 1 pipe water (GIDC Supply), and 4 surface
water samples have been collected. The details of sampling locations are given in
Table 3.7. Methodology adopted for sampling and analysis are given in Annexure 26.
The outcome of the study of water quality is given in Table 3.8. Analysis results of
water sampling are given in Annexure 27.

Page | 3.23
Table 3.7: Water Sampling Locations

Location
Co-ordinates
Code
Name of Village / Sample Dates of Description

Location Code* Latitude Longitude Sampling of Sample
GIDC
S1 Project Site PW 22°24'43.9"N 73°05'30.6"E 26-Nov-18
Supply
GW2 22°25'52.5"N 73°07'35.3"E 26-Nov-18 Borewell
S2 Sankarda Village
SW2 22°25'43.9"N 73°07'33.1"E 26-Nov-18 Pond
GW3 22°22'55.6"N 73°04'38.8"E 27-Nov-18 Borewell

S3 Anagad Village
SW3 22°22'57.5"N 73°04'32.6"E 27-Nov-18 Pond
S4 Kanvadi Village GW4 22°23'33.0"N 73°03'39.9"E 28-Nov-18 Borewell
S5 Vasad Village GW5 22°27'10.2"N 73°03'51.0"E 28-Nov-18 Borewell

Mahi River Stream
S6 (Near Vasad SW6 22°26'24.1"N 73°04'19.0"E 28-Nov-18 River
Village)
Mahi River Stream
S7 (Near Anagad SW7 2°23'18.36"N 73° 4'14.49"E 28-Nov-18 River
Village)
*PW: Pipe Water (GIDC Supply), GW: Ground Water, SW: Surface Water

Page | 3.24
Table 3.8: Physico-Chemical Characteristics of Water

IS: 10500 standard
Sr. No.
limits for drinking

Parameter Unit water PW GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 SW2 SW3 SW6 SW7
Permissibl
Desirable
e
A Organoleptic and Physical Parameters
Hazen
1 Colour 5 15 1.25 1.00 1.22 1.39 1.00 3.67 4.21 3.28 2.78
unit
2 pH -- 6.5 – 8.5 NR 7.57 7.68 7.31 7.25 7.79 8.97 8.20 8.05 7.65
3 Elec. Conductivity ms/cm -- -- 1.62 2.00 2.22 1.79 1.29 0.25 0.83 1.25 1.00
4 Temperature °C -- -- 30 30 30 31 31 31 31 30 31
5 Turbidity NTU 1 5 0.20 0.40 0.50 0.78 0.51 2.15 3.69 1.98 1.05
6 Dissolved Solids mg/l 500 2000 978 1282 1598 1354 1028 694 836 768 564
B General Parameters
7 Alkalinity mg/l 200 600 198 379 265 251 305 150 135 175 197
Total Hardness
8 mg/l 200 600 254 387 358 298 422 166 168 234 208
(as CaCO3)
9 Calcium (as Ca+2) mg/l 75 200 48.25 68.40 78.20 67.10 88.90 38.60 31.80 45.78 39.70
10 Magnesium (as Mg+2) mg/l 30 100 32.54 52.68 39.66 31.80 48.63 16.97 21.59 29.17 26.53
11 Chlorides (as Cl-) mg/l 250 1000 298 250 325 264 198 157 139 177 187
12 Sulphate (as SO4-2) mg/l 200 400 67.20 83.20 88.25 72.20 53.20 35.72 26.10 32.98 40.50
13 Fluoride (as F-) mg/l 1.0 1.5 0.20 0.35 0.52 0.27 0.21 <0.1 <0.1 0.30 0.15
14 Nitrates (as NO3-) mg/l 45 NR 2.00 2.51 3.27 2.00 2.57 1.62 1.47 3.12 1.97
15 Phenolic compound mg/l 0.001 0.002 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
16 Boron (as B) mg/l 0.5 1.0 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05
17 Copper (as Cu) mg/l 0.05 1.5 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002
18 Iron (as Fe) mg/l 1.0 NR <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5
19 Manganese (as Mn) mg/l 0.1 0.3 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

Page | 3.25
IS: 10500 standard

Sr. No.
limits for drinking

Parameter Unit water PW GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 SW2 SW3 SW6 SW7
Permissibl
Desirable
e
20 Zinc (as Zn) mg/l 5 15 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
21 Sodium (as Na) mg/l NS NS 54 115 128 76 59 156 131 167 127
22 Potassium (as K) mg/l NS NS 10 25 30 18 8 28 19 28 22
Sodium Absorption
23 -- -- -- 1.47 2.54 2.94 1.91 1.25 5.26 4.39 4.74 3.83
Ratio (SAR)
C Demand Parameter
24 COD mg/l -- -- NA NA NA NA NA 48.40 32.40 28.40 34.60
25 BOD mg/l -- -- NA NA NA NA NA 12.20 8.00 9.00 13.40
26 Dissolved Oxygen mg/l -- -- NA NA NA NA NA 4.00 3.20 4.65 3.97
D Parameters Concerning Toxic Substances
27 Arsenic (as As) mg/l 0.01 0.05 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
28 Cadmium (as Cd) mg/l 0.003 NR <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
29 Chromium (as Cr+6) mg/l 0.05 NR <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
30 Lead (as Pb) mg/l 0.01 NR <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003
31 Mercury (as Hg) mg/l 0.001 NR <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002
32 Nickel (as Ni) mg/l 0.02 NR <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003
E Bacteriological Parameters
MPN/
33 E-coli -- NA NA NA NA NA Absent Absent Absent Absent
100ml
MPN/
34 Total Coliform -- NA NA NA NA NA Absent Absent Absent Absent
100ml
PW: Pipe Water, GW: Ground Water, SW-Surface Water; More than Desirable Limit More than Permissible Limit
Source: Sampling & Analysis carried out by NABL accredited laboratory of Envisafe Environment Consultants

Page | 3.26
Following are the observations from the water analysis results:

x All the parameters of collected water sample from GIDC supply are within the
desirable limit except dissolved solid, total hardness, magnesium and chloride as
highlighted in Table 3.8. However, all the parameters were within the permissible
limit.
x All the parameters of collected ground water and surface water samples were well
within desirable limit except turbidity, dissolved solid, alkalinity, total hardness,
calcium, magnesium and chloride at some of the village as highlighted in Table 3.8.
However, all the parameters were well within the permissible limit at all the
locations.
x All the other Heavy metals measured in samples were below detection limit at all the
locations.
x It is observed from the surface water analysis of the study area and compared with
classes for designated use of fresh Water Standards, that samples of study area are
suitable for “E Class” i.e. Irrigation, industrial cooling & Controlled Waste Disposal.
3.3.8 Soil Quality

Soil quality is the capacity of a specific kind of soil to function, within natural or
managed ecosystem boundaries, to sustain plant and animal productivity, maintain or
enhance water and air quality and support human health and habitation. Soil quality
reflects how well a soil performs the functions of maintaining biodiversity and
productivity, partitioning water and solute flow, filtering and buffering, nutrient cycling
and providing support for plants and other structures. Thus, soil quality plays vital role
in any particular geographical phenomenon of ecology as well as physico-chemical
environment.
Soil quality can indicate the current as well as future issues related with the water,
ecology and life in the particular region. Thus, it is clearly visible that soil contamination
may result in eventuality in form of contamination of water, ecological destruction, loss
of productivity, food crisis and so threat to life. The major source of contamination is
liquid and solid wastes from industries as well as overuse of fertilizers & pesticide.
Thus, to determine the exact impacts of any proposed project, it is very essential to
determine the existing status of soil quality and existing stress through a study of soil
quality assessment. Based on different types of land use classification soil samples
were collected from five locations of study area once in study period. Details of

Page | 3.27
sampling locations are given in Table 3.9. Methodology adopted for sampling and
analysis of soil quality is given in Annexure 26. The analysis data of soil samples is
given in Table 3.10. Analysis results of soil sampling are given in Annexure 27.
Table 3.9: Soil Sampling Locations
Location Name of Village Co-ordinates Dates of

Land Use
Code / Location Latitude Longitude Sampling
S1 Project Site 22°24'43.6"N 73°05'30.2"E 26-Nov-18 Industrial
S2 Sankarda Village 22°25'53.0"N 73°07'34.0"E 26-Nov-18 Fallow Land
S3 Anagad Village 22°22'54.1"N 73°04'33.2"E 27-Nov-18 Settlement
S4 Kanvadi Village 22°23'34.8"N 73°03'44.0"E 27-Nov-18 Crop Land
S5 Vasad Village 22°27'14.8"N 73°03'15.9"E 28-Nov-18 Settlement
Table 3.10: Physico-Chemical Characteristic of Soil

Sr.
Parameters Unit S1 S2 S3 S4 S5
No.
1 Bulk Density gm/cm3 1.3254 1.2541 1.4025 1.1258 1.3545
2 moisture content % 15.2 18.4 16.7 18.60 16.98
3 Water Holding Capacity % 38.6 42.8 35.8 38.4 36.9
4 Particle size distribution
i Sand % 15 10 12 9 13
ii Clay % 75 79 78 83 77
iii Silt % 10 11 10 8 10
5 Texture Class -- Clay Clay Clay Clay Clay
6 pH (10% Solution) -- 7.37 7.20 7.30 7.10 6.98
7 Electrical Conductivity µs/cm 678 765 497 397 423
8 Cation Exchange Capacity meq/100 gm 25 23 20 16 22
9 Calcium mg/Kg 168.2 208.0 149.6 154.7 162.4
10 Magnesium mg/Kg 46.8 65.7 34.7 43.6 54.9
11 Sodium mg/Kg 18 25 20 15 21
12 Potassium mg/Kg 10 14 9 8 12
13 Chloride mg/Kg 197 157 203 137 149
14 Phosphorous mg/Kg 15 16 18 15 14
15 SAR -- 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.4
16 Available Nitrogen mg/Kg 5.8 6.8 7.8 4.7 6.2
17 Organic matter % 2.3 2.9 3.1 2.9 3.6
18 Iron mg/Kg 80.6 101.5 93.6 82.6 105.6
19 Zinc mg/Kg 0.183 0.206 0.189 0.221 0.229
20 Nickel mg/Kg 0.096 0.146 0.123 0.115 0.129
Source: Sampling & Analysis carried out by NABL accredited laboratory of Envisafe Environment
Consultants

Page | 3.28
Following are the observations of the soil analysis results:
x Bulk density of soil samples was in range of 1.125 gm/cm3 to 1.402 gm/cm3, which
will have no significant effects on root growth.
x pH of the soil samples ranged from 6.98 to 7.37, which indicates ideal range for
growth of crop.
x The Electrical conductivity of the samples varied from 397 to 765 µs/cm, which
indicates, no salinity ingress in the study area.
x The organic matter in the soil ranged from 2.3% to 3.6%. The result range signifies
that the soil is being maintained in an optimal desired range.
x The concentration of available Nitrogen, Phosphorous and Potassium in the soil
samples signifies that the soil of the area is less fertile.
3.3.9 Noise level

For the environmental status appraisal, noise is a sound that is loud, unpleasant,
unexpected or undesired. Such noise level is not only resulted because of industrial
activities but can also result due to transportation activities, domestic activities,
commercial activities, agricultural activities and entertainment activities of individuals or
group etc. All noises are not harmful but sound that is too loud or loud sound over a
long time is harmful. The hazardous noise can have many adverse effects on health
like headache, nausea etc. It can even damage sensitive structures of the inner ear and
cause noise-induced hearing loss. Considering these probabilities, our Government has
enacted the standards for noise level based on certain specific region as well as based
on time (Day & Night) through MoEF&CC.
Thus, for EIA study it is very necessary to study the prevailing noise level during the
day & night time in the project area, as the noise from the proposed activities together
with the existing noise level may result in many issues related with human health as
well as social layout & quality. Considering this, the noise level monitoring at five
selected locations on 24 hourly basis was conducted once during the study period.
Details of sampling locations are given in Table 3.11. The outcomes of the study are
presented in Table 3.12.

Page | 3.29
Table 3.11: Noise Level Sampling Locations
Location Name of Village Co-ordinates Dates of Category of

Code / Location Latitude Longitude Sampling Area
S1 Project Site 22°24'44.2"N 73°05'31.1"E 26-Nov-18 Industrial

S2 Sankarda Village 22°25'52.4"N 73°07'24.6"E 26-Nov-18 Residential
S3 Anagad Village 22°23'01.9"N 73°04'31.9"E 27-Nov-18 Residential
S4 Kanvadi Village 22°23'20.8"N 73°03'17.6"E 27-Nov-18 Residential
S5 Vasad Village 22°27'06.9"N 73°03'46.2"E 28-Nov-18 Residential
Table 3.12: Noise Level in Study Area

Noise Level (dBA), Permissible Limit (dBA)
Station Day Time Night Time Day Time Night Time
Code
Min. Max. Leq Min. Max. Leq Leq Leq
S1 60.2 73.2 69.4 57.2 65.4 60.6 75 70
S2 42.8 54.6 51.3 39.9 43.2 41.8 55 45
S3 40.5 52.8 48.5 38.2 42.8 40.5 55 45
S4 42.8 53.7 50.9 38.6 42.9 40.7 55 45
S5 43.5 54.9 51.6 39.5 44.8 42.6 55 45
Source: Sampling carried out by NABL accredited laboratory of Envisafe Environment Consultants
The monitored noise levels were compared with the standards prescribed by
MoEF&CC which indicates that the noise levels at all the locations were found well
within the limit for day & night time.
3.3.10 Ecological Status

Flora and fauna are important components of the environment. They are organized into
natural communities with mutual dependencies among their members and show
various responses and sensitivities to anthropogenic activities. The survey was carried
out during study period to know the ecological status of the area with respect to. flora
and fauna; the details of which is described below;
3.3.10.1. Flora
During the survey, a total of 154 plant species belonging to139 genera and 70 families
were noted in the study area; including 74 tree species, 20 shrubs, 45 herbs, 11
climbers, creepers and lianas, and 4 crop plants. Most of the species are of common
occurrence. Enumeration of Flora &list of plant species are given in Table 3.13 & 3.14
respectively.

Page | 3.30
Table 3.13: Enumeration of flora
Particulars Families Genera Species

Trees 28 64 74
Shrubs 11 18 20
Herbs 18 43 45
Climbers, creepers and lianas 10 10 11
Crop plants 3 4 4
Total 70 139 154
Table 3.14: List of Flora in the study area
S. No. Common Name Scientific Name Family

x Trees
1. Ambo MangiferaindicaL. Anacardiaceae
2. Sitaphal AnnonasquamosaL.
Annonaceae
3. Asopalav Polyalthialongifolia(Sonn.) Thwaites
4. Saptaparni Alstoniascholaris(L.) R. Br.
Apocynaceae
5. Champo Plumeria alba L.
6. Sopari Areca catechu L.
7. Toddy Palm Borassusflabellifer
8. Shivjata Caryota urens L. Arecaceae
9. Nariyal CocosnuciferaL.
10. Khajuri Phoenix sylvestris(L.) Roxb.
11. Gunda CordiadichotomaG.Forst.
Boraginaceae
12. Kodiya CordiasebestenaL.
13. Indian Cork tree MillingtoniahortensisL.f.
14. Tulip Tree Spathodea campanulata P.Beauv.
Bignoniaceae
15. Pink Tabebuia Tabebuia rosea (Bertol.) Bertero ex
A.DC.
16. Papaya Carica papaya L. Caricaceae
17. Saru CasuarinaequisetifoliaL. Casuarinaceae
18. Deshibadam TerminaliacatappaL. Combretaceae
19. Ankol Alangium salviifolium (L.f.) Wangerin Cornaceae
20. Amla Phyllanthus emblica L.
Euphorbiaceae
21. Putranjiva Putranjiva roxburghii Wall.
22. Sevan Gmelina arborea Roxb.
Lamiaceae
23. Nagod Vitex negundo L.
24. Kachnar Bauhinia sp.
25. Garmalo Cassia fistula L.
26. Pink Cassia Cassia javanica L. Leguminosae
27. Gulmohar Delonixregia(Hook.) Raf. Subfamily:
28. Sonmohar Peltophorumpterocarpum(DC.) K.Heyne Caesalpinioideae
29. Kaashid Sennasiamea(Lam.) H.S.Irwin&Barneby
30. Amli TamarindusindicaL.
31. Kesudo Buteamonosperma(Lam.) Taub.
32. Sissoo Dalbergia sissoo DC.
Subfamily:
33. Moulmein rosewood Millettia peguensisAli
Faboideae
34. Karanj Pongamiapinnata(L.) Pierre
35. Sita Ashok Saraca asoca (Roxb.) Willd.
36. Autralian acacia Acacia auriculiformisBenth. Subfamily:

Page | 3.31

37. Baval Acacia niloticasubsp.indica(Benth.) Mimosoideae
Brenan
38. Kalosiris Albizialebbeck(L.) Benth.
39. Rain tree Albiziasaman(Jacq.) Merr.
40. Subaval Leucaenaleucocephala(Lam.) de Wit
41. Gorasambli Pithecellobiumdulce (Roxb.)Benth.
42. Gandobaval Prosopisjuliflora(Sw.) DC.
43. Shimdo Bombax ceiba L.
44. Kapok Ceiba pentandra (L.) Gaertn.
Malvaceae
45. Muchkund Pterospermum acerifolium (L.) Willd.
46. Paras Piplo Thespesia populnea (L.) Sol. ex Corrêa
47. Limdo AzadirachtaindicaA.Juss.
Meliaceae
48. Bakan limdo Melia azedarach L.
49. Weeping Ficus Ficus benjamina L.
50. Vad FicusbenghalensisL.
51. Rubber Plant Ficus elastica Roxb. ex Hornem.
52. Dhedh Umbro Ficus hispida L.f. Moraceae
53. Peepal FicusreligiosaL.
54. Pipli FicusvirensAiton
55. Setur Morus alba L.
56. Saragavo MoringaoleiferaLam. Moringaceae
57. Nilgiri Eucalyptus globulusLabill.
Myrtaceae
58. Jamphal PsidiumguajavaL.
59. Jaambu Syzygiumcumini(L.) Skeels
60. Vans Dendrocalamusstrictus(Roxb.) Nees Poaceae
61. Bor Ziziphusjujuba Mill. Rhamnaceae
62. Kadamb Neolamarckia cadamba (Roxb.) Bosser Rubiaceae
63. Bael Aeglemarmelos(L.) Corrêa
64. Limbu Citrus limon(L.) Osbeck
Rutaceae
65. Kotha LimoniaacidissimaGroff
66. Mitholimdo Murrayakoenigii(L.) Spreng.
67. Arduso Ailanthus excelsa Roxb. Simaroubaceae
68. Rayan Manilkara hexandra (Roxb.) Dubard
69. Chiku Manilkara sapota Van Royen Sapotaceae
70. Borsalli Mimusops elengi L.
71. Chini Badam Sterculia foetida L. Sterculiaceae
72. Charel Holoptelea integrifolia Planch. Ulmaceae
73. Saag Tectona grandis L.f. Verbenaceae
74. Ingorio Balanitesaegyptiaca(L.) Delile Zygophyllaceae
x Shrubs
1. Ankdo Calotropisprocera(Aiton)Dryand.
2. Safed Ankdo Calotropisgigantea (L.) Dryand.
3. Pilikaran Cascabelathevetia(L.) Lippold.
Apocynaceae
4. Lal Karan Nerium oleander L.
5. Tabernaemontanadivaricate(L.) R.Br. ex
Chandni
Roem. &Schult.
6. Tecoma Tecomastans(L.) Juss. ExKunth. Bignoniaceae
7. - Cadaba fruticosa (L.) Druce
Capparaceae
8. Kerda Capparis decidua (Forssk.) Edgew.
9. Naphattiyo Ipomoea carneaJacq. Convolvulaceae
10. Vidya ThujaoccidentalisL. Cupressaceae

Page | 3.32

11. Thor Euphorbia neriifoliaL.
12. Vilayati erundo Jatropha gossypiifolia L.
Euphorbiaceae
13. Spicy Jatropha Jatropha integerrima Jacq.
14. Kanther Phyllanthus reticulatus Poir.
15. Galtoro Caesalpiniapulcherrima(L.) Sw. Leguminosae
Subfamily:
16. Candle Bush Senna alata (L.) Roxb. Caesalpinioideae
17. Mendhi LawsoniainermisL. Lythraceae
18. Jasud Hibiscus rosa-sinensisL. Malvaceae
19. Ziziphusnummularia(Burm.f.) Wight
Chanibor Rhamnaceae
&Arn.
20. Tantaniyu Lantana camaraL. Verbenaceae
x Herbs
1. Kali Anghedi Peristrophebicalyculata(Retz.) Nees Acanthaceae
2. Anghedi AchyranthesasperaL.
3. Sessile Joyweed Alternantherasessilis(L.) R.Br. ex DC.
Amaranthaceae
4. Tandadjo Grayia spinosa (Hook.) Moq.
5. - AmaranthusspinosusL.
6. Baarmaasi Catharanthus roseus (L.) G.Don Apocynaceae
7. Ketki Agave americanaL.
Asparagaceae
8. Snake Plant Sansevieria trifasciataPrain
9. - BlumeamembranaceaDC.
10. Sahdevi Cyanthilliumcinereum(L.) H.Rob.
11. Bhangro Ecliptaprostrata(L.) L.
Asteraceae
12. Congress Grass Parthenium hysterophorus L.
13. Wadelia Sphagneticola trilobata (L.) Pruski.
14. Pardeshibhangro Tridaxprocumbens(L.) L.
15. Gadariyu Xanthium strumariumL.
16. Punarnava Boerhaviadiffusa L. Boraginaceae
17. Canna flaccida Salisb. Cannaceae
18. - CyperushaspanL. Cyperaceae
19. Dudhli Euphorbia hirtaL.
20. Euphorbia tithymaloides L. Euphorbiaceae
21. BhonyAmli PhyllanthusniruriL.
22. Alysicarpuslongifolius(Rottl. ex Spr.)W.
- Leguminosae
& A.
Subfamily:
23. Gali IndigoferalinnaeiAli. Faboidae
24. Sarphankho Tephrosiapurpurea(L.) Pers.
25. Vaando Dendrophthoe falcata (L.f.) Ettingsh. Loranthaceae
26. Kanski Abutilon indicum(L.) Sweet
27. Bala Sida cordifolia L.
Malvaceae
28. Bala Sida acuta Burm.f.
29. Lucchhu TriumfettarhomboideaJacq.
30. Cat’s claw MartyniaannuaL. Martyniaceae
31. Mindadin ChlorisbarbataSw.
32. Durva Cynodondactylon(L.) Pers.
33. Poaceae
Crowfoot grass Dactylocteniumaegyptium(L.) Willd.
34. Zinzvo Dichanthiumannulatum(Forak.)Stapf

Page | 3.33

35. Samo Echinochloacolonum(L.) Link
36. - Eragrostisamabilis(L.) Wight &Arn.
37. - Phragmiteskarka(Retz.) Trin. exSteud.
38. Zipto Setariaglauca(L.) P. Beauv.
39. Sporobolushelvolus(Trin.) Th. Dur.
Khevo
etSch
40. Naagdamani Eichhornia crassipes (Mart.) Solms Pontederiaceae
41. Dhaturo DaturainnoxiaMill.
42. Kalo Dhaturos Datura metel L. Solanaceae
43. Bhonyringni SolanumvirginianumL.
44. Gha bajariyu Typha angustifolia L. Typhaceae
45. Kunvaar paathu Aloe vera (L.) Burm.f. Xanthorrhoeaceae
x Climbers, Creepers And Woody Lianas
1. Chamar Dudheli Pergularia daemia (Forssk.) Chiov. Asclepdiaceae
Tarlmounia elliptica (DC.) H.Rob.,
2. Pardavel Asteraceae
S.C.Keeley, Skvarla & R.Chan
3. Madhumalati Combretum indicum (L.) De Filipps Combretaceae
4. Nalanibhaji Ipomoea aquatica Forssk.
Convolvulaceae
5. Railway creeper Ipomoea cairica (L.) Sweet
6. Galka Luffa acutangula (L.) Roxb. Cucurbitaceae
Pentalinon luteum (L.) B.F.Hansen &
7. Yellow allamanda Apocynaceae
Wunderlin
Leguminosae
8. Kachka Caesalpinia bonduc (L.) Roxb. Subfamily:
Faboidaes
9. Vevdi Cocculushirsutus(L.) W.Theob. Menispermaceae
10. Boganvel Bougainvillea spectabilisWilld. Nyctaginaceae
11. Jui JasminumgrandiflorumL. Oleaceae
x Crop Plants
1. Aerundo Ricinus communis L. Euphorbiaceae
2. Tuvar Leguminosae
Cajanuscajan(L.) Millsp. Subfamily:
Faboidae
3. Ghanv TriticumaestivumL. Poaceae
4. Makai Zea mays L.
Source: Primary data collected during study period
Ehretia laevis Spathodea campanulata

Page | 3.34
Delonix elata Riverine vegetation along Mahi river
3.3.10.2. Fauna
During the survey, a total of 89 species belonging to 82 genera and 57 families were
noted in the study area; including 55 avifauna species, 6 mammals, 7 reptiles and 21
insects & others. Most of the species are of common occurrence. Enumeration of fauna
and list of fauna observed during study period are given in Table 3.15 & 3.16
respectively.
Table 3.15: Enumeration of Fauna
Particulars Families Genera Species

Avifauna 30 50 55
Mammals 6 6 6
Reptiles 6 7 7
Insects & Others 14 19 21
Total 57 82 89
Table 3.16: List of Fauna in the study area

IUCN Status/
Migratory Status/
Schedule as per
Wildlife Protection
x Avifauna
1. Shikra Accipiter badius LC/ R
2. Black winged kite Elanuscaeruleus LC/ R/ I
3. Black kite Milvusmigrans Accipitridae LC/ R
4. Oriental Honey Pernis ptilorhyncus LC/R
Buzzard
5. Common kingfisher Alcedo atthis LC/ R
6. Pied kingfisher Cerylerudis LC/ R
Alcedinidae
7. White throated Halcyon smyrensis LC/ R/ IV
kingfisher
8. Northern Shoveler Anas clypeata LC/ R
9. Spot billed duck Anas poecilorhyncha Anatidae LC/ RM
10. Garganey Anas querquedula LC/ R
11. Purple heron Ardea purpurea Ardeidae LC/ R

Page | 3.35
IUCN Status/
Migratory Status/
Schedule as per
Wildlife Protection
12. Pond heron Ardeolagrayii LC/ R / IV
13. Cattle egret Bulbucus ibis LC/ R/ IV
14. Little egret Egrettagarzetta LC/ R/ IV
15. Median Egret Mesophoyxintermedia LC/ R
16. Red wattled lapwing Vanellusindicus Charadriidaea LC/ R
17. Painted Stork Mycterialeucocephala Ciconiidae NT/RM
18. Tailor bird Orthotomussutorius LC/ R
Cisticolidae
19. Ashy prinia Priniasocialis LC/ R
20. Blue rock pigeon Columba livia LC/ R
21. Laughing Dove Spilopeliasenegalensis LC/ R/ IV
22. Eurasian Collard Dove
Streptopeliadecaocto Columbidae LC/ R/ IV
23. Red Turtle-dove Streptopeliatranquebari LC/ R
ca
24. Jungle Crow Corvus macrorhynchos LC/ R
Corvidae
25. Common crow Corvussplendens LC/ R/ V
26. Crow- pheasant Centropussinensis LC/ R
Cuculidae
27. Indian koel Eudynamysscolopaceus LC/ R
28. Black drongo Dicrurus macrocercus Discruidae LC/ R/ IV
29. Indian silverbill Lonchuramalabarica Estrildidae LC/ R
30. Wire tailed Swallow Hirundosmithii Hirundinidae LC/ R
31. Bronze-winged Jacana Metopidius indicus Jacanidae LC/ R
32. Jungle babbler Turdoidesstriatus Leiothrichidae LC/ R/ IV
33. Coppersmith barbet Megalaimahaemacepha LC/ R/ IV
Megalaimidae
la
34. Green bee- eater Meropsorientalis Meropidae LC/ R
35. Indian robin Saxicoloidesfulicatus LC/ R
Muscicapidae
36. Oriental Magpie robin Copsychussaularis LC/ R
37. Purple sunbird Nectarinia asiatica Nectariniidae LC/ R
38. Little cormorant Microcarboniger Phalacrocoracidae LC/ R/ IV
39. Grey francolin Francolinus LC/ R
Phasianidae
pondicerianus
40. Little Grebe Tachybaptus ruficollis Podicipedidae LC/R
41. Rose ringed parakeet Psittaculakrameri Psittaculidae LC/ R/ IV
42. Red vented bulbul Pycnonotuscafer LC/ R/ IV
Pycnonotidae
43. White-eared bulbul Pycnonotus leucotis LC/ R/ IV
44. White-breasted Amaurornisphoenicurus LC/ R
waterhen
45. Indian Moorhen Gallinula chloropus Rallidae LC/R
46. Grey Headed Porphyrio poliocephalus R
Swamphen
47. Blank-winged stilt Himantopushimantopus Recurvirostridae LC/ R/ IV
48. Common sandpiper Actitishypoleucos LC/ M/ IV
Scolopacidae
49. Wood Sandpiper Tringa glareola LC/ M
50. Bank myna Acridotheresginginianus LC/ R/ IV
51. Common myna Acridotherestristis Sturnidae LC/ R/ IV
52. Brahminy Starling Sturnuspagodarum LC/R
53. Common Woodshrike Tephrodornis LC/R
Tephrodornithidae
pondicerianus
54. Red-naped Ibis Pseudibispapillosa LC/ R/ IV
Threskiornithidae
55. Oriental White Ibis Threskiornismelanoceph NT/RM/ IV

Page | 3.36
IUCN Status/
Migratory Status/
Schedule as per
Wildlife Protection
alus
x Mammals
1. Blue bull Boselaphustragocamelu LC/ III
Bovidae
s
2. Jackal Canisaureus Canidae LC/ II
3. Hanuman Langur Simia entellus Cercopithecidae LC/II
4. Jungle cat Felischaus Felidae LC/ II
5. Common mongoose Herpestesedwardsi Herpestidae LC/ IV
6. Indian Hare Lepusnigricollis Leporidae LC/ IV
x Reptiles
1. Garden lizard Calotesversicolar Agamidae -
2. Red sand Boa Eryxjohnii Boidae IV
3. Indian Rat Snake Ptyas mucosa II
Colubridae
4. Checkered Keel back Xenochrophispiscator II
5. Common cobra Najanaja Elapidae II
6. Indian Flapshell Turtle Lissemyspunctata Trionychidae I
7. Common Indian Varanusbengalensis Varanidae I
Monitor Lizard
x Insects And Others
1. Honey bee Apisdorsata -
Apidae
2. Honey bee Apisflorea -
3. Mosquito Anopheles sp. Culicidae -
4. Black ant Camponotuscompressu -
s Formicidae
5. Red ant Oecophyllasmaragdina -
6. Water strider Gerrislacustris Gerridae -
7. Field cricket Gryllusbimaculatus -
Gryllidae
8. House cricket Gryllusdomecticus -
9. Skimmer dragonfly Orthetrum sp. Libellulidae -
10. Forget-me-not Catochrysops strabo -
Lycaenidae
11. Tailless Lineblue Prosotas dubiosa -
12. Beetle Mylabris sp. Meloidae -
13. House fly Muscadomestica Muscidae -
14. Plain tiger Danauschrysippus Nymphalidae -
15. Pioneer Belenois aurota -
16. Common emigrant Catopsilia pomona -
Pieridae
17. Small Salmon Arab Colotis amata -
18. Common Jezebel Delias eucharis -
19. Termite Macrotermessp. Termitidae -
20. Pigmy locust Acridium sp. Tetrigidae -
21. Grasshopper Conocephalus sp. Tettigoniidae -
R = Resident; M = Migrant; RM = Resident Migrant; LC = Least Concerned; NT = Near Threatened
Source: Primary data collected during study period

Page | 3.37
Ardeola grayii Wood sandpiper
Tailless lineblue Pied Kingfisher
3.3.11 Socioeconomic Structure

The socio-economic parameters play an important role determining the impact of the
proposed activity on the human population of the study area, directly or indirectly. Socio
economic environment includes description of demography, population growth, density,
literacy rate, work force, occupational structure, health, available basic amenities etc.
The study area comprises Anklav and Anand Taluka of Anand District, Savli and
Vadodara Taluka of Vadodara District. There are 61 villages within the study area of 10
km from the project site. The demographic status of the study area is reported in
following Table 3.17 and vital parameters of the socio-economic profile are discussed
in the subsequent sections

Page | 3.38
Table 3.17: Socio economic profile

Occupational
Population Distribution Literacy Profile
Name of Taluka (District)

Profile
Employment Ratio (%)

Total Population, Nos.
Area of Village,
Population Density,
(person Per sqkm)
Literacy Rate (%)

No. of Household
(Hectares)
Total Literates
Total Workers
Sr. No.
Name of
Village
1 Umeta 887 627 3,689 416 2,360 63.97 1,541 41.77

2 Hathipura 314 528 2,946 940 2,172 73.73 1,251 42.46
3 Asarma 510 825 3,678 721 2,387 64.90 1,772 48.18
4 Amrol 544 969 5,268 968 3,618 68.68 2,925 55.52
5 Joshikuva 468 482 2,058 439 1,622 78.81 1,039 50.49
6 Anklav (M) 2,131 3,877 21,003 986 14,907 70.98 9,633 45.86
7 Ambali 532 839 4,556 857 3,267 71.71 2,509 55.07
8 Kanvadi 523 1,110 5,816 1,113 3,371 57.96 2,786 47.90
9 Mujkuva 356 965 5,557 1,559 3,859 69.44 2,460 44.27
ANKLAV
10 Bhanpura 279 263 1,512 542 1,100 72.75 556 36.77

Bhetasi Ba
11 452 758 4,712 1,043 3,076 65.28 1,890 40.11
Bhag
12 Ambav 342 855 6,257 1,828 4,184 66.87 2,877 45.98
Bhetasi
13 407 257 1,520 373 1,104 72.63 588 38.68
(Talpad)
14 Asodar 846 1,697 8,972 1,060 6,493 72.37 4,162 46.39
15 Haldari 263 508 2,680 1,019 1,876 70.00 1,688 62.99
Bhetasi
16 915 730 4,097 448 2,520 61.51 2,128 51.94
Vanto
17 Kanthariya 516 777 4,084 791 2,986 73.11 1,725 42.24
Khadol
18 709 1,530 7,496 1,057 5,235 69.84 3,283 43.80
(Haldari)
19 Sundan 531 935 4,897 923 3,707 75.70 1,933 39.47
20 Vasad 1,358 2,514 14,384 1,059 11,525 80.12 5,572 38.74
ANAND
21 Rajupura 338 700 4,165 1,234 2,851 68.45 2,002 48.07

22 Anklavdi 611 476 3,046 499 2,163 71.01 1,056 34.67
23 Adas 1,767 2,084 12,582 712 9,604 76.33 4,127 32.80
24 Vaherakhadi 1,289 1,312 8,282 643 5,506 66.48 3,591 43.36
25 Khanpur 193 298 1,643 853 1,002 60.99 1,042 63.42
26 Gorva 773 372 2,301 298 1,515 65.84 1,320 57.37
Vadodara
27 17,387 3,03,130 14,11,228 8,117 10,84,280 76.83 4,53,557 32.14
(M Corp+OG)
28 Ankodiya 521 708 3,567 685 2,521 70.68 1,422 39.87
VADODARA
29 Sindhrot 1,099 1,262 6,174 562 3,119 50.52 2,208 35.76

30 Sherkhi 1,235 1,627 8,425 682 5,119 60.76 3,747 44.47
Jawaharnaga
31 r (Gujarat 695 1,111 4,667 672 3,693 79.13 1,418 30.38
Refinery)
32 Bajwa (CT) 191 1,724 9,192 4,813 6,117 66.55 3,086 33.57
33 Koyli 1,180 1,911 9,580 812 6,567 68.55 3,150 32.88
34 Kotna 414 379 2,051 496 1,173 57.19 814 39.69

Page | 3.39
Occupational
Population Distribution Literacy Profile
Name of Taluka (District)

Profile
Employment Ratio (%)

Total Population, Nos.
Area of Village,
Population Density,
(person Per sqkm)
Literacy Rate (%)

No. of Household
(Hectares)
Total Literates
Total Workers
Sr. No.
Name of
Village
GSFC
35 Complex INA 321 725 3,037 946 2,341 77.08 865 28.48
(INA)
Karachiya
36 96 1,589 7,736 8,058 5,423 70.10 2,715 35.10
(CT)
37 Dhanora 374 675 3,573 955 2,068 57.88 1,168 32.69
38 Dasharath 927 2,129 10,630 1,147 6,953 65.41 3,503 32.95
39 Dumad 1,268 1,090 5,147 406 3,063 59.51 2,334 45.35
Petro-
Chemical
40 405 1,731 7,338 1,812 5,729 78.07 2,148 29.27
Complex INA
(INA
41 Anagadh 1,137 2,560 13,531 1,190 7,782 57.51 4,824 35.65
42 Ranoli (CT) 692 2,360 11,057 1,598 7,791 70.46 3,633 32.86
43 Ajod 406 488 2,393 590 1,803 75.34 880 36.77
44 Sisva 418 473 4,475 1,070 3,605 80.56 1,632 36.47
Nandesari
45 206 645 2,814 1,366 2,011 71.46 829 29.46
INA (INA)
Nandesari
46 785 1,553 7,270 926 5,092 70.04 2,935 40.37
(CT)
47 Padmala 696 1,067 5,113 735 3,357 65.66 1,829 35.77
48 Asoj 1,094 797 3,634 332 2,269 62.44 1,234 33.96
Fajalpur
49 614 745 4,004 652 2,527 63.11 1,957 48.88
(Sankarda)
50 Sokhda 1,180 2,295 12,348 1,046 8,136 65.89 5,359 43.40
51 Sankarda 734 1,161 6,449 878 4,205 65.20 2,147 33.29
52 Rayaka 595 326 1,720 289 1,063 61.80 807 46.92
Vasna-
53 499 665 3,450 691 2,137 61.94 1,478 42.84
Kotariya
54 Dodka 770 458 2,977 387 1,535 51.56 1,194 40.11
55 Kunpad 525 576 2,792 531 1,391 49.82 1,373 49.18
56 Manjusar 1,406 986 4,978 354 2,977 59.80 2,070 41.58
57 Moksi 1,195 1,173 5,768 483 3,157 54.73 2,178 37.76
SAVLI
Poicha
58 769 638 3,184 414 1,946 61.12 1,284 40.33
(Raniya)
59 Raniya 680 594 3,093 455 1,833 59.26 1,251 40.45
60 Khandi 111 306 1,542 1,394 865 56.10 773 50.13
61 Jalampura 176 147 723 411 411 56.85 480 66.39
Total / Average 58,652 3,66,092 17,42,861 1,120 13,08,069 66.70 5,87,738 41.86
Minimum 96 147 723 289 411 49.82 480 28.48
Maximum 17,387 3,03,130 14,11,228 8,117 10,84,280 80.56 4,53,557 66.39
Source: Census of India-2011; For Area: Census of India-2001

Page | 3.40
3.3.11.1. Population Growth

There are 61 villages coming within the study area and as per 2011 census the study
area has total population of around 17,42,861 indicating that the area is sparsely
populated with dense settlements. The population ranges from 723 persons
(Jalampura) to 14,11,228 persons (Vadodara-CT) for the 61 villages and the population
density varies from 289 persons per sqkm (Rayaka) to 8,117 persons per sqkm
(Vadodara City). The average population density in the study area is 1,120 persons per
sqkm. The details of population and population density in the study area are presented
in Table 3.17 and the chromatic map showing population distribution is given below as
Figure 3.14.
3.3.11.2. Literacy
An understanding of education and literacy profile in the region is relevant in order to
understand weather better jobs due to the proposed project could utilize the existing
human resource in the area. The literacy rate ranges from 49.82% (Kunpad) to 80.56%
(Sisva) for the 61 villages and the overall literacy rate in the study area is 66.7%, which
shows that literacy rate in the study area is moderate. The details of literates and
literacy rate in the study area are presented in Table 3.17 and the chromatic map
showing population literacy rate is given below as Figure 3.15.
3.3.11.3. Occupational Structure

Economic aspects of the study area include the economic structure of the people of the
surrounding area. It can be predicted that economic structure of the study area will be
improved with time, because it consists large industrial area and hence there are more
employment opportunities. The geographical location, natural resources, business and
employment, industries and manpower play vital role in the economic development of
any region.
The employment ratio ranges from 28.48% (GSFC Complex, INA) to 66.39%
(Jalampura) for the 61 villages and the overall employment ratio in the study area is
41.86%, which shows that employment ratio is low. Thus, the proposed project will help
to improve the status in the study area by providing more employment opportunities.
The details of workers and employment ratio in the study area are presented in Table
3.17 and the chromatic map showing workers distribution is given below as Figure
3.16.

Page | 3.41
Figure 3.14: Map of Study Area Showing Population Distribution

Page | 3.42
Figure 3.15: Map of Study Area showing population literacy rate

Page | 3.43
Figure 3.16: Map of Study Area showing workers distribution

Page | 3.44
3.3.11.4. Infrastructural facilities

Basic Amenities
Availability of the basic amenities like housing, drinking water, communication,
education, transportation, health centre/dispensary, electricity in the area are an
important parameter to determine the overall development of the region and socio-
economic status of the people.
As per the 2001 census, almost all villages are having drinking water and electricity.
Certain villages are having primary schools, primary health centres, bus facility for
transportation but for the higher education, banking facilities, railway etc almost all
villagers have to travel 5-10 kms up to nearest town. Details of basic amenities
available in the study area are given in Annexure 28.

Page | 3.45
CHAPTER 4
ANTICIPATED
ENVIRONMENTAL
IMPACTS &
MITIGATION
MEASURES
CHAPTER – 4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS

& MITIGATION MEASURES
4.1 INTRODUCTION
Impact identification and prediction is a way of ‘mapping’ the environmental
consequences of the significant aspects of the project and its alternatives. The
identification of environmental impacts has been made by correlating the relationship
between project activity and environmental parameters. Several techniques and
methodologies are in vogue for predicting anticipated impacts due to projects on natural
and social aspects of the environment. These predictions are superimposed over the
baseline (pre-project) status of the environment to derive the ultimate scenario of
environmental conditions. These conditions are then subsequently evaluated for
acceptability by screening them against standards. Based on results of prediction and
evaluation, pollution abatement and control measures in order to mitigate the adverse
impacts on the environment are delineated in an Environmental Management Plan for
theconstructionphaseas well as operational phase of the proposed project.
4.2 IDENTIFICATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS

The identification of environmental impacts has been made, based on the understanding
of cause-condition-effect relationship between an activity and the impact component. To
identify and predict overall impact on environmental attributes, assessment task is
performed for both the phases i.e. Construction Phase and Operation Phase. Various
techniques are available for impact identification, out of which matrix method has been
used to identify the impacts due to the activities for the proposed expansion.
4.2.1 Environmental Parameters

For the purpose of the assessment of anticipated environmental impacts, some of the
environmental regimes are selected considering the probable impacts. The
environmental regimes along with the parameters predicted for the study area are given
below;
Air Environment
x Ambient air quality
x Sources of emission and its quantity
x Emission control measures / technology
Chapter-4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts
& Mitigation Measures
Page | 4.1
[[

x Environment, health and safety management strategies

Water Environment
x Water consumption and waste water generation
x Water and wastewater quality
x Water and wastewater management system / technology
Land Environment
x Potential of land use and land cover change
x Potential of land contamination sources and control measures
x Potential change in soil quality
Noise Environment
x Major sources of noise from project activities
x Control measures for noise
Occupational Health & Safety
x Nature and type of operation works
x Rawmaterial and its management (handling, storage and transportation)
x Operation hazard and control measures (precaution and prevention)
x Management for safety of employees, welfare and health
x Occupational health and safety plan
x Emergency measures and action plan
x Disaster management plan
Ecology
x Flora and fauna of study area
x Change in habitat and vegetation
x Control measures for ecology and environment management strategies
Socio Economic Environment
x Demographic characteristics
x Employment potential and allied issues
x Basic amenities and infrastructure
x Management strategies and social / community welfare plan
x Occupational health and safety management plan

Page | 4.2
4.2.2 Project Activities and Components

The following project related activities identified as sources having potential to cause
impact upon various environmental attributes;
Construction Phase
Construction of proposed expansion project will be within the existing industrial premise.
All the impacts due to following activities during construction phase will be short term
and limited up to plot area.
9 Site cleaning
9 Leveling and road laying
9 Earthwork comprising of excavation, grading, trenching
9 Transportation of construction materials
9 Civil work
9 Mechanical erection
9 Employment
9 Domestic activities by workers
9 Greenbelt development
Operation Phase:
Each individual activity listed has its own impact on each environmental parameter. After
commissioning of the proposed project, operation phase will have permanent (long
term) impact due to said activities.
9 Raw material, product storage and fuel handling and transportation
9 Manufacturing process & utility operations (consumption of resources & emission of
liquid effluent, flue & process gas, generation of solid/hazardous waste and Noise)
9 Employment
9 Green Belt Development
9 Infrastructure development &CSR activities
Other factors/situation such as breakdown of critical systems, induced growth in the

vicinity of factory etc. will influence the environmental parameters. During an emergency
situation, the impact scenario will be completely different from normal operation and the
impact on the surrounding environment will be adverse. To make sure that the proposed
expansion project does not leave behind any negative impacts, the adverse impacts are
also identified for emergency during EIA study.

Page | 4.3
[[

4.3 PREDICTION OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS

Prediction of impacts involves determination ofnature and extent of impacts due to the
various activities to be involved in the proposed expansion project. Generally, impacts
are classified as follows;
1. Positive or Negative
2. Short term or Long term
3. Significant or insignificant or moderate
4. Direct or indirect
5. Reversible or irreversible
6. Quantifiable or non-quantifiable
7. Acceptable or conditionally acceptable or unacceptable
The proposed expansion project activities will be within industrial premise and looking to
the project site, magnitude of project and pollution potential, impacts have been
predicted for following two classifications;
1. Positive or Negative
2. Short term or Long term
3. Significant or insignificant or moderate
Environmental Impacts are identified and assessedquantitatively and qualitatively.

Prediction of impacts for the both construction & operation phase is given in Table 4.1
and Table 4.2.
Table 4.1: Prediction of Impacts during Construction Phase

Parameter
Ecology
Economic
Health &
Water
Noise
Land
Safety
Socio
Air
Activity
(-ve) (-ve) (-ve) (-ve) (-ve)

Site cleaning – –
ST ST ST ST ST
Leveling and road (-ve) (-ve) (-ve)
– – – –
laying ST ST ST
Earthwork comprising
(-ve) (-ve) (-ve) (-ve)
of excavation, grading, – – –
ST ST ST ST
trenching
Transportation of (-ve) (-ve) (-ve) (-ve)
– – –
construction materials ST ST ST ST
(-ve) (-ve) (-ve) (-ve)
Civil construction – – –
ST ST ST ST
Page | 4.4
Parameter
Ecology
Economic
Health &
Water
Noise
Land
Safety
Socio
Air
Activity
(-ve) (-ve)
Mechanical erection – – – – –
ST ST
(-ve) (-ve) (+ve)
Employment – – – –
ST ST ST
(+ve) (+ve) (+ve) (+ve) (+ve) (+ve) (+ve)
Greenbelt development
LT LT LT LT LT LT LT
Note:(+ve): Positive Impact; (-ve): Negative Impact; ST: Short Term; LT: Long Term
Table 4.2: Prediction of Impacts during Operation Phase

Parameter
Ecology
Economic
Health &
Water
Noise
Land
Safety
Socio
Air
Activity
Raw material, Product

(-ve) (-ve) (-ve) –(-ve) (-ve)
& Fuel storage and – –
ST ST ST ST ST
handling
Transportation of raw
(-ve) (-ve) (-ve) (-ve) (-ve)
materials and finished – –
ST ST ST ST ST
products
(-ve) (-ve) (-ve) (-ve) (-ve)
Production & utilities – –
LT LT LT LT LT
Disposal of effluent,
(-ve) (-ve) (-ve) (-ve) (-ve)
haz. waste & gaseous – –
LT LT LT LT LT
emissions
Emergencies or (-ve) (-ve) (-ve) (-ve) (-ve) (-ve)
–
disaster ST ST ST ST ST LT
Breakdown of critical (-ve) (-ve) (-ve) (-ve) (-ve)
– –
systems ST ST ST ST ST
(-ve) (+ve)
Employment – – – – –
ST LT
(+ve) (+ve) (+ve) (+ve) (+ve)
Greenbelt development – –
LT LT LT LT LT
(+ve)
CER Activities – – – – – –
LT
Note: (+ve): Positive Impact; (-ve): Negative Impact; ST: Short Term; LT: Long Term

Page | 4.5
[[

4.4 IMPACTS DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE AND ITS MITIGATIVE MEASURES

Identification and prediction of impacts during construction phase of the proposed expansion phase of the project are discussed in
Table 4.1. There shall be no significantimpact during the construction phase for proposed expansion. The key problem anticipated
would be increase indust contamination and noise. However, these impacts would be for a limitedperiod i.e. up to construction period
only. Impact aspect analysis during construction phase and its mitigation measures are given in Table 4.3.
Table 4.3: Impacts & Aspect Analysis during Construction Phase
Evaluation &
Attribute Aspects Impact Mitigation Measures EMP Scope
Impact Zone
Site Cleaning, Excavation, Foundation and Construction activities
Air Dusting due to site x Deterioration of x Negative, x Storage of sand and other such x Workers to be given proper
Quality cleaning, ambient air quality x Short term dispersible material by covering with training
excavation, x Insignificant tarpaulin sheet x Supervision of mitigation
foundation and (as it will be for x Keeping minimum inventory/stock of measures to ensure its
short duration and sand and other such dispersible effectiveness
construction
will regain back on material at site
completion of x Proper storage of excavated
construction materials with use of protective
activities). sheets
x Confined to project x Periodical water sprinkling to prevent
site and vicinity dusting
x Storage of topsoil in covered and
isolated area for its replenishing and
reuse for green belt development
x Use of RMC to possible extent
x Excavated materials to transport in
sound manner to prevent dust
spread during movement
Water Use of water during x Wastage of water x Negative, x Use of water shall be done in optimal x Supervision of mitigation
Quantity construction activity x Short term way measures to ensure its

Page | 4.6
Evaluation &
Impact Zone
x Moderate x Installation of water meter and effectiveness
record keeping of water consumption
Water Domestic Sewage x Disposal of x Negative, x Avoid choking of septic tank / soak x Regular inspection of septic
Quality generation sewage x Short term pit tank /soak pit for sewage
(untreated) x Insignificant x Prevent contamination of storm disposal
water drain with sewage disposal x Supervision of mitigation
measures to ensure its
effectiveness
Land / Removal of top soil x Loss of top soil x Negative, x Topsoil removed during construction x Planning and
Soil as a part of x Short term will be collected and stored in commencement of green
Quality construction activity x Insignificant covered and isolated area for its belt / area development
x Confined to project replenishing and reuse for green belt along with construction
site development phase
Noise Generation of noise x Hearing defects in x Negative, x Avoid construction activities during x For effective
and vibration due to workers / x Short term night time implementation, these shall
operation / working employees x Moderate and direct x Periodical servicing and lubrication be made part of contract
of construction working with the x Confined to project of moving parts of machineries for conditions
machineries site and vicinity reducing tear and wear x Training to be imparted to
machineries
x Disturbance to x Provision of PPEs (ear muffs, ear workers for use of PPEs
local population plug) to workers working with and motivate them to use
machineries generating loud noise the same
Ecology Site cleaning, x Nuisance to local x Negative, x Expert horticulturist will be deployed x Planning and
excavation flora and fauna x Short term to take care of green belt commencement of green
x Confined to project development planning to enhance belt / area development
site the native species population along with construction
phase
Occupati Working at height, x Chances of x Negative, x Impart adequate training to workers / x Preparation and
onal construction of accidents to x Short term labours working on site implementation of safe work
Health building, use of lift workers / labours x Confined to project x Make them aware about risks procedures
&Safety and elevators site involved x Training to be imparted to
x Provision of required PPEs for the workers for use of PPEs
Page | 4.7
[[

Evaluation &
Impact Zone
related work and motivate them to use
the same
x Supervision of mitigation
effectiveness
Socio- Labour force x Employment x Positive, - x Ensure employment to local
economic requirement opportunity to local x Short term people as per requirement
people x Quantifiable
x Local residents in
the vicinity
Transportation of Materials
Air Transportation as x Local ambient air x Negative, x All transportation vehicles will be x Keeping minimum
Quality well as loading / quality x Short term suitably covered with tarpaulin & inventory/stock of sand and
unloading of deterioration due x Moderate overloading of the vehicles will be other such dispersible
construction to increased x Transportation route avoided. material at site
vehicular traffic x PUC certified vehicles will be used to x Transport contract to the
materials,
avoid the exhaust emission. agencies having properly
equipment and maintained & PUC certified
machineries vehicles to avoid the
exhaust emission
Noise Transportation as x Disturbance to x Negative, x Vehicular movement will be
well as loading / local population x Short term preferred during day time
unloading of x Moderate
construction x Transportation route
materials,
equipment and
machineries
Occupati Traffic movement x Chances of x Negative, x To avoid unnecessary speeding of
onal accidents to local x Short term vehicles on road as well as inside
Health & people x Moderate the premises.
Page | 4.8
Evaluation &
Impact Zone
Safety x Transportation route
Socio- Contract to x Chances of x Negative, x Ensure contract to local
economic transport agencies contract to local x Short term agency / people as per
people x Moderate requirement
x Transportation route
Installation of plant equipment and machineries
Water Installation, testing x Water x Negative, x Possible reuse of water will be made x Optimal usage of water
Quantity and commissioning consumption for x Short term during equipment and machineries
of plant equipment hydraulic testing of x Insignificant testing
and machineries machineries
Noise Installation, testing x Chances of x Negative, x Provision of PPEs (ear muffs, ear x Provision of acoustic
and commissioning hearing defects to x Short term plug) to workers working with enclosures and vibrating
of plant equipment workers engaged x Insignificant machineries generating loud noise absorbance pads
and machineries in activity (short term and x Information to nearby community
x Disturbance to temporary in nature) heads about plant commencement
local people x Confined to project
site
Occupat- Installation, testing Chances of x Negative, - -
ional and commissioning accidents to x Short term
Health & of plant equipment workers / x Insignificant
and machineries employees / x Confined to project
Safety
personnel working site
Socio- Unskilled, Semis Opportunities of x Positive, - x Employment opportunities
economic skilled and Skilled employment x Short term to local people
Work force generation for local
requirement people / agencies

Page | 4.9
[[

4.5 IMPACTS DURING OPERATION PHASE AND ITS MITIGATIVE MEASURES

Prediction of impacts during operation phase of the proposed expansion phase of the project are discussed in Table 4.2. Impact –
aspect analysis during operation phase and its mitigation measures are given in Table 4.4.
Table 4.4: Impacts & Aspect Analysis during Operation Phase
Evaluation &
Attribute Aspects Impact Mitigation EMP Scope
Impact Zone
Material Handling and Storage & Transportation
Air Quality x Unloading of raw x Deterioration of x Negative x Transfer, handling and charging of x Preparation of SOPs for
materials & coal ambient air quality x Short term raw materials through pneumatic chemical & fuel handling and
x Storage of raw due to fugitive x Moderate conveyance system as well as storage
materials, emissions during x Confined to project minimal manual handling x Training to workers for
products & coal handling and site and to some x Regular checking / inspection and effective implementation of
x Loading of storage of extent in the vicinity periodic maintenance of chemical SOPs
products chemicals & fuel storage and transfer equipment and x Awareness to workers for
machineries. risk associated with
x Transportation and handling of chemicals and use of
chemicals as per established SOPs required PPEs
and precaution measures as per x Monitoring of implementation
MSDS. of maintenance schedule
x Periodical review of storage area and x Supervision by experts /
related SOPs implementation. EHS head
x Keep height of boundary wall higher
than nearby coal stock pile.
x Transfer of coal by closed belt
conveyers to coal crushers & boiler
feeder.
x Provision of dust extraction system &
water sprinklers at coal handling
area.
x Provision of flexi curtain at the
entrance of storage yard.
Page | 4.10
Evaluation &
Impact Zone
Water x Washing of x Unplanned use of x Negative x Proper care to be taken to avoid x Unplanned washing to be
Quantity leakage / spillage water x Short term chemicals leakages / spillages diverted to effluent treatment
& Water due to material x Insignificant (as its x Storage area will have impervious system
Quality handling rare situation) flooring and dyke wall / garland x SOPs for Contingency /
drains to ensure no water resources Emergency measures to be
contamination in place to handle the
x Storm water drains to be separate leakages / spillages
from garland drains to avoid
contamination of storm water runoff
Land / x Leakage / spillage x Contamination of x Negative x Storage area will have impervious x SOPs for Contingency /
Soil due to material soil due to x Short term flooring and dyke wall / garland Emergency measures to be
quality handling leakages / x Confined to project drains to ensure no land in place to handle the
spillages of site / affected land contamination leakages / spillages
chemicals patch x Supervision by experts /
EHS head
Occupati- x Material handling x Accidents x Negative x Provision of necessary safety x Preparation of onsite
onal and storage involving workers x Short term measures (i.e. safety showers and emergency plan and
health & x Spillages / x Plant area and fire extinguishers) for storage area awareness of the same to
Safety leakages of immediate x Provision of PPEs to workers to avoid employees / workers
chemicals leading surrounding any kind of accident x Periodical safety audit of the
to emergency x Training to workers for safe handling plant for ensuring
within in plant of chemicals effectiveness of safety
premises x Training to workers for handling measures proposed /
emergency situations and application implemented
of safety measures x Periodical mock drills for
x Availability of first aid kits and ensuring effectiveness of
necessary medical provision in plant training to works
premises at prominent locations x Supervision by experts /
EHS head
x Agreement / contract with
local medical services

Page | 4.11
[[

Evaluation &
Impact Zone
Socio x Material handling x Spillages / x Negative x Preparation of offsite
economic and storage leakages of x Short term emergency plan and
chemicals leading x Significant awareness of the same to
to emergencyin x Project site and local people around the
the vicinity of the vicinity plant site
plant site x Public addressal system in
case of emergency
Manufacturing Activities and Operations of Utilities
Air Quality x Fuel consumption x Deterioration of x Negative x Process operations to be done as per x SOPs for effective operation
and Flue gas ambient air quality x Short term established SOPs of production plant of APCM and maintaining
generation due to x Effect on x Significant x Provision of APCM with proper logbook for the same
operation of respiratory system x Project site and design such as emissions are within x Work zone monitoring for
Boilers, Thermic / health of local vicinity stipulated norms of GPCB / CPCB VOC emissions for detection
Fluid Heaters & people in vicinity x Installation of VOC gas detectors and of fugitive emissions
GG sets. of the plant site LDAR system x Regular monitoring of
x Process gas where maximum x Usage of PPEs Ambient air quality as well
generation due to GLC occur as stack emissions as per
operation of Env monitoring plan
reaction vessels
Water x Consumption of x As the source of x Negative x Installation of flow meters at strategic x Monitoring of proper working
Quantity fresh water for water supply is x Short term locations to ensure proper recording of flow meters
industrial from GIDC, no x Moderate of water consumption x Verification of records of
operation impact on ground x Project site and x Reuse of treated effluent for Cooling water consumption and
water resources vicinity Makeup. reuse of treated effluent
x Water auditing to reduce
wastage of water
Water x Wastewater x Contamination of x Negative x Installation of Stripper followed by x Preparation of SOPs for
Quality generation due to ground water x Short term MEE followed by RO, overhauling of effluent handling, treatment
industrial sources due to x Moderate existing ETP consisting of primary and disposal
operation improper x Project site and tertiary treatment units. x Preparation of SOPs for ETP
treatment & x Proper handling of effluent to avoid operation and maintenance
Page | 4.12
Evaluation &
Impact Zone
handling leakages x Regular monitoring of
x Efficient working of ETP, MEE & RO wastewater quality as per
x ETP area should have impervious Env monitoring plan
pucca flooring with garland drains to x Keep wall gate completely
prevent groundwater contamination closed at storm water
x Construction of wall gate at final drainage other than
outlet of storm water to prevent any monsoon to prevent any
discharge of contaminated storm discharge of effluent/wash-
water. water in unforeseen
situation.
x Check storm water for any
chemical contamination
before discharge, if it is
found contaminated, re-
direct to ETP for further
treatment.
Noise x Noise generation x Hearing defects to x Negative x Proper foundation, alignment and x Ensure effectiveness of
due to plant workers x Short term installation of rubber padding as well implementation of preventive
operations x Moderate acoustic enclosures for noise and maintenance schedule for
x Project site and vibration generating equipments and equipments and machineries
vicinity machineries x Regular monitoring of noise
x Preparation and implementation of levels with plant area as well
preventive maintenance schedule for factory premises as per Env
equipments and machineries monitoring plan
x Provision of PPEs to workers x Supervision by experts /
x Isolation of high noise generating EHS head
machineries
x “Work permit system” for restricted
entry to high noise generating areas
Occupati- x Industrial x Chances of x Negative x Impart adequate training to workers / x Preparation and
onal operation accidents to x Short term employees implementation of safe work

Page | 4.13
[[

Evaluation &
Impact Zone
Health & workers / x Moderate x Make them aware about risks procedures
Safety employees x Production plant involved with process x Training to be imparted to
area and x Provision of required PPEs for the workers for use of PPEs and
surroundings related work motivate them to use the
x Local people in same
vicinity x Supervision of mitigation
effectiveness.
x Agreement / contract with
local medical services
Socio- x Work force x Employment x Positive - x Ensure employment to local
economic requirement x Long term
opportunities for people as per requirement
during operative x Moderate
local community
phase x Local people in
vicinity
Management of effluent, hazardous wastes and gaseous emissions
Air Quality x Flue gas and x Deterioration of x Negative x Regular inspection and maintenance x SOPs for effective operation
process gas ambient air quality x Short term of APCM, utilities as well as reaction of APCM and maintaining
emissions x Effect on x Moderate vessels as per preventive logbook for the same
respiratory system x Project site and maintenance schedule x Work zone monitoring for
/ health of local vicinity VOC emissions for detection
people in vicinity of fugitive emissions
of the plant site x Regular monitoring of
where maximum Ambient air quality as well
GLC occur as stack emissions as per
Env monitoring plan
Water x Storage, handling, x Contamination x Negative x Preventing leakage / spillage of x SOPs to execute proper
Quality reuse and due to spillage of x Short term effluent and hazardous wastes to treatment and safe handling
disposal of liquid effluent and x Moderate avoid ground water contamination of effluent
effluent and hazardous wastes x Quantifiable x Ensure impervious flooring in ETP x Record keeping of effluent
hazardous wastes x Disposal sink and hazardous waste storage areas reuse quantity and quality
Page | 4.14
Evaluation &
Impact Zone
vicinity
Land / x Storage, handling x Contamination x Negative x Preventing leakage / spillage of x SOPs to execute safe
Soil and disposal of due to spillage of x Short term effluent and hazardous wastes to handling and transportation
quality liquid effluent and effluent and x Moderate avoid land / soil contamination of hazardous wastes
hazardous wastes hazardous wastes x Confined to project x Adopting manifest system for x Record keeping of
site / affected land transport and disposal of hazardous hazardous waste disposal
patch waste
Occupati- x Storage, handling x Detrimental x Negative x Avoid manual handling of effluent x Ensuring of use of PPEs by
onal and disposal of (Acute/chronic) x Short term and hazardous waste workers
Health & liquid effluent and effect on worker’s x Moderate x Handling of hazardous wastes within x Supervision of mitigation
Safety hazardous wastes health due to x Confined to project premises through trolleys and measures to ensure its
exposure to site handcarts effectiveness.
effluent and x Persons involved in effluent handling x Agreement / contract with
hazardous waste and hazardous waste storage should local medical services
as well as be aware about risks involved and
gaseous SOPs to follow for safe work
emissions x Use of PPEs to avoid exposure
x Transportation of wastes to be done
in environmentally sound manner
Ecology x Storage, handling x Adverse effect on x Negative x Preventing leakage / spillage of x SOPs to execute safe
and disposal of floral species x Short term effluent and hazardous wastes to handling of effluent
liquid effluent and grown as part of x Moderate avoid land / soil contamination x SOPs to execute safe
hazardous wastes green belt x Confined to project x Prevention of any gaseous emissions handling and transportation
x Gaseous development site without proper APCM operation of hazardous wastes
emissions x SOPs for effective operation
of APCM
Green belt Development
Air Quality x Development and x Improvement in x Positive x Plantation of species having high x Type of species to be
maintenance of local ambient air x Long term tolerance to Air pollutants selected such as Air
green belt quality x Moderate x No. of species to be decided as per pollutant tolerant
Page | 4.15
[[

Evaluation &
Impact Zone
x Absorption of x Confined to project GDCR x Supervision of horticulturist
specific pollutants site x Type of species to be planted in x Survival rate of plants to be
consolation with horticulturist monitored
depending on surrounding and native
species
Water x Development and x Use of water for x Insignificant x Use of water sprinklers and drip x Type of species to be
Quantity maintenance of green belt irrigation system selected such as less water
green belt development intensive
x Supervision of horticulturist
x Use of collected and stored
rain water
x Survival rate of plants to be
monitored
Noise x Development and x Attenuation of x Positive --- x Supervision of horticulturist
maintenance of noise levels due to x Long term x Survival rate of plants to be
green belt green belt at x Moderate monitored
periphery of plant x Acceptable
premises x Confined to project
site
Land / x Development and x Improvement in x Positive x Ensure use of organic manure x Type of species to be
Soil maintenance of soil quality due to x Long term selected according to type of
Quality green belt plantation activity x Moderate soil
x Improvement in x Acceptable x Supervision of horticulturist
water holding x Confined to project x Survival rate of plants to be
capacity of soil site monitored
x Reduction in soil
erosion
x Degradation of
land/soil quality
due to excessive
use of fertilizers
Page | 4.16
Evaluation &
Impact Zone
Ecology x Development and x Benefit to local x Positive -- x Supervision of horticulturist
maintenance of flora and fauna x Long term x Survival rate of plants to be
green belt x Aesthetic x Significant monitored
beautification of x Beneficial
plant site
CER Activities
Socio- x Generation of x Generation of job x Positive x Allocation of fund for CER activities x Priority shall be given to
economic direct and indirect opportunities for x Long term local people based on their
employment local people x Significant educational qualification and
x Infrastructural x Enhancement of x Beneficial skills
development / basic x Confined to project x Review of fund utilization
improvement in infrastructure and site vicinity
local area amenities
x Upliftment of
Socio-economic
status of the
people

Page | 4.17
[[

4.5.1 Evaluation of Impacts using mathematical model

The mathematical model stimulates the relationships between air pollutants emitted from
the source and their impact on surrounding air quality. The mathematical model based
on Gaussian theory, a computer-based version ISCST3, was used to calculate Ground
Level Concentrations (GLC) as a function of wind speed, direction and stability class.
The GLC for all the parameters such as PM10, SO2, NO2, NH3, HCl and H2S likely to be
emitted from the various stacks of the proposed expansion project have been predicted
using above mathematical model.
The likely impacts on air have been studied based on following assumptions,
1. Maximum possible computed emission at full capacity utilization
2. All the sources of emission form proposed expansion project are in simultaneous
operation
3. PM10 emission would be 50% of the total PM emission for the Steam Boiler, and
100% for DG Set & GG Set.
The following methodology is adopted for the prediction based on above model.
1. Input Parameters
The input parameters for the preparation of mathematical model consist of
micrometeorological data and potential of the air pollutants. The details of all the input
parameters are discussed here below.
x Micrometeorological Data
Micrometeorological data viz. ambient temperature, Relative Humidity, wind speed,
wind direction, Cloud Cover, Rainfall, Radiation etc. required for the mathematical
modeling were collected for the site and the details of which are discussed and
elaborated in Section 3.3.5 of Chapter - 3 in earlier part of this report.
x Potential of the Air Pollutants
The probable sources of air pollution are flue gas emission and process gas emission.
The details of stack emissions viz, physical stack height, inner diameter of the stack at
exit, gas exit temperature, gas exit velocity, quantity of pollutant discharge etc. have
been considered and taken for the processing of mathematical model. The details of
stack emissions likely to occur due to proposed expansion are given in Table 4.5 for
flue gas and process gas emissions.

Page | 4.18
Table 4.5: Details of Stacks emission due to proposed expansion

Steam D.G.
Process
Process
Process
Process
Process
Process
Process
Process
Process
Stack-1
Stack-2
Stack-3
Stack-4
Stack-5
Stack-6
Stack-7
Stack-8
Stack-9
G.G. Boiler Set
Source Attached To Units
Set (40 (625
TPH) kVA)
Stack / Release Height m 30 54 10 10 15 10 31 31 10 10 15 10
Stack Inside Diameter m 1 2.35 0.35 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.45 0.45 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15
Cross Sectional Area of
m2 0.7854 4.3374 0.0962 0.0177 0.0177 0.0177 0.1590 0.1590 0.0177 0.0177 0.0177 0.0177
Stack
Gas Exit Temperature °C 100 125 100 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
Gas Exit Velocity m/sec 5.0 6.0 5.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
Gas Exit Flow Rate m3/sec 3.9270 26.0242 0.4811 0.0353 0.0353 0.0353 0.3181 0.3181 0.0353 0.0353 0.0353 0.0353
Nm3/Se
3.1374 19.4854 0.3843 0.0348 0.0348 0.0348 0.3128 0.3128 0.0348 0.0348 0.0348 0.0348
c
Base Elevation from MSL m 41.0 41.0 41.0 41.0 41.0 41.0 41.0 41.0 41.0 41.0 41.0 41.0
Concentration of Pollutant Discharge
a) Particulate Matter 50.0 150.0 100.0 - - - - - - - - -
Particulate Matter (PM10) 50.0 75.0 100.0 - - - - - - - - -
b) SO2 78.4 261.2 169.8 - - - - - 40.0 40.0 - -
c) NO2 mg/Nm3 9.4 18.8 28.2 - - - 25.0 25.0 - 25.0 - -
d) NH3 - - - 175.0 - - - - - - - -
e) HCl - - - - 20.0 - - - 20.0 - 20.0 20.0
f) H2S - - - - - 45.0 - - - - - -
Quantity of Pollutant Discharge
a) Particulate Matter 0.1569 2.9228 0.0384 - - - - - - - - -
Particulate Matter (PM10) 0.1569 1.4614 0.0384 - - - - - - - - -
b) SO2 0.2459 5.0900 0.0653 - - - - - 0.0014 0.0014 - -
c) NO2 gm/sec 0.0295 0.3659 0.0108 - - - 0.0078 0.0078 - 0.0009 - -
d) NH3 - - - 0.0061 - - - - - - - -
e) HCl - - - - 0.0007 - - - 0.0007 - 0.0007 0.0007
f) H2S - - - - - 0.0016 - - - - - -

Page | 4.19
[[

2. The Receptor Area

Discrete polar receptor and uniform polar grid receptor network as described below are
selected for the for the processing of mathematical model and to find out resultant
ambient air quality at the receptor locations;
x The baseline ambient air quality monitoring stations
x Uniform polar grid within 10 Km radial area from source with flow vector of 22.5
degree (sixteen directions) and 100 polar rings (radial distance at 100m increment)
3. Model Output
The output of the model consists of ground level concentration at various receptor areas
from the source. The first three highest 24 hours average ground level concentration
value for all the parameters is given in Table 4.6 and the first highest 24-hourly average
ground level concentration value at the ambient air quality monitoring stations are given
in Table 4.7.
Table 4.6: First Three Highest 24-Hourly Average GLC Values
PM10 SO2 NO2 NH3 HCl H2S
Highest
Value
Location
Location
Location
Location
Location
Location
Conc.
Conc.
Conc.
Conc.
Conc.
Conc.
0.1 km @ 0.1 km @ 0.1 km @ 0.1 km @ 0.1 km @ 0.299 0.1 km @ 0.274
1st 2.452 4.481 0.810 1.045
292.5° 292.5° 292.5° 360° 180° 360°
0.1 km @ 0.1 km @ 0.2 km @ 0.1 km @ 0.1 km @ 0.294 0.1 km @ 0.226
2nd 315° 2.246 315° 4.204 247.5° 0.773 0.860
247.5° 247.5° 247.5°
0.2 km @ 0.2 km @ 0.2 km @ 0.1 km @ 0.1 km @ 0.276 0.1 km @ 0.221
3rd 247.5° 1.905 247.5° 3.486 247.5° 0.667 0.843
247.5° 247.5° 247.5°
Note: Concentration for all the parameters is expressed in μg/m 3
Table 4.7: First Highest 24-Hourly Average GLC Values for AAQM Stations
Aerial Concentration, μg/m3
Location Distance
St. Station
w.r.t from
Code Name PM10 SO2 NOx NH3 HCl H2S
Project Site project
site, m
Project
S1 -- -- Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil
Site
Sankarda 60°/ ENE /
S2 3,779 0.290 0.571 0.098 0.031 0.012 0.008
Village Upwind
Anagad 205° / SSW /
S3 3,939 0.615 1.789 0.169 0.027 0.011 0.007
Village Downwind
Kanvadi 235° / SW /
S4 4,046 0.498 1.158 0.156 0.043 0.015 0.011
Village Downwind
Vasad 326° / NW /
S5 5,237 0.384 1.015 0.109 0.013 0.005 0.004
Village Crosswind

Page | 4.20
Isopleths diagram showing 1st highest 24 hourly average GLCs contour plots for the
PM10, SO2, NO2, NH3, HCl and H2S for the proposed expansion project are given in
Figure 4.1 to Figure 4.6 respectively.
OBSERVATIONS
ª The maximum 24-hourly average ground level concentration for pollutant due to
proposed project calculated using mathematical model (ISCST3) for PM10, SO2, NO2,
NH3, HCl and H2S are 2.452 Pg/m3, 4.481 Pg/m3, 0.810 Pg/m3, 1.045 Pg/m3 , 0.299
Pg/m3 and 0.274 Pg/m3 respectively which is negligible even for the worst-case
scenario. Moreover, this will occur at a distance of maximum 100 meters from the
source, which falls within the GIDC industrial estate only where there is no existence
of permanent habitat.
ª The incremental ground level concentration of all the pollutants at all the ambient air
monitoring locations is very negligible and practically nil as shown in Table 4.7 and
therefore there will not be any impact on the air quality of surrounding villages due to
the proposed expansion project.
ª It is revealed that all the parametersare well within the NAAQS after consideration of
incremental concentration due to proposed project as shown in Table 4.8.
Table 4.8: Incremental ground level concentration of pollutants

Concentration
Station Name of
Parameters
Code Station Baseline Incremental Resultant
S1 Project Site 91.0 Nil 91.000

Particulate Matter Sankarda
S2 79.0 0.290 79.290
(size less than 10µm) Village
or (PM10), µg/m3, S3 Anagad Village 88.0 0.615 88.615
[100]*,
24 Hours S4 Kanvadi Village 84.0 0.498 84.498
S5 Vasad Village 96.0 0.384 96.384

Sankarda
Sulphur Dioxide S2 16.9 0.571 17.471
Village
(SO2), µg/m3,
[80]*, S3 Anagad Village 21.0 1.789 22.789
S5 Vasad Village 25.0 1.015 26.015

Page | 4.21
[[

Concentration
Station Name of
Parameters
Code Station Baseline Incremental Resultant

Sankarda
Nitrogen Oxide (NOx), S2 22.0 0.098 22.098
Village
µg/m3,
[80]*, S3 Anagad Village 27.3 0.169 27.469
S5 Vasad Village 30.1 0.109 30.209

Sankarda
Ammonia (NH3), S2 BDL 0.031 BDL
Village
µg/m3,
[400]*, S3 Anagad Village BDL 0.027 BDL
24 Hours S4 Kanvadi Village BDL 0.043 BDL
S5 Vasad Village BDL 0.013 BDL

Sankarda
Hydrogen Chloride S2 BDL 0.012 BDL
Village
(HCl), µg/m3,
[200]**, S3 Anagad Village BDL 0.011 BDL
S1 Project Site BDL Nil BDL

Sankarda
Hydrogen Sulphide S2 BDL 0.008 BDL
Village
(H2S), µg/m3,
[500]**, S3 Anagad Village BDL 0.007 BDL

*National Ambient Air Quality Standards published by MoEF&CC, New Delhi vide G.S.R. 826
(E), dated 16/11/2009.
** Norms specified by GPCB for industrial estate

Page | 4.22
Figure 4.1: Contour plot showing highest Incremental GLC for PM10

Page | 4.23
[[

Figure 4.2: Contour plot showing highest Incremental GLC for SO2

Page | 4.24
Figure 4.3: Contour plot showing highest Incremental GLC for NOx

Page | 4.25
[[

Figure 4.4: Contour plot showing highest Incremental GLC for NH3

Page | 4.26
Figure 4.5: Contour plot showing highest Incremental GLC for HCl

Page | 4.27
[[

Figure 4.6: Contour plot showing highest Incremental GLC for H2S

Page | 4.28
CHAPTER 5
ANALYSIS OF
ALTERNATIVES
(TECHNOLOGY& SITE)
CHAPTER – 5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

(TECHNOLOGY & SITE)
The analysis of alternatives plays a key role in evaluation of the proposed technologies
as well as for site selection for any project. As per the EIA notification 2006 analysis of
alternatives is essentials to be included in EIA report, if it is suggested during scoping
stage by EAC/SEAC. During scoping stage, SEAC/SEIAA, Gujarat have not specified to
carry out analysis of alternative for technology and site. Therefore, in depth analysis of
alternative for site and technology has not been carried out. However, this chapter
describes brief site selection criteria considered and technology adopted for the
proposed expansion project.
5.1 SITE ALTERNATIVES

The existing unit is located at Nandesari industrial estate of GIDC, Dist. Vadodara. The
proposed expansion will be carried out within the existing premises, hence there was no
need to examine an alternative site. Specific site selection criteria for the proposed
expansion project are described hereunder:
The supporting factors for site selection:

9 The existing unit being located in notified industrial estate is having all basic facilities
like availability of water, fuel, electricity, transport and telecommunication systems
etc.
9 Plant site is 10 kms away from Vadodara and 18 kms away from Anand which is
having transportation facilities like linkage with Bombay and Delhi by Broad Gauge
railway and National Highway No. 48.
9 All required common environmental infrastructure are in existence in the area like
hazardous waste disposal facility of Bharuch Enviro Infrastructure Ltd. (BEIL),
Effluent conveyance channel of Vadodara Enviro Channel Ltd. (VECL), CETP of
Nandesari Industries Association (NIA), co-processing facility of Recycling Solutions
Pvt. Ltd. (RSPL), Green Gene Enviro Protection & Infrastructure Pvt. Ltd. (GGEPIL),
Saurashtra Enviro Projects Pvt. Ltd. (SEPPL) etc.
9 Raw materials required for the production of all the existing and proposed products
is easily available in the vicinity of the project site, because of the proximity to the
industrial chemical markets at Ankleshwar, Jhagadia and Dahej. This will reduce
both the cost of raw material transportation and the associated risk.
Chapter-5: Analysis of Alternatives (Technology & Site)

Page | 5.1
9 Availability of trained and skilled manpower nearby because of the proximity to

various industrial areas and city/town.
9 Interconnectivity for chemical transportation e.g. Caustic lye, Chlorine, Hydrogen,
Natural gas etc. by pipeline is feasible. This will reduce the truck/tanker movement
on road.
9 The proposed products will be manufactured within the existing industrial
establishment, which would facilitate existing infrastructure mainly covering utility
services.
9 There is no protected area notified under the Wild Life (Protection) Act (1972) & Eco-
sensitive area notified under Section 3 of the Environment (Protection) Act-1986
exists within 10 Km radius areas from the plant site.
5.2 ALTERNATIVES FOR TECHNOLOGIES

Proposed
Particulars Alternatives
Technology
Mafg. The unit has adopted latest and best The unit is very concerned and
Process technology available so far in the market conscious about the product quality
for the manufacturing of proposed and equally about the
products to achieve maximum yield with environmental protection &
minimum pollution generation and fugitive resource conservation. Hence, unit
emission. will put continuous efforts for
replacing/upgrading plant and
machineries from time to time with
the best available technology.
Wastewater Total effluent generation will increase after No alternatives are required since,
proposed expansion. Unit proposes install there will be no additional
stripper and MEE units for treatment of discharge of effluent into common
additional effluent. Effluent will be environment infrastructure and
segregated into high COD/TDS and low proposed technology is adequate
COD/TDS stream. High COD/ TDS stream for treatment and re-use of
from manufacturing process will be sent to additional effluent for the proposed
proposed stripper followed by MEE. expansion.
Stripper outlet along with effluent from
DM-Reject and RO Reject will be sent to
MEE. Condensate from MEE will be sent
to RO. Permeate from RO will be re-used
in cooling tower makeup.
Low COD/TDS stream from Process,

Boiler, Cooling and Washing will be sent to
ETP having primary and tertiary treatment
along with hydrodynamic cavitation
treatment units. Treated effluent from ETP
Page | 5.2
Proposed
Particulars Alternatives
Technology
will be discharged into VECL as per
current practices. There will be no
additional discharge of treated effluent
outside plant premise.
Domestic wastewater will be disposed off

through septic tank.
Air For the proposed expansion, unit will No alternatives required since
install additional GG Set & waste heat proposed equipment is suitable
boiler. Since, R-LNG will be used as fuel in and adequate to achieve
GG, APCM will not be required. However, prescribed norms of GPCB.
stack of adequate height will be provided.
ESP followed by water scrubber will be
installed for proposed additional Steam
Boiler (40 TPH). Stack of adequate height
will be provided for proposed additional
DG Set (625 kVA).
There will be generation of NOx, NH3, HCl, Proposed technology is suitable to
and H2S from the proposed expansion. control emission of process gases
Unit will provide adequate scrubbing & adequately designed,
system (water/ alkali scrubbers) to control considering the pollution load, to
emission of process gas into atmosphere. maintain prescribed norms of
GPCB.
Hazardous On-site temporary storage of different type As all proposed technology
waste of hazardous waste separated with proper /methods are safe disposal
labeling and demarcation are provided. facilities and also guided by
authority, no alternative is required.
Unit will obtain membership for disposal of
hazardous waste from GPCB approved
TSDF/CHWIF sites for additional quantity
of hazardous waste.
Certain wastes will be managed by

reusing within premises / selling to
authorized end-users or recyclers /selling
to scrap vendor / selling to MoEFCC
approved Recycler.

Page | 5.3
CHAPTER 6
ENVIRONMENTAL
MONITORING
PROGRAM
CHAPTER – 6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
6.1 PREAMBLE
The post project environmental monitoring program serves as the key tool to keep track
on performance of mitigation measures implemented & pollution control technologies
installed to prevent impacts associated with various operations of the project.
Environmental monitoring is the repetitive and systematic measurement of the

characteristics of environmental components to test specific hypotheses of the effects of
human activity on the environment. Environmental monitoring will be undertaken
primarily to determine the environmental effects of human activities, and secondarily to
increase understanding of cause-effect relationships between human activity and
environmental change.
Thus, environmental monitoring is the effective observation of site conditions and work
activities; and identification of potential non-compliance situations and initiation of
corrective or remedial actions. Monitoring is as important as that of control of pollution,
since the efficiency of control measures can only be determined by monitoring.
6.2 MONITORING PROGRAM

From the monitoring point of view, the important components are air, water, soil, and
noise. Unit carries out regular monitoring by NABL accredited laboratory. Environmental
monitoring program for the proposed expansion is given in following Table 6.1.
Table 6.1: Environmental Monitoring Program

Sr.
Components Locations Parameters Frequency
No.
Daily & Monthly water
1. Water Quantity Intake Source Regular
consumption
Twice in a year
2. Water Quality Raw water As per IS 10500 (except
monsoon)
Inlet to ETP,
Wastewater Recycled stream from Daily generation /
3. Regular
Quantity RO (Permeate) & reuse quantity
Discharge stream
Raw effluent streams General parameters like pH,
Wastewater & Treated effluent COD, TDS and other
4. Daily / Regular
Quality streams for re-use and parameters as specified by
discharge GPCB through consent
Chapter-6: Environmental Monitoring Program

Page | 6.1
Sr.
No.
Steam Boilers,
Thermic Fluid Heaters,
5. Flue gas stack PM, SO2, NOx Monthly
CPP (GG Sets), D.G.
Sets
APCM of All SO2, NOx, NH3, HCl, Cl2, H2S
6. Process vent Monthly
Reactors
PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, NH3,
2 within the premise
HCl, Cl2, H2S, VOC and as
7. Ambient Air (1 in upwind and 1 in Monthly
specified by GPCB through
downwind)
consent
Hazardous Chemical Sludge from
8. General parameters Twice in a year
Waste ETP / MEE Salt
All prominent locations
9. Noise Noise levels Quarterly
within the premises
10. Soil 1 within premises As per norms Once in a year
Greenbelt Within the premises
11. Plant growth and survival rate Periodic
development and in plant vicinity
6.3 INFRASTRUCTURAL REQUIREMENT & PROCUREMENT SCHEDULES

In house analysis for water samples is carried out to assure the quality of water being
consumed. Flow meters are provided for regular monitoring of raw effluent quantity at
the inlet of ETP & treated effluent discharge quantity at outlet of ETP.
Online continuous emission monitoring system is provided for coal fired steam boiler.
Adequate scrubbing system (water / acid / alkali scrubbers) is provided for control of
NOx, NH3, SO2, and Cl2 emission from manufacturing process and the same will be
provided for the proposed expansion project. There will be generation of NOx, NH3, HCl
and H2S from the proposed expansion. Unit will provide adequate scrubbing system
(water/ alkali scrubbers) to control emission of process gas from proposed expansion
project. For detection of fugitive emission from raw material storage, material handling,
manufacturing process, continuous monitoring system with audio visual alarm will be
installed and LDAR program will be implemented effectively to control fugitive emission,
if any.
In addition to this, periodically monitoring is being carried out by NABL accredited

laboratory for treated wastewater, ambient air, work area, stacks and noise as per the
schedule mentioned in Section 6.2.

Page | 6.2
6.4 EHS POLICY & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL

Apart from carrying out business only, unit also takes care of its responsibilities towards
the Environment. Unit believes in sustainable development and is equally concerned
about environment preservation and pollution control. Unit has prepared Environment,
Health & Safety (EHS) Policy approved by its Director for effective and efficient working
with view of environment protection. Copy of EHS policy is attached as Annexure 29.
The EHS policy is formulated to comply with statutory norm with regards to the
Environment, Occupational Health & Safety and strive for the continuous improvement
to prevent pollution, reduce wastages, conserve energy, reduced risk and health
hazards. All employees at each cadre of the unit are made aware about the EHS Policy
of the company and policy is posted at various prominent places in the unit. The
employees to be recruited for the work will be made aware about the EHS policy during
the induction training being imparted.
Apart from EHS policy, there will be different SOPs related to EHS of the unit, which will
be implemented and reviewed periodically. The list of SOPs related to EHS is given at
Annexure 30. Employees will be made aware about the relevant SOPs in their working
area at the time of recruitment and whenever the SOPs will be amended.
For effective implementation of the monitoring program, it is also necessary to have a

permanent organizational set-up of environmental management cell (EMC) which will
perform all the environmental management related activities. Hierarchical system and
administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and for
ensuring total environmental compliance are hereunder. All the project activities will be
monitored to ensure the appropriate implementation of all environmental mitigation
activities and to identify areas where environmental management plan compliance is not
satisfied.
Organogram of EMC is given in Figure 6.1. Unit has assigned responsibility to officers
from various disciplines and cadres to perform and co-ordinate the activities concerned
with management and implementation of environmental control measures.

Page | 6.3
Figure 6.1: Environmental Management Cell
CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT HEAD
UNIT HEAD
DY. MANAGER (ENV.)
ASSISTANT MANAGER
CHEMIST / SUPERVISOR
OPERATORS
HELPERS
Corporate Environment Head and Unit head will be responsible for total environmental
management. Overall activities to be performed by EMC are presented below and
details of responsibilities to be given to each officer of the EMC are given in Table 6.2.
ª Collect information from regular monitoring and create database.

ª Analyze the data and decide thrust area.
ª Carry out “project” in each thrust area to arrive at practical solutions to
environmental problems.
ª Discuss the reports of study on environment and disseminate the information.
ª Work out action plan for implementation of the recommendations made in the report.
ª Prepare Management Information System (MIS) reports and budget for environment
management program.
ª To deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the
conditions prescribed by GPCB & MoEFCC.
ª Non-compliance / violation of environmental norms, if any are reported to Unit Head
and immediate required action is taken.
ª Efficient operation and regular monitoring of environmental management systems
ª Establishment and maintenance of documented objectives of the “Environment,
Health & Safety Policy” of the management.

Page | 6.4
Table 6.2: Responsibilities of EMC

Sr.
Name & Designation Responsibilities
No.
Corporate Environment
1. Approve environment policy and give directions to
Head
succeeding component of the cell.
2. Unit Head
Responsible for overall environmental management.

Establish EHS Policy, Development EHS SOP, EHS Plan,
Manual, evaluate EHS program & training, legal
complacencies of GPCB & other authorities, execute and
3. Dy. Manager (Environment) follow-up for routine monitoring, cleaning and maintenance
work of environmental Management systems. Report to
corporate environment head and unit head in case of any
major issue/accidents/incident, any non-compliance/ violation
of environmental norms.
Regularly coordinate with Chemist/Supervisor and take

feedback regarding all the activities performed under EMC,
keep aware Dy. manager of the unit about all the activities
4. Asst. Manager
performed under EMC, any major issue/accidents/incident
take place, any non-compliance/ violation of environmental
norms.
Check and Maintain records of effluent quantity w.r.t.

generation, treatment and reuse, check and maintain records
of quality of raw effluent, hazardous waste generation,
storage & disposal, observe regularity, discipline and working
5. Chemist / Supervisor
strength of operators. Reporting Asst. Manager about all the
activities performed under EMC, any major
issue/accidents/incident take place, any non-compliance/
violation of environmental norms
Run ETP/MEE regularly and efficiently as per the SOP and

instruction of Chemist/ Supervisor, Routine cleaning &
6. Operators maintenance of ETP / MEE, maintain hazardous waste
storage area in good condition & Record of it, observe
regularity, discipline, working strength of helpers.
To help operators and follow his instructions to operate ETP

7. Helpers
and maintain Hazardous waste storage area.
6.5 ADMINISTRATIVE ACTIONS & DOCUMENTATION

6.5.1. Data Analysis
All environmental monitoring data are stored as computer database by the
Environmental Management Cell (EMC) for proper storage, retrieval and interpretation
of the same. A regular database format is maintained to keep a track of monitored

Page | 6.5
parameters and causes are identified in case of non-conformity with the permissible
limits.
6.5.2. Reporting Schedules

Voluntary reporting of environmental performance with reference to EMP is undertaken.
Dy. Manager will co-ordinate all monitoring programs at site and data generated is
submitted regularly to the statutory agencies. Frequencies of reporting are as per the
requirement of GPCB.
6.5.3. Environmental Monitoring Expenditure

The monitoring and evaluation process require extensive surveys and primary data
collection, either to establish the baseline or to measure changes. In order to respond
management needs for carrying out environmental monitoring for the proposed project,
a contingency budget is required. Annual cost towards environmental monitoring of
proposed plant will be about Rs. 18 Lacs.

Page | 6.6
CHAPTER 7
ADDITIONAL
STUDIES
CHAPTER – 7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

(RISK ASSESSMENT & SAFETY MANAGEMENT)
7.1. RISK ASSESSMENT & SAFETY MANAGEMENT
Increasing use of hazardous chemicals as raw materials, intermediates and finished

products has attracted attention of the Government and the public at large in view of the
chemical disasters. The serious nature of the accidents, which cause damage to the
plant, personnel and public, has compelled industries to pay maximum attention to the
safety issues and also to effectively manage the hazardous material and operations. It
is mandatory for the industries handling hazardous chemical to maintain specified
safety standards and generate an on-site emergency plan and keep it linked with off
site emergency plan.
Risk assessment study for the proposed project of Deepak Nitrite Ltd. has been carried
out and the details are elaborated in this chapter. Based on findings and
recommendations of Risk Assesment report, Risk Management Plan for the proposed
project has also been prepared and included.
Risk Assessment is defined as a continuous and integrated process of identification,

evaluation and measurement of risks, along with their potential impact on the
organization.
The benefits of risk assessment include the following:
x Prevention or reduction in occurance of accidents.

x Mitigation of the severity and/or consequences by way of improved process
techniques, fire protection systems, arrangements of storage, inventory
monitoring to fit production requirements.
x Confidences develop in employees by improving competency.
x Preparedness and prompt response to deal with any accident.
7.2. OBJECTIVE AND METHODOLOGY OF RISK ASSESSMENT
7.2.1. Objective
The principle objective of this study is to identify major risks in the manufacturing
process and to evaluate on-site & off-site consequences of identified hazard scenarios.
Pointers are then given for effective mitigation of hazards in terms of suggestions for
Chapter-7: Additional Studies

Page | 7.1
effective disaster management, suggesting minimum preventive and protective

measures and change of practices to ensure safety.
The following aspects and areas have been covered in this study;
x Identification of major risk areas.
x Hazard identification / Identification of failure cases.
x Consequential analysis of probable risks / failure cases;
o Determination of the probable risk by Releasing of chemical due to leakage of
storage tank and catastrophic failure.
o Risk assessment on the basis of the above evaluation & risk acceptability.
o Minimum preventive & protective measures to be taken to minimize risks to
maximum possible extent.
x Giving pointers for effective disaster management.
x Suggesting measures to further lower the probability of risk.
7.2.2. Methodology
Design data, built in safety systems are studied. Discussions are held with officials.
Safety related individual system is discussed. Hazard identification exercise is
conducted taking into consideration of materials, material handling methods, operating
procedures, built in safety in reactors, operating parameters and safety measures to be
taken in proposed plant. Containment failure scenario related to storage area is
considered for hazard Analysis and consequences of such containment failures are
considered in detail. Thus, this study is mainly oriented towards actual risks rather than
chronic risks.
7.3. HAZARD IDENTIFICATION

Identification of hazard in proposed project activity is of primary significance. Following
components of a plant presents potential for an accident.
ª Storage and handling of hazardous chemicals,
ª Manufacturing processes and allied operations in the plant
The unit will handle hazardous materials and will have organized hazard control and
prevention system in place and comly with all the applicable provisions of the following
statutes;
1. The Factories Act, 1948 and Gujarat Factories Rules, 1995

Page | 7.2
2. Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals (Amendment) Rules,

2000.
3. Petroleum Act, 1934 & Petroleum Rules, 2002
4. Static & Mobile Pressure Vessel (U) Rules, 1981
5. Chemical Accidents (Emergency Planning, Preparedness & Response) Rules,
1996
6. Public Liability Insurance Act & Rules, 1986
In Quantitative Risk Assessment (QRA), risk has been analyzed using methodology
called Hazard Identification & Risk Assessment (HIRA). Hazard will be identified
considering the following
x The physical and chemical properties of hazardous chemicals
x Storage conditions and modes of storage (Drum storage area, above ground
storage i.e. tank farm area / underground storage etc.)
x Hazard ranking by threshold quantity of toxicity and NFPA code
Hence, all these components are to be thoroughly examined to assess their potential
for an unplanned consequence of events, which can lead to an accident. While
designing the proposed project the detailed hazard identification will be carried out to
ensure plant operation in safely manner. After completion of designing stage or once
the design criteria are well established for proposed project, hazard identification
methods to be used for the proposed project are listed below:
A. Hazard and Operability Study (HAZOP):

HAZOP refers to HAZard and OPerability studies. HAZOP is a structured and
systematic technique for examining a defined system, with the objective of identifying
potential hazards and operability problems in the system. The concept involves
investigating how the plant might deviate from the design intent.
For the proposed project HAZOP study will be conducted at design stage i.e. while
detailed designing of plant and processes are carried out. During HAZOP study, each
pipeline as well as reaction vessel, storage tank, product and raw material storage area
will be evaluated by considering certain limitations and deviations in flow, temperature,
pressure, etc. All possible causes of deviation which gives the idea about severity of
consequence arising from each type of deviation will be identified and accordingly

Page | 7.3
designing of suitable safety measures for plant, utility and tank farm area will be
incorporated in design.
B. Fault-Tree Analysis (FTA):

Fault- tree analysis (FTA) is logical structure displaying the relationship between an
undesired potential event (top event) and all its probable causes in form of graphs/
trees. It starts with a potential undesirable event - top event and determining all the
ways in which it can occur.
For the proposed project, FTA will be carried out by considering top events like fire or
toxic hazards, explosion of reactors, boiler, rupture of vessels, loss of pressure in
reactor, over pressurization of reactor and boiler, collapse of major plant machinery,
overheating of boiler or reactors etc.
C. Event Tree Analysis (ETA):

Event tree analysis is a method to illustrate the intermediate and final outcomes which
may arise after the occurrence of a selected initial event. ETA identifies the sequences
of event following an initiating event that results in accident.
For the proposed project, ETA will be carried out by considering some initial event
(bottom) like pipeline rupture and pump failure carrying Acids or flammable liquid,
failure of rector stirring, failure of cooling/heating media circulation, stoppage of motor,
mistake of worker/operator. With each ETA mitigation measures will be designed and
adopted to minimize the probability of the undesired event.
D. HAZAN, Hazard Analysis:

Hazard analysis is the initial study to determine hazard causes, effects and control.
Hazard analysis includes analysis of mechanism of hazard occurrence and analysis of
consequence which includes numbers of injury, fatality, property damage and other
losses.
For proposed project, HAZAN has been carried out by considering storage details of
raw material to get an idea of necessary safety measures for operation and
environmental risk control. Analysis of mechanism of hazard occurrence for proposed
project and consequence Analysis has been carried out in Section 7.6.3 of this
chapter.

Page | 7.4
7.3.1. Hazard Identification and Safety Management for storage of Hazardous

Chemicals
The inventory of hazardous material in the storage area is significantly larger than the
inventory involved in the process, hence storage tanks has been selected for
consequence calculations. The chemical properties of each raw material along with its
hazard identification are listed in Annexure 31.
Many raw materials required for manufacturing of the proposed products fall under the
definition of hazardous material/chemicals as per MSIHC Rules, 2000. None of the
products has been mentioned namely as hazardous in MSIHC rules but may fall under
the definition of hazardous material/ chemicals either due to toxicity or flammability.
Hazardous details of raw materials and products in form of MSDS are enclosed in Part
3 of EIA Report.
Out of the 269 raw materials required for manufacturing of proposed products, 20
chemicals have been selected for consequence analysis as given in Table 7.1.
Hazardous areas identified with view point of their storge within the proposed project
are highlighted in Figure 7.1.

Page | 7.5
Table 7.1: Details of hazardous chemical identified for risk assessment
$
Details of Storage Unit Threshold Value of Toxicity, ppm NFPA Code
Type Of
Sr. Hazardous
Press. &
Storage
hazard
Temp.
Storage
Storage
Size of
No. chemicals
Type
Max.
Cap.
*Std. Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 #
IDLH H F R S identified
1. Ammonia (Gas) Tank 90 MT 180 MT Amb. AEGL 30 160 1,100 300 2 0 0 - Toxicity
2. Aniline Drum 200 Lit 20 KL Amb. AEGL 8 12 20 100 3 2 0 - Toxicity, Fire
3. Benzene Tank 272 KL 272 KL Amb. AEGL 52 800 4000 500 2 3 0 - Toxicity, Fire
4. Carbon Disulfide Cylinder 100 kg 20 MT Amb. AEGL 13 160 480 500 3 4 0 - Toxicity, Fire
5. Chlorin Gas Cylinder 900 kg 100 MT Amb. AEGL 0.5 2 20 10 4 0 0 - Toxicity
6. Ethyl Hexanol Tank 305 KL 805 KL Amb. ERPG 0.1 100 200 -- - - - - -
7. Ethylene Dichloride Tank 5 KL 40 KL Amb. ERPG 50 200 300 -- 2 3 0 - Toxicity, Fire
8. Formamide Tank 25 KL 400 KL Amb. PAC 30 110 650 -- 2 1 0 - Toxicity, Fire
Toxicity,
9. Hydrochloric Acid Tank 150 KL 150 KL Amb. AEGL 1.8 22 100 50 3 0 1 -
Corrosivity
458
10. Hydrogen Gas Cylinder 75 MT Amb. PAC 65,000 2,30,000 4,00,000 -- 0 4 0 - Fire
cylinders
11. Iso Propyl Alcohol Tank 20 KL 200 KL Ambient PAC 400 2,000 12,000 2,000 1 3 0 - Toxicity, Fire
12. Methanol Tank 20 KL 200 KL Amb. AEGL 530 2,100 7,200 6,000 1 3 0 - Toxicity, Fire
13. Methylamine Tank 20 KL 200 KL Amb. AEGL 15 64 350 100 3 4 0 - Toxicity, Fire
Methylene
14. Tank 20 KL 200 KL Amb. AEGL 200 560 6900 -- 2 1 0 - Toxicity, Fire
Dichloride
Mono Chloro
15. Tank 5 KL 20 KL Amb. AEGL 10 150 400 1000 2 3 0 - Toxicity, Fire
Benzene
16. Nitric Acid Tank 400 KL 641 KL Amb. ERPG 1 6 78 25 4 0 0 - Toxicity
17. Nitro Toluene Tank 88 KL 310 KL Amb. PAC 6 33 200 200 3 2 0 - Toxicity, Fire
18. SO2 Gas Cylinder 900 kg 6 MT Amb. AEG 0.2 0.75 100 -- 3 0 0 - Toxicity

Page | 7.6
$
Details of Storage Unit Threshold Value of Toxicity, ppm NFPA Code
Type Of
Sr. Hazardous
Press. &
Storage
hazard
Temp.
Storage
Storage
Size of
No. chemicals
Type
Max.
Cap.
*Std. Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 #
IDLH H F R S identified
19. Toluene Tank 252 KL 456 KL Amb. AEGL 67 560 3,700 500 2 3 0 - Toxicity, Fire
20. Xylene Drum 5 KL 20 KL Amb. PAC 130 920 2500 900 2 3 0 - Toxicity, Fire
*PAC: Protective Actions Criteria for Chemicals, #IDLH: Immediate Danger to Life and Health
$
NFPA: National Fire Protection Association (H- Health, F-Flamability, R-Reactivity, S-Specific hazard)

Page | 7.7
For the storage of above listed hazardous chemicals a license will be required from
Petroleum & Explosives Safery Organization (PESO) as per the details given in Table
7.2. Unit has obtained licence from PESO for storage of various Gases in cyinder and
various chemicals falling under Petroleum Class A, B & C. Unit will apply for obtaining
licence for additional storage requirement for the proposed expansion project. Copy of
the licences from PESO are enclosed as Annexure 14.
Table 7.2: Applicability of licence from PESO
Sr. Name of Classificat- Stoarge Appplicable Licensing

No. Chemicals ion Max. Qty. Type Act / Rule Autority
1 Hydrogen Gas 75 MT Bulk

The Pertroleum Act,
2 Chlorine Gas 100 MT Bulk
Gas 1934 & Static & Mobile
Carbon Cylinder Pressure Vessel (U)
3 20 MT Bulk
Disulfide Gas Rules, 1981,
Sulfur Dioxide Gas Cylinder Rules,
4 6 MT Bulk
Gas 2004
5 Ammonia Gas Tanker 180 MT Bulk
6 Benzene 272 KL Bulk
Ethylene Non-
7 40 KL
Dichloride Bulk Circle / Sub
Isopropyl Circle Office
8 200 KL Bulk
Alcohol (Chief Controller
9 Methanol 200 KL Bulk of Explosive)
Class A
Mono Chloro The Pertroleum Act,
10 20 KL Bulk
Benzene 1934 &
11 Toluene 456 KL Bulk The Petroleum Rules
1976
12 Xylene 20 KL Bulk
Total Quantity 1,208 KL Bulk
13 Aniline 20 KL Bulk
14 Ethyl Hexanol Class B 805 KL Bulk
Total Quantity 825 KL Bulk

Page | 7.8
Figure 7.1: Identification of hazardous areas

Page | 7.9
Unit has adopted adequate safety measures for transportation, storage & handling
(spillage and leakage) for various hazardous chemicals in the existing plant. These
measures are listed as follows and will be implemented and followed for the proposed
expansion.
A. General safety measures for transportation, storage & handling (spillage &
leakage)
Layout and location of hazardous chemical storage tank as per natural and
mechanical ventilation.
Storage of hazardous chemicals based on their compatability characteristics.
Provision of display boards on all storage tanks showing name of chemicals, mterial
of construction, calibration of tanks and date of painting.
Installation of level indicators on all storage tanks to know the exact liquid level
inside the tank and to avoid the accidental spillage or overflow.
Provision of On-site detectors for fire based on heat &/or smoke detection with
alarm system as required.
Installation of VOC detectors for implementation of LDAR programme.
Provision of dyke walls and transferring pumps on all the storage area for the
hazardous chemicals which helps to reduce the risk of tank leakages.
Provision of spare barrels/tanks of sufficient quantity for any emergency spillage or
leakage.
Regular inspection of all the drums/tanks of hazardous chemicals and damaged
drums for separation and disposal to avoid the possibility of catastrophic rupture.
Provision of double earthing to all storage tanks to prevent the firing due to static
charges. Regular inspection of earthing pit.
Installation of on-site detectors for fire, based on heat &/or smoke detection, with
alarm system are provided as required.
Periodic calibration and maintenance of all equipments related to hazardous
chemical storage.
Installation of NRV on all pump discharge lines.
Insertion of heavy-duty gaskets to all pipe joints to prevent any leakage.
Thorough examination of piping for transfer of hazardous chemicals on yearly basis for
finding out any defects and rectify the same in due time. Maintain record of such
examination.

Page | 7.10
Use of drum trolley for the movement of drums of hazardous chemicals to avoid
accident due to manual error.
Display SOP for handling of hazardous chemicals in local language for safe
operating procedure.
Maintain proper inventory of hazardous chemical and keep buffer stock as minimum
as possible.
Implement standard procedure for safe unloading of road tanker.
Provision of static earthing for tanker unloading.
Mount muffler on silencer of tanker during entering in factory premises.
Provision of water showering system (Automated sprinkling system) to the
flammable liquid storage tanks, wherever required to avoid vaporization due to
increase in ambient temperature.
Provision of adequate firefighting system. Details of the same are elaborated in
Section 7.7 I.
Provision of first aid boxes at prominent places in the plant.
Declare entire plant area as “NO SMOKE ZONE.”
Specific safety measures for storage and handling of hazardous chemiacls to be

followed and implemented are listed as follows:
B. Storage and handling of Aniline

x Provision of dykes with acid proof lining around storage tanks to keep the liquid
flowing out in case of damage to tank.
x Provision of Sand buckets in case of hazard.
x Provision of necessary PPEs like gloves, lab coat, splash goggles and vapor
respirator to avoid Contact with skin and eyes
x Loading and unloading will be done under nitrogen blanket to exclude moisture.
x Provision for emergency showers and eyewash fountains in the unloading area in
case of accidental skin or eye contact.
x Provision of proper earthing while handling.
C. Storage and handling of Ammonia Gas

x Lable properly and stored in a cool, well-ventilated and fire-resistant area.
x Store cylinders away from heat, sparks, open flame or any other ignition source.

Page | 7.11
x Store cylinders in upright condition, with valve protection cap in place, and firmly
secured to prevent falling or being knocked over.
x Use spark proof tools and explosion proof equipment for containment and cleaning
up of spillage.
x Take utmost care so that cylinder temperature does not exceed 52 °C.
x Provide appropriate respirator in case of inadequate ventilation.
x Use explosion proof electrical equipments for ventilation, lighting and material
handling.
x Strictly prohibit eating, drinking and smoking.
D. Storage and handling of Chlorine Gas

x Lable properly and stored in a cool, well-ventilated and fire-resistant area. Prefer
separate storage area.
x Store cylinders in upright condition, with valve protection cap in place, firmly secured
to prevent falling or being knocked over and away from incompatible materials.
x Never use rope slings, chains or magnetic devices for handling chlorine tonner.
x Ready availability of emergency equipment will and provide special training for
handling of Chlorine Gas.
x Take utmost care so that cylinder temperature will not exceed 51 °C.
E. Storage and handling of Hydrogen Gas

x Mark cylinder with standard colour code (Red colour without any band).
x Storage in a well-protected, well-ventilated, dry area and separate from
combustible matierals.
x Take care so that cylinder temperature does not exceed 52 °C.
x Separate cylinders from oxygen cylinders or other oxidizers by a minimum distance
of 20 ft, or by a barrier of noncombustible material at least 5 ft.
x Storage of cylinders in upright position with valve protection cap in place and firmly
secured to prevent falling or being knowcked over.
x Provision of suitable hand truck for movement of cylinder to avoid physical damage
from rolling, sliding or dropping accidently.
x Keep away from all possible sources of ignition and make all electrical equipments
explosion proof.

Page | 7.12
x Open cylinder valve only after connection is made in order to avoid self-ignitaion of
hydrogen.
x Check leakages with leak detection solutions, never with flames.
x Design piping and equipments adequately to withstand pressure to be encounterd.
x Use of check valve and other protective apparatures in any line or piping from the
cylinder to prevent reverse flow.
x Use of only nonsparking tools and equipments.
x Wear an approved respirator, chemical resistant glovesand safety goggles and
other protective clothing while handling Hydrogen.
x Strict prohibition of sources of ignition such as smoking and open flames where
hydrogen is handled.
x Follow safety recommendations and safe operating procedures by persons
handling hydrogen.
x Storage of empty cylinders in separate area from filled cylinders. Fix an ‘EMPTY’
tag on cylinders immediately upon emptying.
F. Storage and handling of Methanol

x Labeled properly and keep in a cool and well-ventilated designated storage area.
x Paint outside of methanol tanks with heat reflecting paint to reduce vapor losses
from the tanks.
x Provision of proper earthing to prevent static electricity from accumulating.
x Avoid all possible sources of ignition and no welding & cutting activity in nearby
area.
x Equip tank vent with flame arrester.
x Give proper handling training considering physical, chemical and flammable
properties of methanol.
x Availability of Safe methanol handling procedure.
G. Storage and handling of Solvents & other Organic Chemicals

x Storage for sealed drums out of direct sunlight and remote from sources of heat to
avoid generation of pressure.
x Paint outside of solvent storage tanks with heat reflecting paint to reduces vapor
losses from tanks.

Page | 7.13
x Storage of drums at ground level and take measures to prevent corrosion of the
drum base.
x Availablility of adequate ventilation to ensure that in case of incidental release of
solvent (vapour) the vapour concentration is as low as possible, and in any event
within the regulatory requirements
x Transfer of solvent by mechanical seal pump through fixed pipeline as far as
possible.
x Loading and unloading under nitrogen blanket to exclude moisture. If moisture could
enter into the container via seals or valves, blanket it by slight overpressure of
Nitrogen.
x Pump unloading using secured dry connections and vapour return lines preferred for
larger containers.
x Fitting of atmospheric vent of the tank with air dryer in order to prevent moisture
from entering the storage tank and equip it with flame arrestor.
x Fitting of a pressure-vacuum relief valve of stainless steel, cast iron or brass to
avoid oxidation. It prevents damage to the tank if the vent becomes blocked.
x Construction of dyke walls around storage tanks to keep liquid from flowing out in
case of damage to tank.
x Provision of emergency showers and eyewash fountains in the unloading area in
case of accidental skin or eye contact.
x Availability of safe handling procedure for storage of solvents.
H. Storage and handling of Concentrated Acid

x Storage of all acids in chemically compatiable containers and properly marked with
hazardous symbol.
x Provision of suitable level indicator for storage and day tanks.
x Provision of all acid containers with containment tray.
x Provision of emergency transfer arrangements for transferring material into another
tank.
7.3.2. Hazard Identification, Safety Management for Manufacturing Process and

Allied Operations
Critical safety measures are the most important aspect of selection of process
technology to ensure safety in production unit. For the safety in production area, some

Page | 7.14
important critical safety measures must be provided within the process technology/
equipment itself. The details of the general and specific safety measures adopted for
manufacturing process and allied operations are as below.
A. General safety measures and Preventive Maintenance for Process Units and
Allied Operations
x Any reaction upsets to be confined to the reaction vessel itself. Charge defined
quantity of raw materials to the reaction vessel/Day tank by metering pumps/load
cells.
x Define process parameters control as per Standard Operating Procedures.
x Connect all reaction vents to either vapor condensers system or gaseoue scrubber
system.
x Engagement of trained persons for handling of processes and provision of proper
PPEs.
x Examine all the vessels periodically by a recognized competent person.
x Earthing of all the vessels, equipments and drums to protect against static
electricity.
x Disconnect all the motors and pull out fuse before any maintenance work.
x Purging of empty process equipments with Nitrogen and Air before cleaning or
maintenance.
x Installation of temperature indicators on all reactors and distillation systems.
x Display caution note, safety posters, stickers, periodic training and updates in safety
and emergency preparedness plan.
x Availability of all the necessary fire fighting equipments in plant area.
x Availablity of presons to be contacted, in case of emergency, at prominent places of
the unit.
B. Reactor Charging
x Charging of raw materials in a reactor having mechanical seal with powder charging
system and safety devices.
x Check reactor for any leakages before process initiation.
x Proper assessment by using reactivity and reaction data from laboratory
experiments or past experiences and evaluate to prevent accidents due to
exothermic reactions.

Page | 7.15
x Charging of raw materials through permanent lines for avoiding direct contact.
C. Distillation
At the time of carrying out distillation of crude product there is possibility of organic
vapour release and spillage of crude material from the system.
x Regular monitoring of distillation column pressure and temperature data and
evaluate assessment of properties of solvent to avoid fire/explosion scenarios.
x Loss of cooling media in the condenser system could lead to increase in
vapor/gases of distillate and rise in temperature and pressure could trigger
decomposition of substance in the column. Therefore, continuously monitor cooling
media circulation.
x Loss of vaccum in the Column could increase boiling point of the mixture and could
trigger decomposition in reboiler. Monitor and caliberate vaccum and temperature
gauges at regular intervals to avoid vaccum loss.
D. Centrifugation
Centrigugation during separation of solid liquid phase may lead to mechanical friction
from bearing, vibration, leakage of seals, static electricity and overspeed and may
cause hazard in the plant. Following measures will be taken care to avoid accidents.
x Redundant monitoring of critical components along with reliable maintenance for
mechanical parts.
x Selection of appropriate materials of construction to withstand additional stress put
on the materials from centrifugal forces.
x Flexible connections for process and utility lines will be preferred so that vibration
cannot be transmitted to connected equipment.
x For toxic slurries batch operation of closed centrifuge will be preffered to avoid
frequent toxic exposure to operator.
E. Filtration
At the time of separating catalyst from crude product, there is a possibility of hot vapour
release or spillage of process material from filter or pipinig.
x Availability of trained personnel during separation of process material.
x Availablility of proper collection system in order to avoid dropping of the material on
the floor.

Page | 7.16
F. Drying
Cool product material and pass in dryer where thermal energy is required to convert
slurry into dry cake formation. Depending on the temperature, the drying takes place
below the boiling point or at the boiling point of liquid to be removed.
x Carry out drying process at particular temperature so as to avoid generation of
excess vapor from the crude product, which may be volatile in nature.
x Monitor and maintain temperature of dyer so as to avoid decomposition of finished
product.
7.4. OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY PROGRAM

The main ill-effects anticipated to the health of workers in proposed expansion project
will be due to the exposure of toxic chemicals. No other source of adverse effects on
occupation health & safety is likely to occur. However, MSDS of hazardous chemicals
will be prepared and made available with the management as well as concern
personnel working with the materials or area likely to be affected by the materials.
Following are the key safety measure followed and implemented in the existing palant
and will be followed and implemented for the proposed expansion project.
x Provision of all necessary equipment like portable detector, online detectors and
other laboratory equipments as proposed for regular monitoring of workplace air and
other conditions.
x Implementation of safety policy.
x Provision of proximity suits and self- breathing apparatus.
x Provision and compulsory use of necessary PPEs like helmate, safety goggles, face
mask, hand gloves and safety shoes etc. for all workers.
x Provision of ear muffs/ ear plugs to the workers exposed to higher noise level.
x Provision of first-aid boxes (Containing Tincture iodine, Eye Drops, Burnol,
Soframycin (ointment), Sterilized cotton wool, Band-aid, Antiseptic Solution
(Sevlon), Bandage, Rose Water, etc) at various places in the premises.
x Organize training program for information on accident prevention, proper control and
maintenance of equipment, first aid training and safe material handling practices.
Following measures will be followed and implemented for Occupational Health of the
workers.

Page | 7.17
x Pre medical checkup at the time of employment and regular medical checkup of
employees will be carried out as per details given in Section 7.2.4. Maintain all the
records in Form 33 certifying fitness for employment in hazardous process and
operation as per Factories Act guidelines. Maintain health register of all the
employees in Form 32. Copy of health register / record is enclosed as Annexure
24.
x Monitoring of occupational hazards like noise, ventilation, chemical exposure at
frequent intervals as per details given in Section 7.2.4 and maintain all records as
per Factories Act guidelines.
x Provision of occupational health center (OHC) and part time qualified medical officer
as per factories act guidelines
x Provision of drinking water supply for the employees as per standard of the drinking
water as per WHO guidelines.
x Availability of proper sanitary facilities for the employees so that they do not suffer
from any health ailments.
7.5. MONITORING PROGRAM

Based on analysis of the existing plant, the important components for the monitoring of
occupational health and safety performance are identified as follows. The same will be
augmented and implemented for the proposed expansion project. Details of monitoring
program for occupational health & safety are given in following Table 7.3.
Table 7.3: Monitoring Program for occupational health and safety

Sr.
No.
As specified under
Quarterly
Gujarat Factory Rules
Work Place Air
1. 3-5 within plant area Gas detector for H2, Cl2,
Quality
SO2, HCl, H2S, NH3 & Continuous
VOC
All prominent
2. Noise locations within the Noise levels Quarterly
premises
Process plant & Volumetric Air change,
Ventilation &
3. Chemical storage Room Temperature, Six Monthly
Illumination
area Light Intensity
Occupational Pre-employment Vision, Audiometry, Once at the time of
4.
Health check-up Spirometry, Chest appointment

Page | 7.18
Sr.
No.
Skiagram, Urine,
Complete blood count, etc.
Vision, Audiometry,
Spirometry, Urine, RBS,
Periodical check-
Liver function tests (LFT), Once in a year
up
Complete blood count,
Anemia, etc.
Vision, Audiometry,
Post-employment Spirometry, Chest Once at the time of
check-up Skiagram, Urine, relieving
Complete blood count, etc.
Whole unit Safety Audit Yearly
x At design stage
i.e. while designing
proposed plant &
processes
x At pre-start up
x Utilities stage i.e. when
HAZOP Study construction is
x Manufacturing Operation parameters completed and
plant will be evaluated for operation is to be
deviation from standard started
x Storage tank
operating condition
Farm Area
x At every 5 years of
Risk Assessment
plant operation
5. and Hazard
Management x At the time of plant
&/or process
modification and
upgradation
Event Tree Analysis
and Fault Tree x After completion/
Analysis finalization of plant
x Storage tank Sequence of all unit- design.
Farm Area process/ operation will
x At the time of plant
be evaluated to identify
x Reaction vessels &/or process
all fault and abnormal
modification and
condition leading to
upgradation
abnormal event
7.6. RISK ASSESSMENT STUDY

Chemical process industries have undergone tremendous changes during last five
decades. Process conditions such as pressure and temperature have become severe;
concentration of stored energy has increased. The scale of possible fire, explosion,
toxic release, body injuries and occupational diseases has grown considerably. These

Page | 7.19
factors have greatly increased the risk for major industrial disasters, involving loss of
human lives, plant & property and environmental degradation.
Identification analysis and assessment of hazard and risk are very useful in providing
information to risk management. It provides basis for what should be the type and
capacity of its on-site and off-site emergency plan also what types of safety measures
are required. Risk and consequence analysis are carried out by considering storage
and handling of various hazardous raw materials, intermediates and products as well as
manufacturing process.
The objectives considered for Risk Assessment study are as follows;

x To assess the risk involved in transporting, storing & processing raw material up to
final product.
x To evaluate the risk and to get the complete view of the available facilities.
x To take appropriate action to control the incidents.
x To safe guard employees and people in vicinity.
x To minimize damage to property and neighboring environment.
x To inform the employees, general public and Government authority about various
types of hazards, assessed risk, safe guards provided, residual risk if any.
x To inform Police, Fire Brigade, District authority and Statutory authority for providing
help during emergency.
x To work out a plan with all provisions to handle emergencies and to provide training
to employees through mock rehearsals.
x To rescue and give treatment to the casualties and to count the number of injured
persons.
Matrix given in Figure 7.2 describes methodology adopted for Risk Assement study.

Page | 7.20
Figure 7.2: Risk Assessment Methodology
START
Facility, process and meteorological data collection
Listing out hazardous operations & storage details
Identification of failure scenarios & quantification of

probable hazard associated for risk assessment
Defining parameters for each chemical and each hazard
Defining release type (continuous / instantaneous) &

determine release rate
Simulation of different credible scenario for consequence

modeling
Prepare Summary of Credible Scenario
Evaluate potential risk associated to the surrounding
Suggest mitigation measures for the risk associated
END

Page | 7.21
7.6.1. Modes of Failure

Storages system can fail in different ways depending on the materials stored, storage
conditions & may involve systems in their vicinity. Conditions such as over filling, over
pressure & missile, lightening or bomb attack, earthquake & resultant replier or release
scenarios have been identified. Outcomes of such incidents are determined by
presence of ignition either immediate or delayed. As can be seen depending upon
modes of failure different scenarios are possible viz:
1. Continuous release
2. Instantaneous release
This may be of gas / liquid depending upon type of material stored/released and its
characteristics. More examples, a liquid boiling at ambient conditions, will immediately
be converted to gas upon exposure to atmosphere.
An instantaneous release is any release occurring for a period less than 15 seconds.
Failure mode responsible for instantaneous releases may be catastrophic failure of
road tanker. For an instantaneous gas release, important parameters are release height
& quantity released whereas for instantaneous liquid release, important parameters are
amount spilled, spill area & pool temperature, evaporation rate, vapour mass etc.
Continuous release occurs when the material is released over a period greater than 15
seconds. For a continuous gas release, important parameters include height of leak
above ground, emission rate & total time of release. For continuous liquid release,
important parameters are spill rates, duration, area & pool temperature, evaporation
rate and vapor mass or Gas mass.
7.6.2. Maximum Credible Accident / Catastrophic Failure and Its Mitigation

Measure
A Maximum Credible Accident (MCA) can be characterized as the worst credible
accident. In other words: an accident in an activity, resulting in the maximum
consequence distance that is still believed to be possible. An MCA-analysis does not
include a quantification of the probability of occurrence of the accident. Another aspect,
in which the pessimistic approach of MCA studies appears, is the atmospheric condition
that is used for dispersion calculations. Flow chart given in Figure 7.3 is considered for
modeling various scenarios for accidental release of chemical.

Page | 7.22
Figure 7.3: Accidental release of chemical
The Maximum Credible Loss (MCL) scenarios have been developed for the Facility.
The MCL cases considered, attempt to include the worst “Credible” incidents-what
constitutes a credible incident is always subjective. Nevertheless, guidelines have
evolved over the years and based on basic engineering judgment, the cases have been

Page | 7.23
found to be credible and modeling for assessing vulnerability zones is prepared

accordingly.
The objective of the study is Emergency planning, hence only holistic & conservative
assumptions are used for obvious reasons. Hence, though the outcomes may look
pessimistic, the planning for emergency concept should be borne in mind whilst
interpreting the results.
In Consequence analysis, geographical location of the source of potential release plays

an important role. Consideration of a large number of scenarios in the same
geographical location serves little purpose if the dominant scenario has been identified
and duly considered. The Consequence Analysis has been done for selected scenarios
by ALOHA (Areal Locations of Hazardous Atmosphere: Version 5.4.7) of EPA.
ALOHA models key hazards like toxicity, flammability, thermal radiation (Heat), and
over pressure (expansion blast force) related to chemical releases that result in toxic
gas dispersion, fire and/or explosion.
7.6.3. Consequences Analysis

From the proposed raw materials, chemicals listed in Table 7.1 have been taken for the
consequence analysis considering their hazardous / flammable / toxic nature. Details of
these chemicals in the form of MSDS are enclosed as Part 3 of EIA Report.
7.6.3.1. Possible Accident Scenario
Different possible ways of occurrence of any accidents due to storage/usage of above

hazardous chemicals are prescribed here below;
Scenario-A: Release of chemical due to leakage and form evaporating puddle (Not
burning)
Scenario-B: Release of chemical due to leakage and form burning puddle (Pool fire)
Scenario-C: Release of chemical due to catastrophic failure (BLEVE)
Atmospheric conditions assumed at the time of accidents are mentioned in Table 7.4.

Page | 7.24
Table 7.4: Atmospheric Condition Assumed
Particulars Details
Wind 3 m/s
Ground Roughness Urban
Cloud Cover 5 tenths
Air Temperature 32° C
Stability Class C
Relative Humidity 50%
Detailed Maximum Credible Accident scenarios for hazardous chemical is given in

Annexure 32.
7.6.3.2. Summary of MCA Scenarios

Summary of different credible accident scenarios for prediction of risk are given in
Table 7.5.
Table 7.5: Summary of MCA Scenarios

*SCENARIO B *SCENARIO C
SCENARIO A
Sr. Hazardous Thermal Radiation from Thermal Radiation from
Toxic Threat Zone, m
No. Chemicals pool fire / jet fire, m Catastrophic Rupture, m
Red Orange Yellow Red Orange Yellow Red Orange Yellow
Ammonia
1. 30 78 182 NA NA NA NA NA NA
(Gas)
2. Aniline <10 <10 14 NA NA NA 70 99 155
3. Benzene <10 <10 63 <10 <10 <10 707 1,000 1,600
Carbon
4. 84 166 610 NA NA NA NA NA NA
Disulfide
5. Chlorin Gas 99 329 650 NA NA NA NA NA NA
6. Ethyl Hexanol <10 <10 138 NA NA NA 697 988 1,500
Ethylene
7. 20 27 59 <10 <10 <10 109 164 264
Dichloride
8. Formamide <10 <10 <10 NA NA NA NA NA NA
Hydrochloric
9. <10 17 64 NA NA NA NA NA NA
Acid
10. Hydrogen Gas 10 14 25 58 -- 144 -- -- 51
Iso Propyl
11. <10 <10 13 <10 <10 <10 259 369 578
Alcohol
12. Methanol <10 <10 20 <10 <10 <10 206 299 471
13. Methylamine <10 <10 -- <10 <10 <10 68 96 150
Methylene
14. 19 82 158 <10 <10 <10 105 181 304
Dichloride
Mono Chloro
15. <10 11 77 <10 <10 <10 173 247 388
Benzene
16. Nitric Acid <10 17 250 NA NA NA NA NA NA
17. Nitro Toluene <10 <10 <10 NA NA NA 433 619 972

Page | 7.25
*SCENARIO B *SCENARIO C
SCENARIO A
Sr. Hazardous Thermal Radiation from Thermal Radiation from
Toxic Threat Zone, m
No. Chemicals pool fire / jet fire, m Catastrophic Rupture, m
Red Orange Yellow Red Orange Yellow Red Orange Yellow
18. SO2 Gas 84 564 989 NA NA NA NA NA NA
19. Toluene <10 <10 39 <10 <10 <10 691 978 1,500
20. Xylene <10 -- -- <10 <10 <10 201 285 445
*THERMAL RADIATION INTENSITY
Red: 10 kW/sq.m. (Potentially lethal within 60 sec)
Orange: 5.0 kW/sq. m. (2nd Degree burn within 60 sec)
Yellow: 2.0 kW/sq. m. (Pain within 60 sec)
Figure 7.4, Figure 7.5 and Figure 7.6 shows risk countours plotted on plant layout
which is super imposed on the google map for scenarios of toxic threat zone,
Flammable Threat Zone and thermal radiation threat zone of catastrophic rupture
respectively.
Figure 7.4: Toxic threat zone of all the chemicals considered

Page | 7.26
Figure 7.5: Flammable threat zone of all the chemicals considered
Figure 7.6: Threat zone of catastrophic rupture of all the chemicals
ª Maximum distance of Toxic threat zone is observed at 989 m from leakage of SO2
gas, which is confined within the industrial estate wehre there is no permenant
habitat exist.
ª Maximum distance of thermal radiation from flammable threat is obsered at 144 m
from leakage of Hydrogen gas, which is confined within the project site.
ª Maximum distance of thermal radiation from catastrophic rupture is obsered at 1.6
km from leakage of Benzene.

Page | 7.27
ª There will be no threat to nearby habitation located at a distance of 1.4 km from

project site from toxic and flammable hazard due to leakage of hazardous
chemicals.
ª There is a possible threat from thermal radiation due to catastrophic rupture of
Benzene storage tank to the nearby habitation located at 1.4 km. Unit has taken
adequate safety measures to prevent such accident and on-site / off-site emergency
plan has been prepared accordingly.
7.7. RISK MITIGATIVE MEASURES
Risk is rated based on likelihood of various consequence. A risk matrix is prepared

based on findings of likelihood of an event with various consequences involved, which
is given in Table 7.6.
Table 7.6: Risk matrix for emergency management
Consequence / Severity
Risk Rating = Insignificant Minor / Major / Severe /
Probability x Severity Moderate
/ Negligible Marginal Critical Catastrophic
1 2 3 4 5
Highly Unlikely 1 1 2 3 4 5
Likelihood / Probability
Unlikely 2 2 4 6 8 10
Somwhat Likely 3 3 6 9 12 15
Likely 4 4 8 12 16 20
Certain 5 5 10 15 20 25
Based on calculated risk rating, level of an emergency can be defined and in the event
of accident management can take necessary steps as per the standard operating
procedure. Details of level of emergency associated with above risk rating is given in
Table 7.7.
Table 7.7: Levels of emergency associated with risk rating

Acceptance
Risk Rating
Emergency
Alert Code
Criteria
Risk
Type of Emergency Management
Any incident which is Minor in nature. No On-site impact.

1-4 Low I
potential risk of threatning lives or facitilites in Within the
the plant. i.e. Minor fires which can be capability of Unit at

Page | 7.28
Acceptance
Risk Rating
Emergency
Alert Code
Criteria
Risk
Type of Emergency Management
extinguished easily. Plant Level and can

be managed with
Minor gas or toxic releases which can be routin procedure.
isolated within short period of time,
Minor spillage of hazardous materials which can
be contained by dike or absorbant materials
Any incident which is Major / Serious in nature. On-site impact.

Potential risk of threatening lives, facilities or Accetable risk
buildings on-site or off-site. i.e. Fire involving within the capability
flammable storage tanks or plant equipments, of Unit with
5-12 Medium II Gas or toxic releases of large quantity which Management's
can be isolated safely, Spillage of flammable or review. SOP to be
hazardous substances which requires followed for
substantial resouces for cleaning up or mitigation of
recovery. associated risk.
Any incindent which is severe / catastrophic in Off-site impact. Off-

nature which requires assistance from external site emergency
emergency agencies i.e. Major or prolonged fire plan to be followed.
involving spread over entire plant or storage
area;
13-25 High III
Major or prolonged release of gas or toxic
releases due to catastropic failure of process
equipment or storage tanks which requires on-
site evacuation.
Following precautionary mitigation measures associated with probable risk will be

followed and implemented after proposed project.
A. General Mitigation Measures

ª Installation of all the equipment as per guidelines of provision of The Gujarat Factories
Rules, 1963.
ª Storage of Hazardous chemicals in small sized multiple containers so as to avoid
major hazard associated with large sized containers.
ª Proper control of the operating parameters, mainly temperature, vacuums, cooling
media circulation, during plant operation and solvent recovery.
ª Common antidots like methylene blue milk of magnesia, banana, jaggery, glucose
and milk etc. are available in case of exposure to toxic chemicals. Details of antidots
for other hazardous chemicals are given in MSDS enclosed as Part 3 of EIA

Page | 7.29
Report.
ª For any case of fire emergency, providion of standard type of Fire fighing equipments
and fire extinguishers in the storage area as well as required places in the plant.
ª Strict prohibition of Smoking inside the factory.
ª Provision of adequate and suitable personnel protective equipments to the operating
workers.
ª Availability of First-Aid facility and First-aid trained person at the time of handling
operation.
B. Mitigation measures for leakage of Ammonia Gas

ª Evacuate surrounding area from leakge and shutoff all the ignition sources.
ª In case of leakage, be advised to move away in perpendicular to the wind direction
to avoid direct exposure.
ª Use water fogging to divert vapor drift and to reduce air borne concentration.
ª Provide personnel involved in dealing with ammonia with self contained breathing
apparatus and chmical protective clothing.
ª Give proper training to workers for handling of ammonia.
ª Make use of ammonia Emergency Kit in case of leakage.
C. Mitigation measures for leakage of Chlorin Gas

ª Provision of Ammonia water torches to detect chlorine leakages, as chlorine gas
reacts with aqueous ammonia to form white fumes of ammonium chloride.
ª Installation of automated chemical leak detection comprising of leak detector, audio-
visual emergency system and acutate ventilation fans at chlorine storage area.
ª Never use Water on a chlorine leak as it always makes the leak worse due to
corrosive effect.
ª Provission of Chlorine gas cartridge masks for small leaks and Self Contained
Breating Appartus (SCBA) for handling emergency.
ª Neutralize leaked chlorine by using alkaline medium such as caustic soda, lime
slurry.
ª Provide proper training to workers for handling of chlorine, usage of PPE and usage
of Chlorine Emergency Kit in case of leakage.
D. Mitigation measures for leakage of Hydrogen Gas

ª Cover leaked hydrogen gas by inert gas to stop supply of oxygen gas.

Page | 7.30
ª Provision of Gas detection system with audio visual alarm.

ª During leakage, only properly trained & protected person remains in the area to
handle leakage and restrict entry of others.
ª Confine leak exposed area either by solid casing or by soft barriers (polyethylene
sheets) to limit flammable cloud size.
ª Provision of recombiners to avoid formation of flammable mixtures formed due to
leakage of hydrogen gas.
ª In case of fire due to leakage use DCP, CO2 and/ or water type fire extinguisher.
ª Move leaking cylinder to open air area to detect leakage or allow it to empty, If
leakage of hydrogen cannot be stopped.
E. Mitigation measures for leakage of Benzene

ª Provision of online gas detector with audio visual alarm for leakage of Benzene
ª Provision of Nitrogen blanketing with storage tank.
ª In case of fire due to leakage use DCP, CO2 and Mechanical Foam type fire
extinguisher.
ª Use of non-sparkling tools for maintenance work around storage tank.
ª Provision of foam fill system with tank, fire hydrant and fire extinguisher for
emergency control.
ª Water spray over storage tanks for cooling to prevent secondary fire and BLEVE.
ª Shut off the source of fuel or remove the flammable material from emergency site.
F. Mitigation measures for leakage of solvents and hazardous organic

chemicals
ª Allow only trained perssonel to handle leakage and spillage.
ª Provide leak detection system proactively to control the leakge from source only.
ª Respirators are not as effective as ventilation in protecting workers in most
situations. However, allow respirators only in case of insufficient ventilation.
ª In case of fire due to leakage, use DCP, CO2 and/ or water type fire extinguisher.
G. Mitigation measures for leakage of concentrated acids

ª Neutralize Acid leakage by using lime, sodium bicarbonate, soda ash etc.
ª Absorb acid leakage by using dry earth, sand or other noncombustible materials.
ª Allow only trained perssonel to handle leakage and spillage.
ª Use water spray to divert vapor drift and to reduce vapors.

Page | 7.31
H. Emergency Management
Possible emergencies and remedial measures to prevent accident for various scenarios
are elaborated in Table 7.8, Table 7.9 and Table 7.10.

Page | 7.32
Table 7.8: Possible Emergency - Spillage (Spill Control Plan)

Scenario
Location Hazard Possible Action to be taken Remedial measures to prevent
considered
Consequence Causes recurrence of such incident
Action by
Chemical Small Toxic vapour Drum x Find out drum leakage x SOP for handling will be displayed in
Storage spillage Exposure to puncher or x Raise alarm immediately for warning local language for safe operating
area & drum handling damage, if large spillage observed. procedure.
Process operators. wrong x Do not enter in confined room if x FLP type light fittings shall be
Plant Large Fire in case of Storage spillage is inside a confined room. provided.
spillage ignition source method. x Do not touch any electrical switches x Proper ventilation shall be made
available within in spillage area. available in Drum storage area.
LEL-UEL % x Stop all hot work in this area. x Proper label and identification board
concentration x Call fire and Safety department. stickers shall be provided in the
x Cordon the area. storage area.
x Evacuate non-essential persons from x Proper inventory of hazardous
the affected area immediately. chemicals should be maintained and
x Inform the area in-charge. buffer stock should be kept as
x Try to control situation at department minimum as possible.
level with available resources with full x Conductive drum pallets shall be
PPEs. provided.
x Identify the spillage material and refer x Drum handling trolley / stackers/fork
MSDS for control plan. lift shall be used for drum handling.
x Segregate leakage drum from the x Materials shall be stored as per its
area. Compatibility study and separate
x Inform the Site Main Controller (SMC) area shall be made available for
in detail. flammable, corrosive and toxic
x Open all doors and windows in this chemical drums storage.
area. x Dyke wall will be provided to area
x Take decision to declare onsite where hazardous chemicals will be
emergency. stored.
x Spill control and neutralization team x Smoking and other spark, flame
member try to control spread material generating items shall be banned
in more area by absorbing material from the entry Gate.
and dry sand. x NFPA & GHS labels shall be
provided on drums for hazard
Page | 7.33
Scenario
considered
Action by
x If material is toxic or any other identification of the chemicals.
flammable and toxic chemical, special x Exhaust shall be provided at ground
precautions needs to be taken as per level in drum storage area.
chemical expert Key person guide x Drum loading unloading procedures
line. are prepared and implemented.
x Do not spray water or Foam on x Liquid chemicals will be transferred
spilled material. by mechanical seal pump through
x Do not drain spilled material in any closed pipeline.
trench.
x Collect the spilled material in close
container and send to ETP for further
neutralization of the residual contents.
x Administer first aid to the victim.
x Make arrangement to send injured
person/s to Hospital.
x If off site emergency situation occurs,
inform to following agencies Request
for Mutual aiders, local authorities like
DISH office, Collectorate office,
Disaster management cell, Police, fire
brigade, nearby hospital, local GPCB
office
Table 7.9: Possible Emergency - Fire

Scenario
considered
Action by
Chemical Small Fire in drum Drum x Raise fire siren or shout x SOP for handling will be displayed in
Storage spillage storage area leakage or Fire…Fire….Fire… local language for safe operating
area, Large BLEVE of drums damage, x Evacuate the area immediately. procedure.
Process spillage x Inform the area incharge. x FLP type light fittings shall be
Plant and Improper x Inform Incident Controller in detail. provided.
Utilities storage x Call fire department immediately and x Proper ventilation shall be made
Method.
Page | 7.34
Scenario
considered
Action by
help them in fire fighting. available in Drum storage area.
Ignition x Try to control situation at department x Proper label and identification board
source like level with available respiratory and stickers shall be provided in the
electrical non- respiratory PPEs. storage area.
source, x If it is found uncontrollable condition x Conductive drum pallets shall be
Friction etc. by department level inform Site Main provided.
Controller for onsite emergency x Drum handling trolley / stackers/fork
BLEVE due situation. lift shall be used for drum handling.
to x Declare on site emergency if x Materials shall be stored as per its
overpressure required. Compatibility study and separate
in drum x Remove unburned drums from the area shall be made available for
site if possible without any risk. flammable, corrosive and toxic
x Start fire hydrant system or water chemical drums storage.
hose rill and spray water on x Smoking and other spark, flame
uninvolved drums in fire for cooling generating items shall be banned
purpose. from the entry Gate.
x Use foam fire extinguishers for x NFPA labels shall be provided on
firefighting of solvent fire. drums for hazard identification of the
x Do not enter in fire prone area. chemicals.
x If fire found uncontrollable condition x Exhaust shall be provided at ground
call fire brigade and mutual aider for level in drum storage area.
help. x Drum loading unloading procedures
x In case of BLEVE fire, immediate are prepared and implemented.
evacuate the area up to 50 meters of
the area surrounding.
x All hazardous activates stop at site.
x Inform nearby company to remove
hazardous material or inventory from
the compound wall.
x Ensure search and rescue and
causalities receive attention.
x Administer first aid to the victim.

Page | 7.35
Scenario
considered
Action by
x Make arrangement to send injured
person/s to Hospital and inform
victim’s family.
x If off site emergency situation occur
–Inform to following agencies.
Request for Mutual aiders, local
authorities like – DISH office,
Collectorate office, Disaster
management cell, Police, fire
office.
Table 7.10: Possible Emergency – Toxic Gas Release

Chemical Potential injury / Toxic Gas Release x Activate audio visual alarm x Provide accurate gas monitoring
Storage fatality from Reactor / Heater Failure, x Evacuate the area immediately. system on site.
area & large release Leakage in Process Line, x Inform the area incharge. x Minimize on-site storage
Process Plugging of reactor outlet, x Inform Incident Controller in detail. x Develop procedure for tank
Plant leakage in pipeline x Call fire department immediately and inspection and maintenance
help them in fire fighting. x Develop purge system to remove
x Try to control situation at department gas to another tank.
level with available resources with x Provide temperature control inside
full PPEs. reactor with authomatic shut-down of
x If it is found uncontrollable condition gas flow to the reactor.
by department level inform Site Main x Design collection system to remove
Controller for onsite emergency and purify/recycle or discard
situation. unreacted gas.
x Declare on site emergency if x Design control system to detect
required. excess gases in exhaust and shut
x All hazardous activates stop at site. down gas flow.
x Inform nearby company to remove x Provide control system to detect

Page | 7.36

hazardous material or inventory from extreme temperature variations and
the compound wall. activate backup cooling system.
x Ensure search and rescue and x Diver flow to temporary storage tank
causalities receive attention. x Provide relief valve on reactor with
x Administer first aid to the victim. outlet to a temporary storage tank
x Make arrangement to send injured x SOP for handling will be displayed in
person/s to Hospital and inform local language for safe operating
victim’s family. procedure.
x If off site emergency situation occur x Provide training to employees in the
–Inform to following agencies. area.
Request for Mutual aiders, local
authorities like – DISH office,
Collectorate office, Disaster
management cell, Police, fire
office.

Page | 7.37
I. Fire fighting System

Adequate fire fighting system has been provided by the unit for existing plant for fire
fighting. Unit will establish similar type of fire fighting system for the proposed project as
described below.
ª Sufficient numbers of Fire extinguishers are installed in all plants and storage area
and details of existing and proposed fire control equipments are given in Table 7.11.
Table 7.11: Details of fire extinguishers
Quantity, Nos.
Sr.
Type Capacity Proposed
No. Existing
(Additional)
2 kg 30 --
3.2 kg 13 --
4.5 kg 197 --
1 CO2
6.8 kg 8 --
9 kg 7 5
45 kg 2 --
1 kg 19 --
2 ABC 5 kg 82 20
10 kg 97 10
5 kg 72 --
3 Dry Chemical Powder 10 kg 51 --
50 kg 2 --
3 Mechanical Foam 9L 46 --
ª Adequate Fire hydrant system is installed in the existing plant and details of fire
hydrant system are given in Table 7.12.
Table 7.12: Details of Fire Hydrants
Location of Fire Existing Proposed (Additional)

Hydrants Fixed Portable Fixed Portable
Entire plant 235 - 20 --
Water Monitor /
10 2 5 --
Foam Monitor

Page | 7.38
ª Separate underground fire water tank of 4650 KL is provided with diesel driven
pump and Jockey Pump. Details of Fire water pump is given in Table 7.13.
Table 7.13: Details of fire-water pump

S.
Item Location kW/HP Flow Make
No.
1 Main Pump Fire pump house 132 410 KL/Hr Siemens
2 Jockey Pump Fire pump house 18.7 32 KL/Hr Crompton
3 DG Pump Fire pump house 147 410 KL/Hr Kilosker
4. Fire trailer pump Near SNI Plant - 1800 LPM -
ª Adequate numbers of smoke detector, flame detector, explosive gas detector and
heat detector with alarm will be provided. Automatic sprinkling system will be
installed at various suitable locations. Details for the same is given in following Table
7.14.
Table 7.14: Details of provision for fire-fighting system.

Sr.
Particular Location
No.
1. Smoke Detector Process Plant
Hazardous chemical storage area
Admin building, canteen
2. Flame Detector Hazardous chemical storage area
Explosive Gas Process Plant

3.
Detector Hazardous chemical storage area
4. Heat Detector Hazardous chemical storage area
Admin building, canteen, hazardous chemical
5. Automatic Sprinkling
storage area, utility
ª D.G. Sets of 2 Nos. x 625 kVA are provided for emergency power supply.
ª Mock drill and training are scheduled and conducted on quarterly basis.
ª Respiratory PPEs like self contanined breathing appartus, bubble hood point with air
compressor, online respirator and non-respiratory PPEs like PVC apron, gum boot,
goggles, rubber hand gloves are provided in case of fire.
ª Nearest fire station is located at a distance of 11 km from project site. Also, nearby
industrial units located within 1 km distance will provide mutual aid for firefighting.

Page | 7.39
7.8. ONSITE EMERGENCY PLAN AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

As emergency is said to have risen when operators in the plant are not able to cope
with a potential hazardous situation i.e. loss of an incident causes the plant to go
beyond its normal operating conditions, thus creating danger. When such an emergency
evolves, chain of events which affect the normal working within the factory area and / or
which may cause injuries, loss of life, substantial damage to property and environment
both inside and around the factory takes place and a DISASTER is said to have
occurred.
Various steps involved in Disaster Management Plan can be summarized as follows:

1. Minimize risk occurrence (Prevention)
2. Rapid Control (Emergency Response)
3. Effectively rehabitate damaged areas (Restoration)
Disaster Management Plan is evolved by careful scrutiny and interlinking of

a. Types and causes of disaster
b. Technical know-how
c. Resource availability
Types of Disaster:
a. Due to Fire and Explosion
b. Due to Vapour Cloud
c. Due to Toxic Gas Release from:
i. Within the Unit
ii. External Sources
d. Hurricane, Flood, Cyclone and other Natural Calamities
This plan is developed to make best possible use of resources to:

x Reduce possibilities of accident.
x Contain the incident and control it with minimum damage.
x Safeguard others
x Rescue the victims and treat them suitable.
x Identify the persons affected/ dead.
x Inform relatives of the causalities.
x Provide authorative information to the news media.

Page | 7.40
x Preserve relevant records and equipment needed as evidence incase of any inquiry.
x Rehabilitate the affected areas.
The primary purpose of the on-site emergency plan is to control and contain the incident
and so as to prevent from spreading to nearby plant. It is not possible to cover every
eventuality in the plant and successful handling of emergency will depend on
appropriate action and decisions being taken on the spot. Following three staged
activities suggested as they are co-related and provide better points for emergency
preparedness, emergency action and subsequent follow up. Hierarchy of the
emergency team is given below in Figure 7.7, which will be implemented for proposed
project. Details of key personnel for emergencies are given in Table 7.15. Details of
personnel for specific possible hazard and emergencies are given in Table 7.16.
Figure 7.7: Hierarchy of the emergency team
Incident Reporter
Plant Chemist/ Superviser
Security for necessary help through

CUG mobile or Landline
Chemist through inform Incident Controller HR and

to ERT Member / FIRE Admin
And Safety Dept. /First
aider
Site Main Controller
Head of Department
Admin Office
Fire Brigade DPMC Statutory Doctor / Occupier/ Police

/ Nearby Vadodara Bodies, DISH Hospital Executive
industry for GPCB Director
Mutual Aid

Page | 7.41
Table 7.15: Responsible key personnel in case of emergency

Designation or
Sr.
duty under on site Phone No. Phone No.
No Name Designation
/ off site (Factory) (Residence)
.
emergency plan
1203/
1 Mr. S. K. Suman General Manager Site main controller 0265- 9428520281
3006203
1413/1429/1
438/1438/14
Mr. Somnath
2 Head Production 35/1413 / 9727726560
Devgirikar
1435 /
1438/1435
1458
3 Mr. R D Shah Head Engineering 9428520153
1210/1297
4 Mr. Tarun Soni Plant In-Charge 9428520152
Incident Controller
1313/1282
5 Mr. N.M.Patil Head Production --
1317/1237
6 Mr. Nikhil Shah Head Production 9727726560
Head Engg. 1280/1296/
8 Mr. Jaimin Raval --
Services 1248
Mr. Chirag 1368/1244
9 Manager --
Chauhan
Table 7.16: Details of In-charge for specific hazards and emergencies
In charge Person
Sr. Name of the possible Its source and Place of
No. Hazard or emergency reasons effects Name and Telephone
designation Nos.
1 Utility failure Break down Boiler Head Engg. 1302/1280 /
Service. 1428/1456/
1296
2 Power failure Break down of Power In charge 1321/1243/
power plant plant / Electrical 1215/1301/
fault / GEB Panel 1246
supply cut off room
3 Chemical spillage from Road accident Spot Section in 1284
road tanker/ tank / charge/
vessels. material
dept.
4 Tank / vessel burgle Chocking of Spot Concerned 1429/1413/
vent lead to in charge 1438/1287/
vacuum in tank 1244/1317/
1210 /1302
5 Steam leakage Line / gasket Nearest / Head Engg. 1280 /1428/
broken spot area Service. 1456/ 1296
6 Structure Collapse Over loaded / Building Project dept. 1240/
over life 1226/1243

Page | 7.42
In charge Person
Sr. Name of the possible Its source and Place of
No. Hazard or emergency reasons effects Name and Telephone
designation Nos.
7 Effluent over flow from Plant shut down Land In charge – 1221/1222
tank / trench in house/ ECPL/ /ground Env. / SHE
NECL etc. water /
structure
8 Tank/ vessel or Material fill more Spot In charge Intercom list
System pressurized then limit plant attached
9 Lightening Discontinuity of Factory/ Electrical In 1321/1215/
earthing strip vicinity charge 1243/1246
and grounding.
11 Toxic release Mal operation/ Factory / Plant – in As per
mechanical vicinity charge intercom
failure
12 Fire / Explosion Available Factory Plant head Intercom list
Source of /vicinity attached
ignition / run
away reaction.
7.8.1. Pre-emergency activity

For the systematic management of on-site emergency and to make emergency control
measures more effective, certain pre-emergency activities and planning plays essential
role. Following aspects are followed and implemented as a part of pre-emergency plan;
A. Training of workers
Training is most important for the effectiveness of an emergency plan. Before
implementing an emergency action plan, a sufficient number of workers are trained for
managing emergency. Details of various training to be given to workers are given
below:
ª Induction and safety training to all workers before engaging for work
ª Safety and fire-fighting training to all employees as well as for contractors’
employees periodically
ª Training on using personnel protective equipment to all workers
ª Training by calling external experts for imparting training on critical subjects
ª Deputing selective employees of EHS department for specialized training being
organized by different professional institution.
B. Internal Safety Survey

ª To identify various hazards in plant area.
ª To check protective equipment of workability.

Page | 7.43
ª To check various Safety installations.

ª To check fire fighting equipments, water shower etc.
ª To suggest extra modification required.
Check–list will be prepared to conduct internal safety survey effectively and smoothly
which will cover all the project activities and entire plant area. A template of checklist is
attached as Annexure 33. It will be ensured that the check-list is used by HSE
department as a part of SOP to conduct internal safety survey and will be updated from
time to time for the effective implementation.
C. Third Party Survey

ª To identify various hazards inside the factory.
ª To conduct survey on available Safety equipments.
ª To check built in safety system for its efficiency.
ª To suggest modification/new additions in the system.
Different types of plant assessment and audits will be carried out by the unit as
mentioned in Section 7.2.4 to complete the above tasks.
D. Non-Destructive Testing (NDT)

ª To prepare a list of equipments/pipe lines for Non-Destructive testing.
ª To prepare a plan for replacements/repairs as per testing reports.
ª To maintain plant wise record to compare with the last period.
E. Safety valve Testing

ª To prepare a list in the plant.
ª To prepare a periodic schedule for their testing & maintaining record.
ª To prepare a plan for replacements/repairs.
F. Fire Fighting System Testing

ª To prepare a list of fire hydrants, Fire Fighting appliances, Fire water pumps and
other available appliances and maintain the record.
ª To plan for testing schedule.
ª To replace defective equipments/accessories.
ª To check fire water pumps capacity.
ª To check all fire fighting equipments/appliances under fire services for operability.

Page | 7.44
G. Mock drills
ª Conduct internal mock drill for training the workers.
ª Conduct periodic drills, once in six months, to check the performance of workers and
equipments.
ª To know the draw backs/defects of the system and its corrective actions.
H. Personal Protective Equipments (PPE)

ª To arrange for sufficient quantity of personal protective equipments.
ª To train workers to use each PPE.
ª To maintain them in good condition.
I. Communication
ª To maintain internal/external communication system in good working condition.
ª To modify the siren sound for emergency.
ª To install wind-socks to indicate wind direction.
J. Emergency Lights
ª To check and maintain the emergency lights in control room and selected areas.
ª To keep sufficient number of torches in supervisor’s cabin/plant and in each
department.
ª Diesel operated power generator set will be maintained in working conditions as a
stand-by in case of failure of normal power supply.
K. Emergency Control Room

ª To identify the place of emergency control room.
ª To identify the alternative emergency control room.
ª To keep sufficient quantity of PPE in control rooms.
ª To provide proper telephone system in emergency control room.
ª To provide plan of the factory showing hazardous points and emergency control
point in emergency control room.
L. Assembly Points
ª To identify the location for assembling the plant emergency staff and co-ordinate in
case of emergency

Page | 7.45
ª To utilize the services of others to fix assembly points for non-essential workers and
to assemble in case of emergency.
ª Appropriate sign board showing fire exit, assembly points will be provided in the
entire plant.
M. Liaison with State Authorities

ª To keep liaison with police, fire brigade, Factory Inspector, Collector, local hospital
and keep them informed.
ª To inform them about the requirement in advance.
ª To keep them informed about mock drills.
N. Safety measures for General Public

Following measures will be taken to ensure safety of nearby villagers:
ª Nearby villagers will be trained in case of an emergency
ª Unit will prepare and distribute the booklet in local language giving detail properties
of hazardous chemicals and actions to be taken by them in case of any leakage.
ª Emergency sirens will be installed at security cabin near the main gate of plant to
inform the public about any type of emergency. All the sirens will be tested
periodically.
ª Periodical seminar and work shop in collaboration with industrial association or with
coordination with nearby industry will be arranged at nearest village to make aware
villagers for safety measures and emergency preparedness for accident.
7.8.2. Emergency Time Activities

Under these activities, the staff in the plant at various levels with pre-assigned duties is
expected to work in a coordinated manner to meet emergency situation, remove the
emergency conditions and bring the plant to normal with the help of resources available
within and out side the plant. Availability and correct use of different means of
communication and control is an important time activity. Sequence of action in case of
various types of emergencies (Fire and Leakage of chemicals):
ª Any person noticing fire or explosion or leakage of chemicals from pipeline or other
equipment, should attract attention of nearby personnel by using siren available
within premises.
ª The area is checked clear of people and organize emergency shut down of the plant/
equipment.

Page | 7.46
ª The total quantity of chemical leaked is ascertained and discharge of Air pollutants
through stack is stopped.
ª Other persons in the area will help the injured persons to go out of the place i.e. at
open area and immediately arrange for first aid.
ª Simultaneously by Telephone he will contact the emergency control centre.
ª He will inform the Incident controllers and key personnel depending upon the nature
of emergency.
ª He will also guide the out-side agency emergency aid services till the Incident
Controller/ Site Main Controller reaches to the site of Incident.
ª As soon as Incident controller/Site Main Controller reaches to the site of incident he
will take charge of the situation and guide/advice in tackling the emergency.
ª It is necessary to know that every one on the site should be accounted for and that
the relatives of causalities have been informed. As plant is small there is no problem
of accounting the personnel. It is necessary to have an up dated list of the names of
people at site on Holidays and weekly off days.
ª If the situation is not likely to be controlled by the available sources incident
controller/Site Main controller will assess the situation and declare the emergency as
“OFF SITE EMERGENCY”.
ª The incident controller/Site Main Controller will continue to do the available
resources to control and contain the emergency till the outside authorities and aid
services reaches to the incident site.
ª After District Authority reaches to the site, he will extend all the necessary help,
assistance and give required information/data as when required to control & contain
the emergency.
7.8.3. Post – Emergency Activities

A post-emergency base activity of steps taken after the emergency is over so as to
establish the reasons of the emergency and preventive measures to be taken.
The main steps involve:
ª Collection of records
ª Conducting inquiries and preventive measures.
ª Making Insurance claims
ª Inquiry reports and suggestions Implementations

Page | 7.47
7.9 OFF SITE EMERGENCY PLAN
The Off-site emergency plan will be made based on events, which could affect people
and Environment out side the premises. The off-site plan is largely a matter of ensuring
the co-ordination of proposed services and their readiness as far as possible, for the
specific hazards and problems, which may arise in as incident. Briefly two main
purposes of the plan are as under:
ª To provide the local district authorities, police, fire brigade, doctors etc. the basic
information of risk and environmental impact assessment and to appraise them of
the consequences and the protection / prevention measures and control plans and
to seek their help to communicate with the public in case of major emergency.
ª To assist the district authorities for preparing the off-site emergency plan for the
district or particular area. We have made our key personnel and other fully aware
about this aspect. The function of the off-site plans is as under:
Structure of the off-site emergency plan includes the following. Details of contact in case
of off-site emergency are given in Table 7.17.
ª Organizational set up-Incident controller /Site main controller, Key personnel, etc
ª Communication facilities - List of important telephones
ª Specialized emergency equipment - Fire fighting equipment
ª Specialized Knowledge - Trained people
ª Voluntary Organization - Details of organization
ª Chemical information - MSDS of hazardous substances
ª Meteorological information - Weather condition, Wind velocity etc
ª Humanitarian arrangement - Transport, First aid, Ambulance
Table 7.17: Details of off-site emergency contact

Sr.
Name / Designation Telephone numbers (external)
No.
1 Collector Office 2433000, 2432120
2 Jt. Director Industrial Safety & Heath 2434464, 2433492
3 Deepak Medical Foundation 2841455, 2841572
4 Fire Station – GIDC, Nandesari 2840300
5 Fire Station – IPCL 2232059, 2232011, 2232015, 2232411
6 Fire Station – GACL 2232681, 2232682, 2232780
7 Fire Station – Guj. Refinery 2307616, 2307690, 2307490

Page | 7.48
Sr.
Name / Designation Telephone numbers (external)
No.
8 Fire Station – GSFC 2232835, 2232451
9 Fire Station – BMC 101, 2426413
10 Bhailal Amin Hospital 2280300, 2281301, 2283055, 2285555
11 SSG Hospital 2423122, 2420602,2424848
12 Narhari Hospital 2794414, 2794415, 2794413
13 Shrijee Hospital 0265-3023827-28
14 Jalaram Blood Bank 2463906,2464130
15 Inspector of Factories 2434464, 2433492
16 ESIC Gen. Hospital, Gotri, Baroda 2336421,22,23
17 GIDC Water Supply 2840262
18 ABS - Bayer 2840285, 2840286, 2840559
19 Bakul (Chemstar) 2840410, 2840210
20 Camphor & Allied 2840851, 2840852
21 GEB Sub Station – NDSR 2840320
22 Police Station - Nandesari 2840440
Role of the factory management

The on site and off-site plans are come together so that the emergency services are call
upon at the appropriate time and are provided with accurate information and a correct
assessment of situation.
Role of local authority

Generally, the duty to prepare the off-site plan lies with the local authority. They may
have appointed an emergency planning officer (EPO) to prepare whole range of
different emergency within the local authority area.
Role of fire authority

The control of a fire is normally the responsibility of the senior fire brigade officer who
would take over the handling of fire from the Incident Controller on arrival at the site.
Role of police
The overall control of an emergency is normally assumed by the police with a senior
officer designated as emergency coordinating officer. Formal duties of the police during
emergency include protection of life and property and controlling traffic movements.

Page | 7.49
Role of health authorities

Health authorities, including doctors, surgeons, hospitals, ambulances etc. have a vital
role to play following a major accident and they should form an integral part of the
emergency plan. Major off-site incidents are likely to require medical equipments and
facilities in addition to those available locally.
Role of the “Mutual aid” agencies

Some types of mutual aids are available from the surrounding factories, as per need, as
a part of the on site and off-site emergency plan.
Role of the factory inspectorate

In the event of an accident, the factory inspector will assist the District Emergency
Authority for information and help in getting mutual aid from surrounding factories.
Unit will maintain the records of details of emergency occur, corrective preventive
measures to be taken. Unit will display the details like list of assembly points, name of
the persons involve in the safety team like site controller, incident controller etc.

Page | 7.50
CHAPTER 8
PROJECT BENEFITS
CHAPTER – 8 PROJECT BENEFITS
This chapter illustrates beneficial points to the surrounding area or community in

terms of infrastructural development, social development, boosting employment and
other tangible benefits due to proposed activities.
8.1 EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY

Total 39 persons are expected to be employed for the skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled
category in the proposed expansion for the various job categories. The preference will
be given to local population for employment in the semi-skilled and unskilled category;
this will increase the employment opportunity in the surrounding area. Secondary jobs
and indirect employment are also bound to be generated to provide day-to-day needs
and services to the work force and industrial activity. This will also increase the demand
for essential daily utilities in the local market. The employed people will be benefited
financially. This financial gain will fulfill their monetary requirements, which in turn will
increase their standard of living. At present, overall employment ratio in the study area
is 41.86%. This project may help to increase the direct / indirect employment in the
nearby community.
8.2 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT RESPONSIBILITY (CER) & SOCIO-ECONOMIC

DEVELOPMENT
The unit is aware of the obligations towards the society and to fulfill the social
obligations, unit will employ semi-skilled and skilled labor from the nearby villages for
the proposed project as far as possible. Unit will also try to generate maximum indirect
employment in the nearby villages by appointing local contractors during construction
phase as well as during operation phase as well as for transport sector.
Unit will contribute reasonably as part of Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER)

and carry out various activities in nearby villages. Unit will earmark Rs. 31.3 Lacs
(about 1% of the proposed expansion cost) for such activities, which will be utilized
within five years in various areas after commissioning of project in phase manner. Prior
to carry out any community welfare activity, the unit will consult the Village Heads /
Grampanchayat and their requirement will be assessed and necessary support will be
extended. The company will also associate with and contribute for the various activities
in this regard carried out by local Industrial Association and local government bodies.
An illustrative list of various activities is given here below and a need of CER activities is
Chapter-8: Project Benefits

Page | 8.1
also identified based on need-based assessment during the EIA study. Based on this
study the village-wise budget allocation is prepared and given in Annexure 34 and
budget allocation for various areas/filed is given in Table 8.1.
Table 8.1: Budget allocation for various CER activities

Sr. Budget Allocation, Rs. In Lacs
Areas / Fields
No. st
1 Year nd
2 Year 3rd Year 4th Year 5th Year Total
Education & Skill
A 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.0 7.0
Development
B Health 0.5 0.5 1.0 2.0 2.0 6.0
C Water & Sanitation 1.0 2.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 12.0
Infrastructure
D - 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.5 4.0
Development
Other Social
E - - 0.5 0.5 1.3 2.3
Welfare Activities
Total 2.0 4.0 7.0 8.5 9.8 31.3
Deepak Nitrite Ltd. being a corporate group understands its responsibility towards
society as well as environment protection. As a part of group policy, the group carries
out various CSR activities as per Companies Act for upliftment and betterment of local
people in vicinity of the plant site at various locations. Details of various CSR activates
carried out by the group is given in Annexure 35.
A. Education & Skill Development

The literacy rate in the study area is found to be 66.7%, which indicates moderate level
of education is available in the area. However, for the higher educational facilities the
community has to commute more than 5 Km. Hence, the unit has proposed to taken
following actions for educational necessities:
9 Development of library, science laboratory, computer laboratory, gymnasium etc.
in school and play-area in Anganwadi.
9 Award Scholarships/fellowships to deserving students to encourage education.
9 Provision of uniforms, books, stationery, necessary equipment etc to schools.
9 Promote Technical & professional education by giving financial assistance.
9 Promote computer literacy and technology assisted learning.
9 Reducing the drop out of students & absenteeism through counseling & other
means.
9 Organize skill development program for sustainable income generation &
livelihood for the community like training on scientific agricultural practices,
tailoring, embroidery, etc.
[[

Page | 8.2
9 Vocational training for Youth & Women.

9 Conducting awareness programs to reduce child labor in the villages
9 Promotion of adult education with focus on women’s education
9 Financial support and assistance for the development and maintenance of,
training institute
B. Health
The medical facilities in the study area are very limited. Hence, the unit is planning to
help the community through following measures for health benefits:
9 Health awareness campaigns on serious/chronic diseases.
9 Organize free medical check-up camp for the villagers
9 Providing nutritional supplements to lactating mothers, children, adolescent girls
and pregnant women.
9 Providing support for the development and maintenance of the health facilities
9 Offering specialized support services to the physically handicapped and mentally
challenged people.
9 Promote awareness programs against social evils such as addictions, AIDS etc.
and to spread the awareness of legal rights & responsibilities.
C. Water and Sanitation

All the villages are having basic source of water available. However, the unit has
planned to explore the following measures for community:
9 Provision of safe drinking water in village schools
9 Cleaning of water storage tank in villages and school
9 Provision of dustbin at various places like school, panchayat offices, public place
in villages etc.
9 Build water storage structures with the coordination of government.
9 Provision of sanitation facility in the villages by building common toilets
9 Participate in Cleanliness Camp/drive of state government.
D. Infrastructure Development
9 Construction / repair of school buildings, health center, etc. and construction of
separate toilets for boys & girls in school.
9 Promotion and development of water shed & rain water harvesting structure
9 Promotion and development of solar street light and solar system

Page | 8.3
9 Financial support and assistance for the development and maintenance of

infrastructure facilities in the region like multispecialty hospital, fire station,
training institute, road etc.
E. Other Social Welfare Activities

9 Financial & infrastructure assistance during disaster & other crisis incidents
9 Participate & contribute in local religious and social programs
Plantation along the road side and development of garden/greenbelt on government
barren land/common plots.
The various activities narrated above are not the exhaustive but illustrative and fund
allocated for various areas may also be diverted for other social activities depending up
on timely requirements and circumstances.
8.3 DIRECT REVENUE EARNING TO THE NATIONAL AND STATE EXCHEQUER

The proposed project will contribute revenue to the Central & State exchequer in the
form of Goods & Service Tax (GST), Income tax, Corporate taxes etc. Indirect
contribution to the Central & State exchequer will be there due to Income by way of
registration of trucks, payment of road tax, income tax from individual as well as taxes
from associated units. Thus, the proposed expansion will help the Government by
paying different taxes from time to time, which is a part of revenue and thus, will help in
developing the area. Demand of the products in foreign market is also significant, which
will boost the export potential of the company as well as country and thus will increase
the foreign exchange earnings. Export oriented units plays vital role in development of
economy as well as local physical infrastructure for further boosting of industrial
development with sustainable approach as the industries need to maintain good
environment & safety condition to get better foreign market.
8.4 INFRASTRUCTURAL BENEFIT

Infrastructural benefits include exposure of infrastructural & technological facilities due
to proposed project activity, required for the operation of the unit. The unit will use
modernized technologies and infrastructural facilities for proposed activities. So that,
nearby public or workers will become aware to new technology commenced or running
in the present market and thereby it will also helpful to boost knowledge of employees
and locals. Proposed project will also contribute in;
9 Increase in income of local population
[[

Page | 8.4
9 Development in local amenities facilities

9 Expansion in road link facilities as transportation through truck and other vehicles
will increased due to new project
9 Development in local civilization
8.5 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS

The proposed expansion will have many employment & trade opportunities with the
inception of the construction activities. Thus, these considerable employment & trade
opportunities will eventually result in appreciable economic benefits to the local people
& businesses / contractors. The unit will also provide vocational training opportunity to
the surrounding people and that will develop skills and promote the education activities.
The raw materials & finished goods will be moved by truck & tankers which will provide
indirect employment to people engaged in this sector. So, unit’s contribution to growth
of service sector will increase. Various CER & CSR activities to be planned by the
company can be considerably beneficial for the health, education, upliftment of poor
people, welfare of women & labors, assistance to the disabled people etc. These all
together with the economic benefits of the proposed project will result in further benefits
in terms of the literacy level, primary and middle level education and on health facilities.
A new awareness generated can also have benefits to the social pattern. The long-term
implications of this change can be definitely considered as progressive. Overall, the
beneficial Impacts due to the proposed project are shown in Figure 8.1

Page | 8.5
Figure 8.1: Possible Beneficial Impacts Due to Proposed Expansion Project
Project
Socio Economic Development of

Environment Greenbelt
Improve Educational Improve Soil

Facility Conditioning
Improve Prevent Soil

Infrastructural Setup Erosion & improve
Landscape
Improve Sanitation
Condition & Water Minimize Noise
Table Pollution
Improve Community Improve Aesthetic

Health Environment
Probability of
Temporary,
Secondary &
Permanent
Employment
Enhance Commercial
& Economic Status
[[

Page | 8.6
CHAPTER 9
ENVIRONMENTAL
COST BENEFIT
ANALYSIS
CHAPTER – 9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS
This chapter aims to discuss about the cost benefit analysis aspect with
environmental point of view.
However, it does not necessitate working out the cost benefit analysis as the
proposed expansion project will be setup in the existing plant in industrial estate of
GIDC to manufacture various inorganic and synthetic organic chemical. Moreover,
as SEIAA did not suggest this point during scoping of the project while awarding
Terms of Reference (ToRs), it has not been carried out.
Chapter-9: Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis

Page | 9.1
CHAPTER 10
ENVIRONMENTAL
MANAGEMENT PLAN
(EMP)
CHAPTER – 10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1. PRELUDE
The main purpose of the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is to identify project
specific actions that will be undertaken by the project authority for mitigation of the
specific impacts identified for the proposed expansion project. These actions will be
incorporated into project management system and integrated into the implementation at
various stages of expansion of project. The EMP describes both generic good practice
measures and site-specific measures, the implementation of which is aimed at
mitigating potential impact associated with the project activity.
10.2. OBJECTIVES OF THE EMP

The main objective of Environmental Management Plan is to warrant that the industrial
development in an identified particular study area needs to be entangled with judicious
utilization of non-renewable resources and to ensure that the stress/load on the
ecosystem is within its permissible assimilative capacity i.e. it’s carrying capacity. In
above context, assimilative capacity refers to the maximum amount of pollution load that
can be discharged into the environment without affecting the designated use of various
environmental attributes and is governed by dilution, dispersion and removal due to
physico-chemical and biological process. An effective EMP ensures that these
environmental requirements and objectives are satisfied during all phases of project.
The long-term objectives of the EMP for all the environmental attributes are as under:
ª To comply with all the regulations / applicable laws stipulated by Central & State
Pollution Control Boards.
ª To create good working conditions (devoid of air & noise pollution) for employees.
ª To rationalize and streamline environmental activities to add value in efficiency and
effectiveness.
ª To encourage and achieve highest performance and response from individual
employees and contractors.
ª To plan out the complete strategy to take care of stakeholder engagement.
ª Perspective budgeting and allocation of funds for environment management
expenditure.
ª To contribute significantly for sustainable development.
Chapter-10: Environmental Management Plan

Page | 10.1
ª To encourage support and conduct developmental works for the purpose of

achieving environmental standards and to improve methods of environment
management.
ª Continuous development and search for innovative technologies for a cleaner and
better environment.
10.3. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)

The EMP for the proposed expansion project has been designed for the various
environmental attributes viz. air, water, land, noise, ecology, socio-economic etc. and
the same is presented below in Table 10.1.
Table 10.1: Environmental Management Plan

Sr. Activities / Environmental
Management Plan
No. Aspects Attribute
I. Transportation of Raw Materials & Hazardous Chemicals
1 Vehicular Air Structural Measures:
pollution and Vehicular movement only during day time will be
Fugitive ensured.
emissions Transportation by covered vehicles will be ensured.
2 Noise Noise Regular maintenance and optimum use of the vehicles
pollution will be ensured.
3 Chemical
Land, air, water Driver will be educated about the characteristics of
spillage chemicals and immediate actions in case of any spillage
or accident.
Procedural Measures:
All the vehicles will be PUC certified.
Availability of MSDS of all the Hazardous materials to the
Off-site Emergency team will be ensured.
Availability of TREM card with driver during the
transportation of hazardous chemicals will be ensured.
II. Storage & Handling of Hazardous Chemicals & Fuel
1 Fugitive Air Structural Measures:
emissions Provision of designated storage area with impervious
flooring, dyke walls and garland drain to restrict / control
accidental spillages/leakages and to prevent
contamination of soil /land.

Page | 10.2

Management Plan
Provision of adequate ventilation system.
Provision of fixed pipeline and pumps with mechanical
seal or seamless pump for transfer of liquid raw
materials.
Provision of Gas detector in process plant and work
area.
Provision of breather valve, PRVs, rupture disc etc. on
storage tank / process vent.
Provision of Closed belt conveyance for transfer of coal
to coal crusher and boiler feeder.
Provision of flexi curtains at the entrance of coal storage
yard to avoid spreading of coal dust.
2 Chemical Water, land
Provision of water sprinklers with high pressure water
spillage
atomizer nozzle at coal storage yard, coal crusher and
ash disposal point.
Provision of de-dusting system at all loading and
unloading points of coal.
Good housekeeping to maintain clean and orderly
working environment will be ensured.
Storage of all the raw materials & fuel in designated area
only to restrict / control the seepage and prevent ground
water contamination.
Control operating parameters during plant operation.
Handling of all the chemicals in a proper manner with
prescribed procedures to avoid any spillages will be
ensured.
Collection and treatment of spillages, if any, with other
industrial effluent will be ensured.
LDAR program will be implemented and followed for
control and detection of fugitive emission.
Work zone monitoring will be carried out as per the
monitoring program.
Regular training to the persons handling chemicals will
be provided
Maintaining minimum stock of hazardous chemicals on-
site as far as possible.
III. Manufacturing Activities and Operations of Utilities
1 Resource Associated Structural Measures
Consumption Environment Installation of flow meter at water intake point and final
(Water, Fuel, disposal point.
Power etc.) Provision of separate energy meter for ETP, MEE /
APCM
Procedural Measures
Maintaining logbook for water, power, raw material, fuel
and other resources consumption (for production, ETP,

Page | 10.3

Management Plan
MEE, APCM etc.)
Proper and timely oiling, lubrication, preventive
maintenance of all plant machinery & equipment.
2 Wastewater Land, water Structural Measures
generation, Obtaining membership of Common Environmental
treatment & Infrastructure for effluent disposal.
disposal in Installation of flow meters at strategic locations to
Common monitor the effluent quantity.
infrastructure Construction of wall gate at final outlet of storm water to
for further prevent any discharge of contaminated storm water.
treatment & Overhauling of existing ETP consisting of primary &
final disposal tertiary treatment and installation of new MEE & RO for
treatment of additional effluent generated.
Discharge of Procedural Measures:
rain water Handling & management of various stream of the effluent
(Storm as per the design and maintaining proper log book
water) Prepare SOPs for efficient operation of ETP/MEE based
on operating guidelines provide by suppliers and ensure
strict implementation.
Supervision of ETP/MEE operation by trained and
experienced personnel.
Continuous and efficient operation of ETP/MEE
periodical maintenance in line with procedures defined
and manuals provided by the supplier.
Performance evaluation of installed ETP/MEE as per
monitoring program
Keep wall gate at storm water completely closed other
than monsoon to prevent any discharge of effluent/wash-
water in unforeseen situation.
Check storm water for any chemical contamination
before discharge, if found contaminated, re-direct to ETP
for further treatment
Ensure proper discharge of sewage to soak pit through
septic tank.
Ensure good house-keeping to avoid contamination of
storm water.
3 Gaseous Air Structural Measures
emission Provision of adequate stack height for proposed CPP
(Flue Gas & (GG Set). Provision of ESP followed by water scrubber
Process Gas) for proposed Steam boiler.
Provision of adequate APCM (water / acid / alkali)
scrubbers (as described in Section 2.11.2.2) having
design consideration to achieve the emission norms
prescribed by GPCB for process gas stacks.
Provision of stack of adequate height to achieve proper
dispersion of gaseous emission so as to have minimal

Page | 10.4

Management Plan
impact of ground level concentration
Provision of sampling ports as per guidelines for
monitoring of stacks.
Prepare SOPs for efficient APCM operation based on
operating guidelines provide by suppliers.
Maintain proper air to fuel ratio is for boilers.
Supervise APCM operation by trained and experienced
personnel.
Maintain operational logbook for APCM.
Prepare maintenance schedule for utilities and APCM
and ensure its strict implementation.
Carryout periodical monitoring to evaluate the efficiency
of APCM as per monitoring program.
Ensure regular maintenance of reactors and other
process equipment.
Ensure regular usage of proper PPE's by workers in the
plant.
Development of green belt for control of air pollution.
4 Fugitive Air Structural Measures
emissions Ensure close manufacturing systems order to minimize
fugitive emissions.
Connect all reactors to scrubbers and kept under
negative pressure as per the process requirement.
Provision of dedicated measuring tanks for each reactor.
Provision of fume extraction system wherever required.
Charging of liquid raw material by pumping & closed loop
system.
Carry out work zone monitoring as per the monitoring
program.
Ensure regular usage of proper PPE's by workers in the
plant.
5 Hazardous Land, Water Structural Measures
waste Provision of designated hazardous waste storage area
generation, with proper roofing and leachate collection.
handling and Acquire membership of common hazardous waste
management management facility for disposal of hazardous wastes
Carryout MoUs with authorized end-users for sale of
hazardous waste.
Collection, storage, handling, transportation and disposal
of all the hazardous wastes as per the Hazardous and
Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary
Movement) Rules, 2016.
Avoid manual handling of hazardous waste.

Page | 10.5

Management Plan
Ensure disposal of hazardous wastes at approved
TSDF/CHWIF with manifest only.
Explore technology for cleaner production, waste
minimization, treatment / reuse / recycle / co-incineration
of wastes.
6 Noise Noise Structural Measures
pollution Proper foundation, alignment and installation of rubber
padding as well acoustic enclosures for noise and
vibration generating equipment and machineries
Isolation of high noise generating machineries
Adequate green belt development to attenuate the noise
levels.
Procedural Measures
Preparation and implementation of preventive
maintenance schedule for equipment and machineries
Provision of ear plugs / ear muffs to workers working with
high noise generating areas
“Work permit system” for restricted entry to high noise
generating areas
Monitoring of noise levels at prominent locations as per
monitoring program
IV. Green Belt Development
1 Plantation of Water, Air, Structural Measures
species Land, Ecology Selection of species to be done considering the soil type
as well as tolerance to specific air pollutants expected to
generate from plant operations.
Adoption of water sprinklers and drip irrigation system
Allocation of fund for green belt development and
maintenance.
Survival rate of plant species to be monitored.
Maintain greenbelt by regular watering, soil enrichment
work (applying organic manure) weeding and providing
proper protection.
V. CER Activities
1 Generation of Socio economic Give preference to local people for the recruitment.
employment Allocation of fund for CER activities
opportunity Plan CER activities after carrying out need based
analysis and in consultation with village heads based on
2 Social welfare
their requirement
activities /
Periodical review of fund utilization
Infrastructure
development

Page | 10.6
10.4. GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT PLAN

Development of a greenbelt mitigates to a certain extent the potential negative impact
on the environment due to dust, air emissions, fugitive emission and noise. A green
cover itself acts as containment for dust. Presence of a green belt, lead to micro-climate
and soil quality balancing, by retaining of soil moisture, recharge of ground water as well
as self-control of micro-climate of that area. It also improves the aesthetic value of the
area, later on it becomes the natural habitat of various bird species.
To maintain the ecological balance, unit has developed green belt in area of 28,724 m2
which will be expanded up to 36,500 m2 (33% of total plot area) within the project
premises. Layout of greenbelt is given in Figure 10.1. Unit proposes to carryout
plantation of tress during construction phase, which will be completed within a year.
Details of the plant species and budget allocation are given in the Table 10.2 and Table
10.3 respectively. The unit has developed greenbelt outside plant premise at Deepak
Medical Foundation in 500 m2 area and also participated in the greenbelt development
program in 500 m2 area at nearby villages. Photographs of greenbelt developed in
existing plant are given in Table 10.4.
Table 10.2: Details of Plant Species
Sr. Total No. of Plant Species

Common Name Scientific Name
No. Existing Proposed Total
1 Copper Pod Peltophorum pterocarpum 80 40 120
2 Gulmahor Delonix ragia 90 45 135
3 Bougainvillea Bougainvillea spectabilis 120 50 170
4 Lemon Citrus limon 100 60 160
5 Saru Casuarina equisetifolia 70 25 90
6 Madhumalati Combretum indicum 40 25 60
7 Neem tree Azardirachta indica 600 120 720
8 Karanj Pongamia pinnata 125 20 145
9 Sevan Gmelina arborea 70 10 90
10 Banyan tree Ficus benghalensis 5 5 10
Total 1,300 400 1,700
ª Greenbelt Area
Sr.
Particular Total (m2)
No.
1. Tree Covered 19,600 5,400 25,000
2. Lawn Covered & Shrubs 9,124 2,376 11,500
Total Greenbelt Area 28,724 7,776 36,500

Page | 10.7
Table 10.3: Budget Allocation for Greenbelt Development

Sr. Unit Cost Total Cost
Items Unit Quantity
No. (Rs.) (Rs.)
Capital Investment
1. Soil Filling m3 2,333 80 1,86,624
2. Soil Dressing m3 2,333 15 34,992

No. of 50
3. Tree Plantation 400 20,000
Trees
Shrubs (assuming 10% of
4. m2 778 80 62,208
total Greenbelt Area)
5. Lawn/Ground Cover m2 2,376 70 1,66,320
6. Irrigation System m 118 150 17,700
Total Capital Investment 4,87,844
Recurring Expenditure
No. of 100
1. Trees 1,700 1,70,000
Trees
2. Ground Cover & Shrubs m2 11,500 50 5,75,050
3. Labor Cost Days 100 300 30,000
Total Recurring Cost Per Annum 7,75,000
Table 10.4: Photographs of Greenbelt Development

Page | 10.8
Figure 10.1: Greenbelt area development

Page | 10.9
The scenario of planting arrangement and size will be based on the optimum use of
available land. Plants suitable to abate the pollution are identified to be local plants.
The general considerations involved while developing the green belt are:
9 Local/native fast-growing trees will be planted.
9 Planting of trees will be undertaken in appropriate encircling rows.
9 Species will be tolerant to air pollutants present in the area mainly dust pollution.
9 It will possess extensive foliar area to provide maximum impinging surface for
continued efficient adsorption of pollutants.
9 It will be tall in peripheral curtain plantation, with large, spreading canopy in the
primary and secondary attenuation zones.
9 It will be able to grow and thrive on soil of areas, be evergreen in habitat having
minimum of leaf fall.
9 It will maintain ecological, land and hydrological balance of the region.
10.5. APPLICATION OF CLEANER PRODUCTION (CP) TECHNOLOGY

Cleaner Production in recent times has emerged as an attractive proposition to tackle
the environmental problems posed by rapid industrialization and is being accepted
worldwide. Besides reducing pollution, it also improves the process efficiency, thus
reducing the cost of production. Applications of CP mainly focus on preventing or
minimizing the generation of waste and gaseous emission. The basic idea of cleaner
production is to avoid a problem altogether rather than trying to find remedial measure
by adopting proactive approach of waste management. As far as the production
processes are concern, CP will be achieved by raw material and energy conservation,
by reducing quantum of emission and waste generation. To obtain fruitful results, CP
should be implemented by adopting the concept of product modification, source
reduction and recycling.
In the proposed project, the unit will implement various techniques of CP in factory
premises and put continuous efforts for developing new techniques. Proposed
implementation of techniques of CP is described below:
10.5.1 Pollution Prevention

ª High density polythene bags or drums will be used. Hence, the generation of plastic
waste can be reduced. Moreover, discarded bags / container will be decontaminated
and reuse/sold.

Page | 10.10
ª Unit will maintain the proper inventory of the hazardous chemicals and keeping the
buffer stock as minimum as possible. This will help to reduce the possibilities &
magnitude of environmental hazards.
ª There will be periodic arrangement of environmental training program to create
understanding among plant personnel towards environment.
ª Unit will manufacture products with maximum yield by using high-quality of raw
material and advanced process technology through continuous R&D for the product
range being manufactured.
ª To minimize material wastage, standard SOP will be followed by the unit.
10.5.2 Water Conservation

ª As a part of water conservation, excess service water taps will not be provided in the
plant premises.
ª Flow meter will be installed at raw water intake.
ª Mopping will be done for floor cleaning.
ª High Pressure Jet Pump will be used for the cleaning of equipment, vessel & rector
etc.
ª Water sprinkler system and drip irrigation will be used instead of hose pipe for the
green belt development.
10.5.3 Energy Conservation

ª Installation of roof top solar power grid.
ª First step to conserve energy is to identify source of energy utilization.
ª Variable frequency drives (VFD) in pumps, whenever required will be provided to
save energy.
ª Use of low loss transformer instead of conventional transformer.
ª Proper air to fuel ratio will be maintained for the maximum efficiency of boiler.
ª Good insulation practice will be adopted to prevent heat losses.
ª Regular cleaning of the lamps and fixtures will be done to get better illumination in
the plant.
ª To avoid loss of precious quantum of energy, regular maintenance / servicing will be
provided to all the equipments.
ª Unit will plan energy audit regularly as a tool for monitoring purpose.

Page | 10.11
10.5.4 Reuse / Recycle

ª Used oil from the plant & machineries will be reused as a lubricant within plant and
excess, if any will be sold to authorize recyclers.
ª Condensate from all the reactor jackets and dryers will be collected and pumped
under the steam pressure to the boiler feed water tank.
ª Recovery and re-use of steam condensate thereby reducing consumption of fuel and
water in the boiler.
10.5.5 Good Housekeeping

Good housekeeping means changing existing practices or introducing new ways of
operating and maintaining equipment. Proper housekeeping can prevent accidents,
spillages and leakages, raw material & product loses. For Good housekeeping,
following practices will be adopted.
ª All the materials will be stored in compatible group.
ª All pits, sumps will be properly covered or securely fenced.
ª Appropriate tools will be provided for handling of the materials.
ª Regular training will be given to all workforces.
ª All the passages, floors and stairways will be maintained in good condition. The
system will be made available to deal with any spillage at the plant.
ª Sufficient disposable bins will be clearly marked and these will be suitably located in
the plant.
ª In the plant, precaution and instructions will be displayed at strategic locations.
Proper working instructions will be given to all the workers in factory.
ª Roads/walkway within the plant will be maintained neat and clean. Walkways will be
clearly marked and free from obstructions.
10.6. BUDGETARY ALLOCATION FOR ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION

Capital investment towards the environmental protection, control & mitigation measures
will be about Rs. 13 Crore for proposed expansion project.
The unit will keep provision for adequate funds aside to meet with regular expenses for
the environmental control measures. Recurring cost for environmental management for
the ultimate phase of the project is given in Table 10.5.

Page | 10.12
Table 10.5: Environmental Budget Allocation

Capital Cost Recurring Cost
Sr.
Description Rs. In
No. Rs. In Basis for cost
Lacs per Basis for cost estimation
Lacs estimation
Annum
Water Cost of chemicals, power
Installation of Stripper,
1. Pollution 1,200 1,050.0 consumption, maintenance
MEE & RO
Control cost of ETP & MEE
Air Pollution Installation of ESP, Power consumption and
2. 50.0 10.0
Control and Scrubbers maintenance of APCM.
Construction of
Hazardous / storage of hazardous Transportation and disposal
3. Solid Waste 20.0 1,500.0
waste, membership of cost
Management
TSDF/CHWIF
Acoustic enclosure for
4. Noise
10.0 Boiler, DG Set, 2.0 Maintenance cost
Pollution
Pumps housing
Hiring of panel doctors,
Occupational Upgradation of First
5. 5.0 4.0 medical examiners and
Health Aid Center
expenses
Land Leveling,
Green Belt Maintenance for greenbelt
6. 5.0 Plantation, Irrigation 7.7
development through hiring agency
System Installation
Installation of process Third party cost for
Environmental gas & VOC detector; environmental monitoring
7. 10.0 18.0
Monitoring In-house monitoring and Statutory compliance
and testing facilities and chartered services.
Execution of various CER
Community activities (1% of expansion
8. -- -- 6.3
Welfare cost ~ 31.29 Crore to be
utilized within 5 Yrs.)
Total 1,300.0 -- 2,598.0 --
10.7. DO’S & DON’TS

The unit has prepared and maintained the checklist of Do’s and Don’ts. The same is
conspicuously posted at the prominent places in the plant premises and it is ensured by
EHS department that all the workers pursue the same in day-to-day working. The list of
Do’s and Don’ts related to EHS is given at Annexure 36.

Page | 10.13
CHAPTER 11
SUMMARY &
CONCLUSION
CHAPTER 11 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION
11.1 INTRODUCTION
Captive Power Plant (Gas based Generator Set) of 4.8 MW capacity. The unit has
obtained Environmental Clearance (EC) from State Level Environment Impact
Assessment Authority (SEIAA), Gujarat for their existing plant on 12/09/2012.
amendments.
The EIA Study has been carried out by Envisafe Environment Consultants,
Ahmedabad, Gujarat which is based on one season field data collected distance for
other project near to the project site during Nov 2018 to Jan 2019 (Winter Season) and
the same data has been used in assessment of impacts due to the proposed expansion
project.
11.2 PROJECT LOCATION & ENVIRONMENTAL SETTINGS
1. Location : Plot No. 4/12, Nandesari notified Industrial

Estate of GIDC, Dist.: Vadodara, Gujarat
2. Geographical Locations Elevation: 41 m
Toposheet No: F43/H3
: Node Latitude Longitude

NNE 22°25' 0.68"N 73° 5'43.57"E
ENE 22°24'56.94"N 73° 5'48.26"E
SSW 22°24'41.03"N 73° 5'32.60"E
SW 22°24'44.80"N 73° 5'28.07"E
Chapter 11: Summary & Conclusion

Page | 11.1
3. Land use of Project site : Notified Industrial Estate of GIDC

4. Infrastructure Setup (Aerial distance from project site):
(a) Village / Habitation : Nandesari: 690 m, NW
(b) Town : Vadodara: 10 Km, SE
(c) City : Vadodara: 10 Km, SE
(d) Highways : NH-48: 2.6 Km, NE
(e) Railway Station : Nandesari: 500 m, NNE
(f) Sea Coast : Gulf of Khambhat: 88 Km, SW
(g) Domestic Airport : Vadodara: 16 Km, SE
(h) International Airport : Ahmedabad: 88 Km, NNW
(i) Defense installations : None
5. Place of Interest / Tourist places : None
6. Displacement of population : None
7. Seismic Zone : As per the earthquake sensitivity index, the
unit is situated in Zone- III having moderate
Damage Risk (MSK- VII).
11.3 DETAILS OF PROPOSED EXPANSION PROJECT
ª Status : Existing Unit

ª Products & Capacity :
¾ List of Products (Existing)

Prod. Capacity,
Name of Products
Code. TPM
E2 Nitrate Salts of Alkali and Alkaline Earth Metals OR
10,000
E3 Sulphates Salts of Alkali and Alkaline Earth Metals
Calcium Nitrite, Calcium Nitrate, Potassium Nitrite, Potassium Nitrate
E4 600
OR Nitrosyl Sulphuric Acid
E5 Nitrosyl Sulphuric Acid (NSA) 100
E6 Spent Acid Concentration 600
E7 Sodium Sulphate 600
Total (E1 to E8) 17,480

Page | 11.2
E10 Hydoxylamine Sulphates (HAS) 150

Hydroxylamine Hydrochloride (HAHCl) OR
E11 30
Methoxylamine Hydrochloride (MAHCl)
E13 Acetoxime OR Methoxylamine Hydrochloride (MAHCl) 18
E14 Acetal Oxime OR Methoxylamine Hydrochloride (MAHCl) 20
Methyl Ethyl Ketoxime (MEKO) OR Methoxylamine Hydrochloride
E16 20
(MAHCl)
Ethoxyl Amine Base (EA Base) OR Methoxylamine Hydrochloride
E17 30
(MAHCl)
E18 SMIA (2 Methoxyimino-2 Furyle Acetic Acid Ammonium Salt) 12
E19 Derivatives of Resorcinol-1,3 CHD, 4 HC OR Alkyl Phenol 30
E21 Resorcinol OR Alkyl Phenols 20
E22 Para Nitro Toluene Sulphonic Acid (Pntosa) OR Lubricity Improvers 400
E23 Lubricity Improvers -
E24 Mono Chloro Benzene (MCB) OR Dichloro Benzene 1,200
E25 Di Chloro Benzene (DCB) 180
E26 Nitro Chloro Benzene (NCB) Or 2 Ethyl Hexyl Nitrate 1,200
E27 2 Ethyl Hexyl Nitrate (EHN) 600
E29 Nitro Ortho Xylene/ Nitro Meta Xylene OR 2 Ethyl Hexyl Nitrate 720
E30 Nitro Cumene Or 2 Ethyl Hexyl Nitrate 600
E31 Nitro Cresol Formulation 12
E32 Toluidene OR
E33 Xylidene OR
1,000
E34 Cumidine OR
E35 Dichloro Aniline
E36 Di-Butyl Para Phenyl Diamine (DBPPDA) OR
100
E37 N-(1-Ethyl propyl)-3,4-Xylidine (4NAX)
E38 Methyl Chloro Propionate (MCP) 50
Total (E9 to E38) 8,406
Total (Exiting) 25,886
E39 Captive Power Plant (Gas Based Generator Set) 4.8 MW
¾ List of Products (Scenario after proposed expansion)

Prod. Capacity,
Name of Products
Code. TPM
E2 Nitrate Salts of Alkali and Alkaline Earth Metals 10,000
E3 Sulphates salts of alkali and alkaline earth metals 10,000
Calcium nitrite, Calcium nitrate, Potassium nitrite, Potassium
E4 600
nitrate
E5 Nitrosyl Sulphuric Acid (NSA) 2,100
E6 Spent Acid Concentration 3,000
E7 Sodium Sulphate 10,000

Page | 11.3

Total (E1 to E8) 45,880
E10 Hydoxyl Amine Sulphates (HAS) 300
E11 Hydroxylamine Hydrochloride (HAHCl) 30
E13 Acetoxime 18
E14 Acetal Oxime 20
E16 Methyl ethyl ketoxime (MEKO) 20
E17 Ethoxyl Amine Base (EA base) 30
E18 SMIA (2 Methoxyimino-2 Furyle Acetic acid Ammonium salt) 30
E19 Derivatives of Resorcinol-1,3 CHD, 4 HC 30
E21 Resorcinol 20
E22 Para Nitro Toluene Sulphonic acid (PNToSA) 400
E23 Lubricity Improvers 1,000
E24 Mono Chloro benzene (MCB) 1,200
E25 Di chloro benzene (DCB) 1,230
E26 Nitro Chloro Benzene (NCB) 1,200
E27 2 Ethyl Hexyl Nitrate (EHN) 3,120
E29 Nitro Xylene (ortho, meta, para) 1,000
E30 Nitro Cumene 600
E31 *Nitro Cresol Intermediate 2,000
E32 Toluidene 1,000
E33 Xylidene 1,000
E34 Cumidine 1,000
E35 Dichloro Aniline 1,000
E36 Di-butyl Para Phenyl Diamine (DBPPDA) 100
E37 N-(1-Ethyl propyl)-3,4-Xylidine (4NAX) 100
E38 Methyl chloro propionate (MCP) 50
Total (E9 to E38) 22,004
Total (after proposed expansion) 67,884
E39 Captive Power Plant (Gas based generator Set) 10 MW
*Generated along with Nitro Toluene
ª Proposed Products
[Synthetic Organic Chemicals (Sr. No. P1 to P26) – EC applicable]
P1 6-Aminopurine (Adenine) &/OR 100
P2 3-Nitro Acetophenone (3NAP) &/OR
P3 3-Amino Acetophenone (3AAP) &/OR
P4 3-Hydroxy Acetophenone (3HAP) &/OR
P5 2,3-Xylenol &/OR
P6 2,4-Xylenol &/OR
P7 2,5-Xylenol &/OR
P8 Phenyl Hydrazine Base

Page | 11.4
P9 1,2,4 Triazinone (Metribuzin Intermediate) &/OR 100

P10 Dichloropinacolone &/OR
P11 Thiocarbohydrazide (TCH)
5-amino-3-cyano-1(2,6-dichloro-4-trifluromethylphenyl) 100
P12
pyrazole [Fipronil Intermediate]
P13 Benzotrifluoride (BTF) &/OR 100
P14 3-Amino Benzotrifluoride (3-ABTF) &/OR
P15 3-(Trifluoromethyl)Acetophenone (TFMAP) &/OR
P16 m-Hydroxy Benzotrifluoride (MHBTF)
Dibenzo[b,f][1,4]thiazepine-11(10H)-one (DBTZ) [Quetiapine &/OR 100
P17
Intermediate]
P18 Guanine &/OR
P19 Aciclovir &/OR
(R)-9-[2-Phosphonomethoxy) propyl]adenine (Tenofovir) &/OR
P20
[PMPA]
2-Chloromethyl-3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxy pyridine &/OR
P21 hydrochloride
(Omeprazole Chloro Int.)
P22 2,3,5-trimethyl-4-nitropyridine N-oxide (Omeprazole Nitro Int.) &/OR
P23 3-Ethyl Tryptophol (Etodolac Intermediate) &/OR
P24 S-Alcohol (Duloxetine Intermediate) &/OR
P25 2-Methyl-3-Amino Benzotrifluoride (MTA)
P26 R&D Products (Synthetic Organic Chemicals) 10
Total (Proposed: P1 to P26) 510
Grand total after proposed Expansion 68,394
General Information:
ª Category as per EIA : 5(f)-B
Notification 2006
ª Land availability, sq.m. : 1,10,600 m2
ª Land type : Industrial Land
ª Capital investment, Rs. In : 31.29 (Existing: 238.59, Total: 269.88)

Crore
ª Capital investment for EMP, : 13.00 (Existing: 5.30, Total: 18.30)
Rs in Crore
ª Recurring cost for EMP, Rs : 25.98 Crore
in Crore / Annum
ª CER budget, Rs. In Lacs : Rs. 31.3 Lacs
ª Greenbelt development, : 7,776 (Existing: 28,724, Total: 36,500)

sq.m.
Resource Requirement:
ª Raw materials : For the proposed expansion project, various

raw materials will be required in tune of about
93,016.32 TPM. Most of the raw materials

Page | 11.5
required for the proposed expansion project

will be sourced from local market.
ª Source of water supply : GIDC
ª Fresh Water Requirement : Requirement, KLD

Category
Existing Ultimate
Industrial 3,066 3,330
Domestic 190 170
Total
3,256 3,500
Requirement
ª Power Source : Madhya Gujarat Vij Company Ltd. (MGVCL)
ª Power Requirement : 3,000 KW
(Existing: 7,000 KW, Total: 10,000 KW)
ª Fuel Requirement : Requirement

Fuel
Existing Ultimate
R-LNG 2,095 SCM/hr 4,200 SCM/hr
Coal 2,700 TPM 6,000 TPM
Furnace Oil 2,350 Lit/hr 2,350 Lit/hr
LDO 45 Lit/hr 45 Lit/hr
Diesel 260 Lit/hr 390 Lit/hr
ª Employment Opportunity, : 39 Persons
Nos.

Page | 11.6
Figure 11.1 Key Infrastructure Map of the Study Area

Page | 11.7
11.4 POLLUTION POTENTIAL AND CONTROL MEASURE
Water Pollution:
ª Effluent Generation & : Source of Effluent:

Management Process, APCM, Boiler, Cooling, Washing, DM Plant
Hydraulic Load (KLD)

Industrial: 2,156; Domestic: 170
Management:
After proposed expansion, total effluent generation
will increase from 1,151 KLD to 2,156 KLD. Effluent
will be segregated into high COD/TDS and low
COD/TDS stream.
Unit proposes install stripper and MEE units for
treatment of high concentrated effluent. High
COD/TDS stream from manufacturing process
@668 KLD will be sent to proposed stripper followed
by MEE. Stripper outlet @668 KLD along with
effluent from DM-Reject @140 KLD and RO Reject
@138 KLD will be sent to MEE. Hence, total
hydraulic load of MEE will be 946 KLD. Condensate
from MEE @896 KLD will be sent to RO. Permeate
from RO @758 KLD will be re-used in cooling tower
makeup.
Low COD/TDS stream from Process, APCE, Boiler,
Cooling and Washing @ 1,321 KLD will be sent to
ETP having primary and tertiary treatment along with
hydrodynamic cavitation treatment units. Treated
effluent from ETP @ 1,321 KLD will be discharged
into VECL as per current practices and hence there
will be no additional discharge to the CETP of VECL.
Air Pollution:
ª Flue gas emission & : Presently, unit has installed Electrostatic Precipitator
control followed by water scrubber to the steam boiler (28
TPH) as an air pollution control measure. The unit
will install new ESP followed by water scrubber for
the proposed steam boiler (40 TPH). Stacks of
adequate height are provided for the existing boilers,
CPP (GG Sets) and DG sets for dispersion of
Gaseous pollutants and the same system will be
implemented for the proposed expansion.
ª Process gas emission & : There are process gas generation from the existing

Page | 11.8
control plant in the form of NOx, NH3, SO2 and Cl2. Unit has
provided adequate scrubbing system (water/ acid/
alkali scrubbers) to control emission of process gas
into atmosphere. There will be generation of NOx,
NH3, HCl, and H2S from the proposed expansion.
Unit will provide adequate scrubbing system (water/
alkali scrubbers) to control emission of process gas
into atmosphere.
Hazardous Waste : All the hazardous waste will be collected, stored,
Management: handled, transported and disposed as per the
Hazardous & Other Waste (Management and
Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016.
Unit has obtained membership of

NECL/RSPL/BEIL/GSPL/SEPPL/GGEPIL for the
final disposal of hazardous waste from their existing
unit waste and will obtain permission for additional
quantity of hazardous waste from CHWIF/TSDF/Co-
processing facilities like J.K.Lakshmi Cement Ltd.,
Sanghi Industries Ltd. etc.
Noise & Vibration: : The main source of noise generation may be from
the CPP (G.G. Sets) and D.G. Sets. They will be
operational only in case of main power failure or
intermittent power supply from Grid.
The auxiliary source of noise and vibration from the
proposed project will be working of Plant
machineries as well as transportation of vehicles
carrying raw materials and products. Adequate
precautions will be taken for abatement of noise
pollution.
11.5 BASELINE ENVIRONMENT, IMPACTS ASSESSMENT& MITIGATION

MEASURES
For assessing environmental quality, the baseline environmental data collected by

Envisafe Environment Consultants, during the Winter season (November 2018 to
January 2019) in a study area of 10 km radial distance from project site has been taken
for the preparation of the report. For the present EIA study, the area falling within 10 km
radial distance from project site has been selected for preparing the site map along with
infrastructure setup and administrative map, land use/land cover map, socio-economic
study as well as to monitor the base line environment quality. Baseline study was

Page | 11.9
conducted as per the approved TORs issued by SEIAA and guidelines of

MoEF&CC/CPCB.
11.5.1 Topography & Geology

The topography of the region mainly comprises of undulating terrain with most of the
part being low lying area. The lithological logs of the borehole data indicate that the
formation comprises of Alluvium both Aeolian and fluvial composed of sand, silt, gravel
clay and kankar. The thickness of alluvium is estimated to be about 20 to 60 m. From
the study of geological cross-sections, it is inferred that although it is comprising
predominantly of sand, the intervening clay layers which are not perfectly impervious
and does not act as a perfect confining condition. These are leaky aquifer.
11.5.2 Seismology
The study area falls in Zone III as per IS 1893 (Part-I):2002, which is referred as
Moderate Damage Risk Zone. The area is liable to earthquakes of Modified Mercalli
Intensity Scale VII.
11.5.3 Micro-Meteorology
The site-specific micrometeorological data has been collected continuously during the
study period by installing automatic weather station at project site. During the study
period, wind was blowing mostly from ENE, NE and WNW direction with average
speed 1.5 m/s and maximum speed of 18 m/s. Average temperature recorded was
24.4 °C with maximum temperature of 40.4°C and minimum of 10.2°C. The average
relative humidity was recorded as 39.4%, whereas minimum as 10% and maximum
as 83%.
11.5.4 Surface and ground water

Baseline:
Total 9 water samples have been collected from the Seven locations once during the
study period. Out of these, 4 ground water, 1 pipe water (GIDC Supply), and 4 surface
water samples have been collected.
x All the parameters of collected water sample from GIDC supply are within the
desirable limit except dissolved solid, total hardness, magnesium and chloride as
highlighted in Table 3.8. However, all the parameters were within the permissible
limit.

Page | 11.10
x All the parameters of collected ground water and surface water samples were well
within desirable limit except turbidity, dissolved solid, alkalinity, total hardness,
calcium, magnesium and chloride at some of the villages. However, all the
parameters were well within the permissible limit at all the locations.
x All the other Heavy metals measured in samples were below detection limit at all the
locations.
x It is observed from the surface water analysis of the study area and compared with
classes for designated use of fresh Water Standards, that samples of study area are
suitable for “E Class” i.e. Irrigation, industrial cooling & Controlled Waste Disposal.
Impact Assessment:
x As total water supply will be from GIDC only, there will not be any direct impact
envisaged on the ground water resources.
x There may be risk of ground water and surface water contamination due to
wastewater generation and discharge.
x The domestic wastewater (sewage) generation may contribute in surface water
contamination.
Mitigation Measures:
x For effective treatment, safe handling and disposal of effluent, proper stream
segregation is done.
x Unit has installed adequate administrative and infrastructural setup for the
continuous and efficient operation of ETP and will install Stripper followed by MEE &
RO for the treatment of additional effluent generation. Unit will take necessary care
during the handling and discharge of effluent.
x Well-designed storm water network is provided to collect rain water from entire plot
area and to avoid water logging within the premise.
x Wall gate is constructed at final outlet of storm water to prevent any discharge of
contaminated storm water. Contaminated storm water, if any, is diverted to ETP for
further treatment.
x Domestic wastewater will be treated in proposed STP and treated sewage will be re-
used for greenbelt development.
x All the chemicals, raw materials as well as products are stored in dedicated storage
area with impervious flooring to restrict/control leakages and prevent ground water
contamination.

Page | 11.11
x As a part of CER activity, the unit will explore the possibility to construct rainwater
harvesting and groundwater recharge structures in consultation with local gram
panchayat and village heads in surrounding villages. This may lead to positive
impact on water environment.
11.5.5 Ambient Air

Baseline:
Ambient air quality monitoring was carried out at five locations and baseline data
indicates that ranges of concentrations of PM10 (70 to 96 μg/m3), PM2.5 (28 to 52 μg/m3),
SO2 (14.2 to 29.1 μg/m3), NO2 (17 to 36 μg/m3), NH3 (17 to 26 μg/m3), Cl2 (15 to 21
μg/m3), HCl (20 to 33 μg/m3) and VOC (3.2 to 4.8 μg/m3). It is observed from the above
graphs that baseline concentration of PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NO2, NH3, and Cl2 in the ambient
air were within the within the norms specified for NAAQs at all the monitoring locations.
Concentration of HCl was within the norms specified by GPCB at project site and was
below detectable limit at other locations. H2S in ambient air was below detectable limit
at all the monitoring locations and VOC was observed at project site only.
Impact Assessment:
x The maximum 24-hourly average ground level concentration for pollutant due to
proposed project calculated using mathematical model (ISCST3) for PM10, SO2,
NO2, NH3, HCl and H2S are 2.452 Pg/m3, 4.481 Pg/m3, 0.810 Pg/m3, 1.045 Pg/m3 ,
0.299 Pg/m3 and 0.274 Pg/m3 respectively which is negligible even for the worst-case
scenario. Moreover, this will occur at a distance of maximum 100 meters from the
source, which falls within the GIDC industrial estate only where there is no existence
of permanent habitat.
x The incremental ground level concentration of all the pollutants at all the ambient air
monitoring locations is very negligible and practically nil and therefore there will not
be any impact on the air quality of surrounding villages due to the proposed
expansion project.
x It is revealed that all the parameters are well within the NAAQS after consideration
of incremental concentration due to proposed expansion project.

Page | 11.12
Mitigation Measures
x There will be flue gas generation from proposed steam boiler (40 TPH) from the
proposed expansion. ESP followed by water scrubber will be provided as an APCM.
Stack of adequate height will be provided to proposed DG set (625 kVA) and CPP
(GG Set).
x There will be generation of NOx, NH3, HCl, and H2S from the proposed expansion.
Unit will provide adequate scrubbing system (water/ alkali scrubbers) to control
emission of process gas into atmosphere.
x There will be a chance of fugitive emission and odor nuisance during manufacturing
process as well as due to storage & handling of raw materials and products. The unit
will take adequate measures for the control of fugitive emission.
x Unit will install online monitoring system for detection and emission of gaseous
emission from proposed project.
x LDAR program will be implemented and followed for detection and control of fugitive
emission from process.
11.5.6 Soil quality

Baseline:
Surface soil samples were collected from five locations of study area once during the
study period.
x Bulk density of soil samples was in range of 1.125 gm/cm 3 to 1.402 gm/cm3, which
will have no significant effects on root growth.
x pH of the soil samples ranged from 6.98 to 7.37, which indicates ideal range for
growth of crop.
x The Electrical conductivity of the samples varied from 397 to 765 µs/cm, which
indicates, no salinity ingress in the study area.
x The organic matter in the soil ranged from 2.3% to 3.6%. The result range signifies
that the soil is being maintained in an optimal desired range.
x The concentration of available Nitrogen, Phosphorous and Potassium in the soil
samples signifies that the soil of the area is less fertile.
Impacts Assessment
x In operational phase, there will be chances of soil contamination due to improper
working of machineries or during transportation of raw materials or finished products.

Page | 11.13
x The impact on soil environment may be due to effluent disposal, chemical and
hazardous waste storage & handling.
x Spillage of chemicals during loading, unloading and transfer, leakage of pumps,
flange leakage in pipelines may create soil contamination.
Mitigation Measures :
x Regular maintenance of plants and machineries are carried out and proper care is
taken while loading, unloading and transfer of materials to avoid any soil
contamination.
x The entire plant area flooring is made up of concrete except open ground cover for
greenbelt development. It prevents any seepage and leakage into sub soil surface.
No spillage is allowed in open ground.
x Proper collection and handling of industrial effluent is done to prevent any seepages
and leakages.
x Entire quantity of domestic wastewater is disposed of in septic tank followed by soak
pit.
x The unit has provided dyke wall around the storage tanks area of hazardous
chemical along with transferring pumps to reduce the risk of proposed tank
leakages.
x Leakages and spillage of chemicals are controlled through regular maintenance of
pumps and flange connections in the pipelines and proper care is taken while
loading, unloading and transfer of materials to avoid any soil/land contamination.
x The unit has provided adequate designated area of 580 m2 for the hazardous waste
storage within premises having impervious floor and roof cover with leachate
collection system. In case of any spillage, it is being collected and treated in ETP.
Thus, there are no chances of contamination of soil due to the storage of chemicals
and hazardous waste.
x The hazardous waste generated is stored and handle as per the Hazardous and
Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016.
11.5.7 Noise
Baseline:
The Noise readings were monitored for 24 hours at five different locations within the
study area. Noise levels were compared with the standards prescribed by MoEFCC

Page | 11.14
which indicates that the noise levels at all the locations were found well within the limit
for day & night time.
Impacts Assessment
x During construction phase the impact on noise environment will be due to
transportation activities (transportation of construction materials), construction
activities etc.
x During operational phase the impact on noise environment will be due to
transportation activities (transportation of raw materials and finished products etc.),
manufacturing activities and utilities.
x Occasional operation of D.G. set in case of power supply failure will contribute to
noise generation.
Mitigation Measures :
In operative phase of the project, there is noise generation within the premises.
However, adequate measures are taken to minimize the noise.
x The unit has installed latest technology based low noise D.G. sets with acoustic
enclosures.
x The noise generation is mitigated by installing noise barriers/absorbers around
stationery noise sources, viz. pumps, compressors and blowers etc.
x Adequate noise control measures such as anti-vibration pad for equipment with high
vibration are provided. Proper and timely oiling, lubrication & preventive
maintenance is done regularly.
x All the vibrating parts are checked periodically and serviced to reduce the noise
generation.
x Noisy equipments are enclosed in sound proofing enclosures to give residual sound
pressure lower than 75 dB (A).
x To minimize the adverse effect on the health, Earmuffs/ earplugs are provided to the
workers working under high noise area.
x Green belt acts as a barrier to the propagation of noise from the factory premises. It
reduces the noise levels appreciably. Hence, there isn’t any adverse impact to the
nearby present human settlement.
x Vehicular movements during operation phase for loading/unloading of raw and
finished materials and other transportation activity may increase noise level. The

Page | 11.15
transport contractors are instructed to keep vehicle periodically serviced and

maintained as per the requirement of latest trend in automobile industry. Only those
vehicles with PUC’s are allowed for the transportation.
x The transport contractors are informed to avoid unnecessary speeding of vehicles
inside the premises.
x Noise monitoring are carried out regularly at important locations of the unit.
x All above mentioned measures adopted for existing phase will be augmented for
expansion phase for minimizing any adverse impact.
11.5.8 Landuse Pattern

Baseline:
Classification of land use/land cover was derived using ERDAS software from satellite
image. Data illustrate that 65.67% of total land area is occupied by agricultural fields like
crop lands and fallow lands. Out of total study area, land area of 16.68% is covered as
a built-up land, of which land cover of 7.90% is for the industrial purposes, 4.37% as
human settlement. Waste land covers 14.58% and about 3.07% of land is occupied as
water body of total study area.
Also, there is no protected area notified under the Wild Life (Protection) Act (1972) &
Eco-sensitive area notified under Section 3 of the Environment (Protection) Act-1986
exists within 5 Km radius areas from the Plant Site.
Impacts
Since the proposed project will be established in the industrial estate of GIDC
Nandesari, there will not be any change in land use pattern, forest cover or vegetation in
surrounding area.
11.5.9 Socio Economic Study

Baseline
As per the 2011 census, the study area comprises Anklav and Anand Taluka of Anand
District, Savli and Vadodara Taluka of Vadodara District. There are 61 villages within the study
area of 10 km from the project site. The demographic status of the study area. As per 2011
census, the study area has total population of around 17,42,861 indicating that the area
is sparsely populated with dense settlements having average population density of
1,120 persons/sq.km. Overall literacy rate in the study area is 66.7%, which show that

Page | 11.16
literacy rate in the study area is moderate. The overall employment ratio for the villages
in the study area is 41.86%, which shows that employment ratio is low.
Impacts
The proposed project will provide more employment opportunities, which help to
improve the overall socio-economic profile of the study area.
Moreover, unit will carry out CER activities in nearby villages in the field of medical
facilities, public health & welfare and green belt development; this will help to improve
the public health in the region to some extent. Thus, there will be a beneficial impact on
socio-economic environment due to proposed project activities.
11.5.10 Biological Environment
Baseline:
The survey was carried out during study period to know the ecological status of the area
with respect to flora and fauna. During the survey, a total of 154 plant species belonging
to139 genera and 70 families were noted in the study area; including 74 tree species,
20 shrubs, 45 herbs, 11 climbers, creepers and lianas, and 4 crop plants. Most of the
species are of common occurrence.
A total of 89 species belonging to 82 genera and 57 families were noted in the study
area; including 55 avifauna species, 6 mammals, 7 reptiles and 21 insects & others.
Most of the species are of common occurrence.
It is observed during site visit that floral and faunal species encountered are quite
common and found everywhere. There is no reserved forest, national park or sanctuary
within the study area.
Impacts
Pollutants of air, water and hazardous waste can interfere with the biotic and abiotic
components of the ecosystem and may include injurious effects when concentrations
exceed permissible limits. All necessary pollution control measures will be provided for
the expansion project. Hence, there will not be any adverse impact of pollution
potentials on the surrounding ecology due to the proposed expansion project.

Page | 11.17
Also, a green belt area development in and around the premises, helps in inviting small
birds & animals and other creatures to proliferate.
11.5.11 Greenbelt Development

To maintain the ecological balance, unit has developed green belt in area of 28,724 m2
which will be expanded up to 36,500 m2 (33% of total plot area) within the project
premises with additional 400 trees / plants. The unit has developed greenbelt outside
plant premise at Deepak Medical Foundation in 500 m2 area and also participated in the
greenbelt development program in 500 m2 area at nearby villages.
Impacts
x Green belt will not only improve the soil condition but will also prevent soil erosion
and the landscape & give slight beneficial impact on the land usage.
x It will also minimize the level of possible air pollutants and noise pollution along with
help in inviting small birds & animals and other creatures to proliferate.
11.6 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE)

The proposed project will be located in industrial estate of GIDC Nandesari. Thus, no
alternative for the site is analysed due to the availability of infrastructure, land, water
sources, fuel transportation, power etc at the proposed location.
The unit will manufacture synthetic organic chemicals which involves various chemical
reactions. The unit has proposed latest and best technology available so far in the
market for the manufacturing of the products.
Moreover, the unit is very concerned and conscious about the product quality and
equally about the environmental protection and resource conservation; and hence unit
will put continuous efforts for replacing/upgrading plant and machineries from time to
time with the best available technology.
11.7 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

From the monitoring point of view, the important components are air, water, soil, noise
and occupational health & safety. Untreated and treated wastewater of ETP & MEE will
be analysed with respect to pH, TDS and COD. Flow meter is provided for regular
monitoring of wastewater quantity at the feed line of ETP and discharge point. In
addition to this, regular monitoring is being carried out for wastewater, gaseous
emission, fugitive emission and noise by NABL approved laboratory as proposed in

Page | 11.18
monitoring program. Unit has made necessary tie-up with nearby hospitals for the
medical assistance in case of any emergency. Unit has established a well-organized
Environmental Management Cell (EMC) which performs all the environmental
management activities.
Unit has also formed EHS policy to comply with statutory norm with regards to the
Environment, Health & Safety and strive for the continuous improvement to prevent
pollution, reduce wastages, conserve energy reduces risk & health hazards. Voluntary
reporting of environmental performance with reference to EMP will be undertaken. Head
of EHS department will co-ordinate all monitoring programs at site and data generated
will be submitted regularly to the statutory agencies. Frequency of reporting will be as
per the requirement of GPCB.
11.8 RISK AND SAFETY MANAGEMENT

The unit is very much aware of their obligation to protect all persons at work and others
in the neighborhood that may be affected by an unfortunate and unforeseen incidence
occurring at the works. After commissioning of proposed expansion project, any hazard
either to employees or others arising from activities at the plant site shall as far as
possible, be handled by the personnel of the company and prevented from spreading
any further. In the case of eventuality, the on-site and off- site emergency plan will be
prepared by the unit. However, after the commissioning of project all the required safety
measures will be implemented. Unit will provide all the adequate safety measures in the
proposed plant. In addition to this, safety audit will be carried out by authorized agency
every year and suggestion/recommendations after the audit will be immediately
implemented.
11.9 PROJECT BENEFITS

Unit will contribute rationally as part of their CER and carry out various activities in
nearby villages. In addition to this employment opportunity for 39 persons during
operative phase of the project and for many other skilled-unskilled labors during
construction and other ancillary activities during operation will be generated after the
proposed project. Unit will plan to carry out various activities for the upliftment of poor
people, welfare of women & labors, education of poor students as part of Corporate
Environment Responsibility (CER) in the nearby villages and therefore unit will make
provision of Rs. 31.3 Lacs (about 1% of the expansion project cost) which will be utilized
within five years after commissioning of the project.

Page | 11.19
11.10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

The environmental management plan is proposed with respect to the all proposed
activities considering affected environmental attributes and impact zone which is
summarized here under:
Sr.
Activity Management Plan
No.
1. Transportation Structural Measures:
of Raw Vehicular movement only during day time will be ensured.
Materials & Transportation by covered vehicles will be ensured.
Hazardous Regular maintenance and optimum use of the vehicles will be ensured.
Chemicals Driver will be educated about the characteristics of chemicals and
immediate actions in case of any spillage or accident.
All the vehicles will be PUC certified.
Availability of MSDS of all the Hazardous materials to the Off-site
Emergency team will be ensured.
Availability of TREM card with driver during the transportation of
hazardous chemicals will be ensured.
2. Storage & Structural Measures:
handling of Provision of designated storage area with impervious flooring, dyke
hazardous walls and garland drain to restrict / control accidental spillages/leakages
chemicals and to prevent contamination of soil /land.
Provision of adequate ventilation system.
Provision of fixed pipeline and pumps with mechanical seal or seamless
pump for transfer of liquid raw materials.
Provision of Gas detector in process plant and work area.
Provision of breather valve, PRVs, rupture disc etc. on storage tank /
process vent.
Provision of Closed belt conveyance for transfer of coal to coal crusher
and boiler feeder.
Provision of flexi curtains at the entrance of coal storage yard to avoid
spreading of coal dust.
Provision of water sprinklers with high pressure water atomizer nozzle at
coal storage yard, coal crusher and ash disposal point.
Provision of de-dusting system at all loading and unloading points of
coal.
Good housekeeping to maintain clean and orderly working environment
will be ensured.
Storage of all the raw materials & fuel in designated area only to restrict
/ control the seepage and prevent ground water contamination.
Control operating parameters during plant operation.
Handling of all the chemicals in a proper manner with prescribed
procedures to avoid any spillages will be ensured.
Collection and treatment of spillages, if any, with other industrial effluent

Page | 11.20
Sr.
No.
will be ensured.
LDAR program will be implemented and followed for control and
detection of fugitive emission.
Work zone monitoring will be carried out as per the monitoring program.
Regular training to the persons handling chemicals will be provided
Maintaining minimum stock of hazardous chemicals on-site as far as
possible.
3. Manufacturing Structural Measures
Activities & Installation of flow meter at water intake point and treated effluent
Operations of discharge point.
Utilities Provision of separate energy meter for ETP, MEE / APCM
Obtaining membership of Common Environmental Infrastructure for
effluent disposal.
Installation of flow meters at strategic locations to monitor the effluent
quantity and maintenance of the same.
Construction of wall gate at final outlet of storm water to prevent any
discharge of contaminated storm water.
Overhauling of existing ETP consisting of primary & tertiary treatment
and installation of new MEE & RO for treatment of additional effluent
generated.
Provision of adequate stack height for proposed CPP (GG Set).
Provision of ESP followed by water scrubber for proposed Steam boiler.
Provision of adequate APCM (water / acid / alkali) scrubbers having
design consideration to achieve the emission norms prescribed by
GPCB for process gas stacks.
Provision of stack of adequate height to achieve proper dispersion of
gaseous emission so as to have minimal impact of ground level
concentration
Provision of sampling ports as per guidelines for monitoring of stacks
Ensure close manufacturing systems order to minimize fugitive
emissions.
Connect all reactors to scrubbers and kept under negative pressure as
per the process requirement.
Provision of dedicated measuring tanks for each reactor.
Provision of fume extraction system wherever required.
Provision of designated hazardous waste storage area with proper
roofing and leachate collection.
Acquire membership of common hazardous waste management facility
for disposal of hazardous wastes
Carryout MoUs with authorized end-users for sale of hazardous waste.
Proper foundation, alignment and installation of rubber padding as well
acoustic enclosures for noise and vibration generating equipment and
machineries
Isolation of high noise generating machineries
Adequate green belt development to attenuate the noise levels.
Procedural Measures

Page | 11.21
Sr.
No.
Handling & management of various stream of the effluent as per the
design and maintaining proper log book
Prepare SOPs for efficient operation of ETP/MEE based on operating
guidelines provide by suppliers and ensure strict implementation.
Supervision of ETP/MEE operation by trained and experienced
personnel.
Continuous and efficient operation of ETP/MEE periodical maintenance
in line with procedures defined and manuals provided by the supplier.
Performance evaluation of installed ETP/MEE as per monitoring
program
Keep wall gate at storm water completely closed other than monsoon to
prevent any discharge of effluent/wash-water in unforeseen situation.
Check storm water for any chemical contamination before discharge, if
found contaminated, re-direct to ETP for further treatment
Ensure proper discharge of sewage to soak pit through septic tank.
Ensure good house-keeping to avoid contamination of storm water.
Prepare SOPs for efficient APCM operation based on operating
guidelines provide by suppliers.
Maintain proper air to fuel ratio is for boilers.
Supervise APCM operation by trained and experienced personnel.
Maintain operational logbook for APCM.
Prepare maintenance schedule for utilities and APCM and ensure its
strict implementation.
Carryout periodical monitoring to evaluate the efficiency of APCM as per
monitoring program.
Ensure regular maintenance of reactors and other process equipment.
Ensure regular usage of proper PPE's by workers in the plant.
Development of green belt for control of air pollution.
Collection, storage, handling, transportation and disposal of all the
hazardous wastes as per the Hazardous and Other Wastes
(Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016.
Avoid manual handling of hazardous waste.
Ensure disposal of hazardous wastes at approved TSDF/CHWIF with
manifest only.
Explore technology for cleaner production, waste minimization,
treatment / reuse / recycle / co-incineration of wastes.
Preparation and implementation of preventive maintenance schedule for
equipment and machineries
Provision of ear plugs / ear muffs to workers working with high noise
generating areas
“Work permit system” for restricted entry to high noise generating areas
Monitoring of noise levels at prominent locations as per monitoring
program.
4. Green belt Structural Measures
development Selection of species to be done considering the soil type as well as
tolerance to specific air pollutants expected to generate from plant

Page | 11.22
Sr.
No.
operations.
x Adoption of water sprinklers and drip irrigation system
Allocation of fund for green belt development and maintenance
Survival rate of plant species to be monitored.
Greenbelt will be maintained by regular watering, soil enrichment work
(applying organic manure) weeding and providing proper protection.
5. CER Activities Preference will be given to local people for the recruitment.
Allocation of fund for CER activities
CER activities will be planned after carrying out need based analysis
and in consultation with village heads based on their requirement
Periodical review of fund utilization
11.11 CONCLUSION
It can be concluded on a positive note that after the implementation of the suggested
mitigation measures and environmental management plan outlined, the proposed
project activities during the construction and operation phase would have manageable
impacts on the environment and on balance the project would be beneficial to
surrounding communities and the region.

Page | 11.23
CHAPTER 12
DISCLOSURE OF
CONSULTANT
CHAPTER – 12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT
Envisafe Environment Consultants is one of the leading and multidiscipline

environmental consulting organizations engaged in providing consulting, engineering,
designing, auditing, monitoring & testing and other regulatory compliance services. It
was established in June’ 98 and consists of the highly qualified and well-experienced
engineers, scientists, chemists. This technical team is supported by a pool of highly
qualified and experienced associated experts from various disciplines.
The organization has obtained below mentioned recognition and accreditations to

provide you competent and efficient services.
9 QCI-NABET accreditation as an EIA Consultant Organization

9 QCI-NABL accreditation for Chemical Testing Laboratory under ISO/IEC
17025:2005 standards
9 Reorganization as Environmental Auditor by Gujarat Pollution Control
Board
9 ISO 9001:2008 certificate for the Management System
The organization has been engaged in carrying out EIA studies and preparation of
EIA/EMP report for the varied range of industries and developmental activity since
2004. Besides the EIA study the organisation is prepared and confident to render the
following services in the field of environmental engineering,
ª New project consultancy for Environmental Management System.

ª Designing and executing turnkey project of Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP), Solid &
Liquid Waste Incinerator and Air Pollution Control Equipment
ª Environmental Audit as per the order and guidelines of Honourable High Court of
Gujarat and GPCB.
ª Process study to reduce the pollution at source and to reuse / recycle effluent.
ª Preparing adequacy and efficacy report on Environmental management System.
ª Conducting laboratory scale experiments to study treatability of industrial effluent
and preparing Treatability report.
ª Preparing Feasibility report on the Effluent Treatment Plant.
ª Performance study of existing pollution control facility and suggesting scheme for
the optimization of the facility.
Chapter-12: Disclosure of Consultant

Page | 12.1
ª Monitoring and analysis of Water, Wastewater, Air Pollution (Stack & Ambient), Solid
Waste and soil
ª Monitoring and analysis of Work Area Environment and filling-up Form-37 as per the
requirements under Factory Act-1948 and Gujarat Factory Rules.
ª Operation and Supervision contracts of ETP.
ª Technical consultation & assistance to ensure & assure complete Environ-Legal
compliance including liaison with statutory bodies in order to get the required
permits, clearances & consents.

Page | 12.2

Page | 12.3

Page | 12.4

P FD File

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

P FD File

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PART 1

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

PROPOSED EXPANSION PROJECT FOR MANUFACTURING

PLOT NO: 4/12, GIDC-NANDESARI

[STUDY PERIOD: NOV. 2018 – JAN. 2019]

(QCI-NABET ACCREDITED EIA CONSULTANT)

3RD FLOOR, AKASHGANGA COMPLEX, B/S. SUVIDHA SHOPPING CENTRE,

DOC. NO.: EEC/A-207/17-18/EIA-37/REV. 01

Revision Date Details

Declaration by Experts contributing to the EIA of M/s. Deepak Nitrite Ltd.

Period of involvement : From Oct 2018–June 2019

Functional Area Experts:

3. Water Pushpin October 2018–June 2019

Declaration by Experts contributing to the EIA

4. Solid and Pushpin October 2018–June 2019

5. Socio- Mahesh November 2018– February 2019

6. Ecology Dr. Pratiksha November 2018– February 2019

7. Hydrology, Ajay November 2018– February 2019

8. Noise Ajay November 2018– February 2019

9. LandUse Ajay November 2018– February 2019

Declaration by Experts contributing to the EIA

10. Risk and Ishwarbhai

Declaration by the head of the Accredited Consultant Organization / Authorized Person

Name : Pushpin Shah

Name of the EIA Consultant : Envisafe Environment Consultants, Ahmedabad

Declaration by Experts contributing to the EIA

TOR issued by SEIAA, Gujarat xxv

1.1 Preface 1.1

CHAPTER – 2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 Background 2.1

CHAPTER – 3: BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS

3.1 Prologue 3.1

CHAPTER- 4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION

4.1 Introduction 4.1

CHAPTER – 5: ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE) 5.1

CHAPTER – 6: ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

6.1 Preamble 6.1

CHAPTER – 7: ADDITIONAL STUDIES (RISK ASSESSMENT AND SAFETY

7.1 Risk & Safety Management 7.1

CHAPTER – 8: PROJECT BENEFITS

8.1 Employment Opportunity 8.1

CHAPTER – 9: ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS 9.1

CHAPTER – 10: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)

10.1 Prelude 10.1

CHAPTER – 11: PROJECT SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

11.1. Introduction 11.1

CHAPTER – 12: DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT 12.1

1. Copy of EC Letter A-1

NOC : No Objection Certificate

LIST OF SYMBOLS / NOTATIONS

COMPLIANCE OF TERMS OF REFERENCES (TOR)

ToR vide Letter No.: SEIAA/ GUJ/TOR/5(f)&1(d)/427/2019 dated 12/03/2019 &

2. Qualitative and quantitative analysis of Product wise details of qualitative and

Compliance of Terms of Reference (ToR)

For details refer Table 2.5(a), 2.5(b), Figure

Compliance of Terms of Reference (ToR)

8. Geological features and geo-hydrological Geohydrological status of the study area is

Details of land use pattern of the study area

Compliance of Terms of Reference (ToR)

Details of manufacturing process for each

16. Details of complete manufacturing Manufacturing of proposed products involve

Compliance of Terms of Reference (ToR)